English 98

Product catalogue, 1998 edition
XA00068220
PRODUCT CATALOGUE
CONTENTS
Index 3
This is Esab 9
Index / This is Esab
Mild steels 10 Nickel-based alloys 95 Hardfacing 107

Low-alloyed steels 39 Copper-based alloys 100 Spool types 120
Welding Consumables Stainless and high-alloyed steels 63 Cast iron 102 Packaging 126
Aluminium alloys 90 Dissimilar materials 104
MMA equipment 129 Ancillary equipment 166

TIG equipment 136 General technical data 170
Welding Equipment MIG/MAG equipment 145
Manual plasma cutting equipment 163
Welding helmets 173 Connections and cables 184 Arc air gouging 192
Welding screens 176 Tools and gas regulators 186 Service reels 193
Welding Accessories General eye-protection 178 Clothing 190 Fume extractors 196
Electrode holders & clamps 180 Chemical sundries 191 Drying equipment 198
Universal mechanization equipment 201 Column & Booms SAW/GMAW 227 Longitudinal welding machines 236
Automatic Welding Mechanized TIG 203 Handling equipment SAW/GMAW 228 Tank welding machines 237
Equipment Plasma welding equipment

Welding automats SAW/GMAW
215
218
Power sources SAW/GMAW
Engineering
229
230
Circumferential welding machines 238
Cutting technologies 241 Software 254 Optional equipment 258

Portable gas cutting machines 243 Plasma power sources 255
Cutting Systems Stationary cutting machines 245 Water cutting 256
Continuous path control systems 253 Cutting tables 257
Index
A Columbus II - Windows system ..............................254

Combirex CXB ........................................................246
ASE 2010 ............................................................... 253 Combirex CXC-P ....................................................248
A10-LAX 320/380 ................................................... 147 Combirex CXD-P ....................................................248
A2 B Mini Master .................................................... 220 Combirex CXE-P ....................................................249
A2 Multitrac ............................................................ 219 Connection cables for remote controls ...................168
A2 S Mini Master .................................................... 221 Contact jaws D35 ....................................................224
A25 ......................................................................... 206 Contact jaws heavy twin .........................................224
A25 components and accessories ......................... 210 Contact nozzles wire size .......................................224
A6 B Master ........................................................... 220 Control unit .............................................................226
A6 Circomaster & A2/A6 Circotech ........................ 237 Conversion sets ......................................................207
A6 Mastertrac ......................................................... 219 Cooling block ..........................................................207
A6 S Arc Master ..................................................... 221 Cooling unit OCE-2 H .............................................211
A6 S Compact ........................................................ 222 Counterbalance device/mast ..................................155
A6 S Tandem Master ............................................. 222 Curtain hanger ser. 912 ..........................................195
Adapter M6/M10 ..................................................... 224 Cutting profiles ........................................................259
Alpharex AXB Plasma and Laser ........................... 251
Alpharex AXB large plate laser cutting ................... 251
Angular bracket ...................................................... 207
Arc air carbons ....................................................... 192
D
Arc air gouging ....................................................... 192 DTD 400 AC/DC .....................................................216
Arc marker .............................................................. 258
Arcosarc 51 .............................................................. 21
Arcosarc 52 .............................................................. 21 E
Arcosarc 53 .............................................................. 22
ESAB SuperStir® - Friction Stir Welding System ....234
Area of application for different
ESP-100i .................................................................255
cutting technologies ................................... 241
ESP-100i Plasmarc™ .............................................164
Aristo 320/450 ........................................................ 148
ESP-200 .................................................................255
Aristotig 160/200/255 DC ....................................... 140
ESP-600C ...............................................................255
Aristotig 255 AC/DC ............................................... 139
Earth coupling K2 and GA 800 ...............................182
Aristotig 315 ........................................................... 140
Earth lead clamp EG 600 ........................................181
Astra flip-up ............................................................ 178
Electrode holder ESAB 200, 400 & 500 ..................180
Auxiliary guiding equipment ................................... 223
Electrode holder K200, L300 & M500 .....................180
Electrode holder Optimus .......................................180
Electrode holder Samson .......................................180
B Ergorex EXA ...........................................................250
Balancing block ...................................................... 208 Esab gloves ............................................................190
Bantam ................................................................... 129 Extension cables .....................................................157
Beam welder .......................................................... 230 Extension cables MechTIG 160/250 .......................209
Big Bag ................................................................... 128 Extraction cutting table with conveyor ....................257
Eye-Tech ................................................................173
Eye-Tech Fresh Air .................................................174
C Eye-Tech 1012 Select ............................................173
CW 3000 ................................................................ 215

CWF ....................................................................... 217
CaB 460/600 Arc Center ........................................ 227
F
Cable reel ser. 782 ................................................. 194 FS 002 ....................................................................167
Caddy Professional 140/200 .................................. 132 Feed roller grooved .................................................224
Caddy Professional 250 ......................................... 132 Feed roller single wire size .....................................224
Caddy Tig 150 ........................................................ 136 Feed roller twin wire size ........................................224
Caddy 110/150 ....................................................... 131 Fematic ...................................................................181
Cadet ...................................................................... 243 Filter cassette Carryvac ..........................................196
Carry Fume ............................................................ 197 Fix pliers .................................................................187
Carryvac ................................................................. 196 Flair 1600 ................................................................192
Ceramic thrust rollers ............................................. 207 Flair 600 ..................................................................192
Chipping hammer SH2 and SH3 ............................ 186 Flame and cutting monitoring .................................258
Clean Weld welding paste ...................................... 191 Flow meter ..............................................................188
Clean Weld welding spray ...................................... 191 Flux equipment and systems ..................................225
Collision protection for plasma burner .................... 259 Flux handling equipment .........................................223
3
G M
G-Tech ....................................................................141 MED 304 ................................................................. 154
Gas handling equipment .........................................223 MEH 25 ................................................................... 153
Gas save valve .......................................................189 MEH 44 B ............................................................... 149
General technical data ............................................170 MEK 2 ..................................................................... 151
Glass for Eye-Tech & Scanorama ..........................177 MEK 20/20 C .......................................................... 151
Grid cutting ..............................................................258 MEK 25 ................................................................... 149
MEK 4 C ................................................................. 152
MEK 4 SP ............................................................... 150
H MEK 4/4 S .............................................................. 150
MEK 44 C ............................................................... 152
HN ...........................................................................174 MIG/MAG layout guide ........................................... 156
Handy Tig 150 .........................................................137 MK 150, MP 200 & MP 300 .................................... 181
Handy Tig 180 AC/DC ............................................137 MKR 300 Arc Center .............................................. 227
Hearing protection ...................................................174 MLC 30/30C/302 .................................................... 153
Heliarc HW 17, 150 A .............................................142 MMA trolley for LUA ............................................... 158
Heliarc HW 20, 250 A/HW 18, 400 A ......................143 Magnifying glass ..................................................... 176
Heliarc HW 24, 80 A/HW 20 ARV, 140 A ................142 Marathon Pac® ....................................................... 127
Heliarc HW 26, 220 A .............................................143 Maxi trolley ............................................................. 158
High-Tech weld-protect airspray .............................191 Maxi trolley 2 .......................................................... 158
High-Tech weld-protect liquid .................................191 Mechtig 160/250 ..................................................... 212
Hose reel, compressed air ser. 858 ........................193 Megarex MXA ......................................................... 250
Hose reel, compressed air ser. 882 ........................194 Miggytrac ................................................................ 218
Hose reels ...................................................... 193, 194 Miggytrac 1000 ....................................................... 218
Hypertherm HD-3070 ..............................................255 Miniarc 90i .............................................................. 131
Hypertherm HT 2000 ..............................................255 Minireg .................................................................... 188
Model 206 ............................................................... 178
Model 900 ............................................................... 178
I Mounting set Carryvac ............................................ 196
IMP ..........................................................................243
Ink-jet marking unit ..................................................259
Internal torch ignition ...............................................259 N
Introduction mechanized TIG welding heads ..........203 NCE 280 B .............................................................. 253
Iron powder feed unit ..............................................226 NCE 290 ................................................................. 253
NCE 390 ................................................................. 253
NCE 520 ................................................................. 253
J NCE 620 ................................................................. 253
JK 50 powder drier ..................................................199 Narrow Gap head for PRD ..................................... 208
JS 200 storage silo .................................................199 Numorex NXB/Telerex TXB .................................... 252
Jetcontrol+100 ........................................................188
Jetcontrol+300 ........................................................188
O
OCE-2 H ................................................................. 169
L OCF 2 L/D/M/A ....................................................... 169
LAF DC arc power ..................................................229 OK Autrod 12.10 ....................................................... 25
LAW 410/510 ..........................................................147 OK Autrod 12.20 ....................................................... 25
LHF 250/400/630/800 .............................................130 OK Autrod 12.22 ....................................................... 26
LHP 200/250/300/400 .............................................130 OK Autrod 12.24 ....................................................... 53
LKA Original ............................................................145 OK Autrod 12.30 ....................................................... 53
LKB 265 ..................................................................145 OK Autrod 12.32 ....................................................... 26
LKB 320 ..................................................................146 OK Autrod 12.34 ....................................................... 54
LPG bottles .............................................................231 OK Autrod 12.40 ....................................................... 26
LTG 400 ..................................................................138 OK Autrod 12.50 ....................................................... 27
LT-3 .........................................................................217 OK Autrod 12.51 ................................................. 23, 27
LUA 400 ..................................................................148 OK Autrod 12.56 ....................................................... 23
Liftorama .................................................................173 OK Autrod 12.64 ....................................................... 23
OK Autrod 12.67 ....................................................... 24
OK Autrod 13.09 ....................................................... 49
4
OK Autrod 13.12 ...................................................... 49 OK Flux 10.63 ...........................................................60
OK Autrod 13.13 ...................................................... 49 OK Flux 10.69 ...........................................................33
OK Autrod 13.20SC ................................................. 54 OK Flux 10.70 ...........................................................34
OK Autrod 13.21 ...................................................... 54 OK Flux 10.71 .....................................................35, 61
OK Autrod 13.26 ...................................................... 50 OK Flux 10.73 ...........................................................62
OK Autrod 13.27 ...................................................... 55 OK Flux 10.80 ...........................................................36
OK Autrod 13.28 ...................................................... 50 OK Flux 10.81 ...........................................................37
OK Autrod 13.29 ...................................................... 50 OK Flux 10.82 ...........................................................38
OK Autrod 13.36 ...................................................... 55 OK Flux 10.83 ...........................................................38
OK Autrod 13.40 ...................................................... 55 OK Flux 10.92 ...........................................................89
OK Autrod 13.43 ...................................................... 56 OK Flux 10.93 ...........................................................89
OK Autrod 13.91 .................................................... 117 OK Flux 10.96 .........................................................119
OK Autrod 16.10 ...................................................... 83 OK Gasrod 98.70 ......................................................25
OK Autrod 16.11 ................................................ 77, 83 OK Gasrod 98.76 ......................................................53
OK Autrod 16.12 ...................................................... 77 OK Grain 21.85 .........................................................56
OK Autrod 16.52 ...................................................... 78 OK Rapid 23.50 ........................................................17
OK Autrod 16.53 ................................................ 78, 84 OK Tigrod 12.60 .......................................................24
OK Autrod 16.54 ...................................................... 79 OK Tigrod 12.64 .......................................................24
OK Autrod 19.12 .................................................... 100 OK Tigrod 16.53 .......................................................81
OK Band 11.62 ......................................................... 85 OK Tigrod 18.04 .......................................................93
OK Band 11.63 ......................................................... 85 OK Tigrod 18.05 .......................................................93
OK Band 11.65 ......................................................... 86 OK Tigrod 18.11 .......................................................94
OK Band 11.71 ......................................................... 86 OK Tigrod 18.15 .......................................................94
OK Band 11.72 ......................................................... 86 OK Tigrod 18.16 .......................................................94
OK Band 11.73 ......................................................... 87 OK Tigrod 19.82 .......................................................97
OK Band 11.92 ......................................................... 98 OK Tigrod 19.85 .......................................................97
OK Femax 33.60 ...................................................... 15 OK Tubrod 14.00 ......................................................18
OK Femax 33.80 ...................................................... 15 OK Tubrod 14.00S ....................................................27
OK Flux 10.05 .......................................................... 88 OK Tubrod 14.21 ......................................................73
OK Flux 10.10 .......................................................... 88 OK Tubrod 14.22 ......................................................73
OK Flux 10.16 .......................................................... 99 OK Tubrod 14.25 ......................................................73
OK Flux 10.30 .......................................................... 29 OK Tubrod 14.27 ......................................................74
OK Flux 10.37 ........................................................ 119 OK Tubrod 14.28 ......................................................74
OK Flux 10.40 .......................................................... 30 OK Tubrod 14.30 ......................................................74
OK Flux 10.45 .......................................................... 31 OK Tubrod 14.31 ......................................................75
OK Flux 10.61 .................................................... 31, 58 OK Tubrod 14.32 ......................................................75
OK Flux 10.62 .................................................... 32, 59 OK Tubrod 14.33 ......................................................75
5
OK Tubrod 14.34 ......................................................76 OK 67.52 .......................................................... 68, 104
OK Tubrod 14.53S ....................................................47 OK 67.55 .................................................................. 68
OK Tubrod 14.54S ....................................................47 OK 67.60 .......................................................... 68, 104
OK Tubrod 15.00 ......................................................19 OK 67.62 .................................................................. 69
OK Tubrod 15.00S ....................................................28 OK 67.70 .......................................................... 69, 105
OK Tubrod 15.02 ......................................................19 OK 67.72 .................................................................. 69
OK Tubrod 15.10 ......................................................20 OK 67.75 .................................................................. 70
OK Tubrod 15.12 ......................................................20 OK 68.15 .................................................................. 70
OK Tubrod 15.14 ......................................................20 OK 68.17 .................................................................. 70
OK Tubrod 15.17 ......................................................46 OK 68.53 .................................................................. 71
OK Tubrod 15.18 ......................................................21 OK 68.55 .................................................................. 71
OK Tubrod 15.24 ......................................................46 OK 68.81 .......................................................... 71, 105
OK Tubrod 15.24S ....................................................47 OK 68.82 ................................................................ 105
OK Tubrod 15.25 ......................................................46 OK 69.33 .................................................................. 72
OK Tubrod 15.25S ....................................................48 OK 73.08 .................................................................. 39
OK Tubrodur 14.70 .................................................113 OK 73.68 .................................................................. 39
OK Tubrodur 14.71 .................................................106 OK 73.79 .................................................................. 40
OK Tubrodur 15.40 .................................................114 OK 73.80 .................................................................. 40
OK Tubrodur 15.41 .................................................114 OK 74.46 .................................................................. 40
OK Tubrodur 15.42 ........................................ 114, 117 OK 74.70 .................................................................. 41
OK Tubrodur 15.43 .................................................115 OK 74.78 .................................................................. 41
OK Tubrodur 15.52 ........................................ 115, 118 OK 75.75 .................................................................. 41
OK Tubrodur 15.60 .................................................115 OK 75.78 .................................................................. 42
OK Tubrodur 15.65 .................................................116 OK 76.18 .................................................................. 42
OK Tubrodur 15.66 .................................................103 OK 76.28 .................................................................. 42
OK Tubrodur 15.73 ........................................ 116, 118 OK 76.35 .................................................................. 43
OK Tubrodur 15.80 .................................................116 OK 76.96 .................................................................. 43
OK Tubrodur 15.86 .................................................117 OK 76.98 .................................................................. 43
OK 21.03 ...................................................................18 OK 78.16 .................................................................. 44
OK 43.32 ...................................................................10 OK 83.28 ................................................................ 107
OK 46.00 ...................................................................10 OK 83.29 ................................................................ 107
OK 46.16 ...................................................................10 OK 83.50 ................................................................ 107
OK 48.00 ...................................................................11 OK 83.65 ................................................................ 108
OK 48.04 ...................................................................11 OK 84.42 ................................................................ 108
OK 48.08 ...................................................................39 OK 84.52 ................................................................ 108
OK 48.15 ...................................................................11 OK 84.58 ................................................................ 109
OK 48.68 ...................................................................12 OK 84.78 ................................................................ 109
OK 50.10 ...................................................................12 OK 84.80 ................................................................ 109
OK 50.40 ...................................................................12 OK 84.84 ................................................................ 110
OK 53.05 ...................................................................13 OK 85.58 ................................................................ 110
OK 53.16 SPEZIAL ...................................................13 OK 85.65 ................................................................ 110
OK 53.35 ...................................................................13 OK 86.08 ................................................................ 111
OK 53.68 ...................................................................14 OK 86.20 ................................................................ 111
OK 53.70 ...................................................................14 OK 86.28 ................................................................ 111
OK 55.00 ...................................................................14 OK 92.18 ................................................................ 102
OK 61.30 ...................................................................63 OK 92.26 ............................................................ 72, 95
OK 61.35 ...................................................................63 OK 92.35 .......................................................... 95, 112
OK 61.41 ...................................................................63 OK 92.45 .................................................................. 95
OK 61.80 ...................................................................64 OK 92.55 .................................................................. 96
OK 61.81 ...................................................................64 OK 92.58 ................................................................ 102
OK 63.20 ...................................................................64 OK 92.60 ................................................................ 102
OK 63.30 ...................................................................65 OK 93.01 ................................................................ 112
OK 63.34 ...................................................................65 OK 93.06 ................................................................ 112
OK 63.35 ...................................................................65 OK 93.07 ................................................................ 113
OK 63.41 ...................................................................66 OK 93.12 ................................................................ 113
OK 63.80 ...................................................................66 OK 94.25 ................................................................ 100
OK 64.30 ...................................................................66 OK 94.55 ................................................................ 100
OK 67.15 ...................................................................67 OK 96.10 .................................................................. 90
OK 67.45 .......................................................... 67, 104 OK 96.20 .................................................................. 90
OK 67.50 ...................................................................67 OK 96.50 .................................................................. 90
6
OKC angle connection ........................................... 184 Plasmaweld 202/402 ..............................................217
OKC cable connection ........................................... 184 Platetech and Foiltech ............................................236
OKC machine contacts .......................................... 184 Pneumatic chipping hammer HCB ..........................186
Other accessories .................................................. 223 Pole clamp PZ 3 .....................................................182
Other ancillary equipment for MIG/MAG welding ... 155 Positioners ..............................................................228
Positioning and joint tracking system ......................225
Powder marking ......................................................258
P Power Inverter 315 .................................................133
Power Tig 160/200/255 ...........................................138
PAB 6 ..................................................................... 167 Prefilter Carryvac ....................................................196
PAD 3 ..................................................................... 167 Pressure roller wire size .........................................224
PAE 2 ..................................................................... 166 Primary cable ..........................................................185
PAE 4 ..................................................................... 167 Protection glass for goggles ...................................178
PCM-1000i Plasmarc™ .......................................... 164 Protective helmet ....................................................175
PCM-500i Plasmarc™ ............................................ 163 Protig 450 ...............................................................213
PCM-875 Plasmarc™ .................................... 163, 255 Prowelder 320 .........................................................212
PHA 1 ..................................................................... 166
PHA 2 ..................................................................... 166
PHA 5 ..................................................................... 167
PHB 1 ..................................................................... 166 R
PHB 2 ..................................................................... 166 Railtrac FR1000 ......................................................202
PHC 2 ..................................................................... 166 Railtrac FWR1000 ..................................................202
PHF 1 ..................................................................... 167 Railtrac FW1000 .....................................................202
PK 1 dry-storage container .................................... 198 Railtrac F1000 ........................................................202
PK 410 drying cabinet ............................................ 198 Railtrac 1000 ...........................................................201
PK 5 drying equipment ........................................... 198 Remote control guide ..............................................168
PKB ........................................................................ 159 Resistance welding .................................................233
PKE ........................................................................ 159 Roller beds ..............................................................228
PLWB 400 .............................................................. 216 Rotatable earth couplings NKK ...............................181
POC ....................................................................... 205 Rototech 80 ............................................................238
POC 12-60 accessories ......................................... 210
POC spindles and centering cartridges .................. 210
PRB ........................................................................ 203
PRC ........................................................................ 204
S
PRD ........................................................................ 204 SAW Process components .....................................223
PRH ........................................................................ 205 SK 40 dry-storage cabinet ......................................198
PSF Centrovac ....................................................... 160 Scanorama .............................................................173
PSF remote controls .............................................. 160 Seamtech ................................................................236
PSF self-cooled ...................................................... 161 Section cutting table S ............................................257
PSF water-cooled ................................................... 161 Semi trolley .............................................................158
PT 25 ...................................................................... 165 Shaft stud for knurled pressure roller ......................224
PT 27 ...................................................................... 165 Slides ......................................................................225
PT 31XL ................................................................. 165 Spare part set for PRB 9-20 ...................................209
PT-8 ....................................................................... 217 Spare parts kit .........................................................165
PW 3000 ................................................................ 215 Spool 03 ..................................................................120
Packaging .............................................................. 126 Spool 07 ..................................................................120
Picorex PXC ........................................................... 246 Spool 08 ..................................................................120
Pipe cutting ............................................................ 244 Spool 09 ..................................................................121
Pipeweld 6010 .......................................................... 17 Spool 16 ..................................................................121
Pipeweld 7010 .......................................................... 44 Spool 24 ..................................................................121
Pipeweld 8010 .......................................................... 44 Spool 25 ..................................................................122
Pipeweld 85 .............................................................. 45 Spool 30 ..................................................................122
Pivoting bracket for 858, 870 and 876 ................... 195 Spool 34 ..................................................................122
Plasma cutting ........................................................ 258 Spool 40 ..................................................................123
Plasma cutting power sources ............................... 255 Spool 46 ..................................................................123
Plasma gouging ..................................................... 165 Spool 51 ..................................................................123
Plasma torch guide kit ............................................ 165 Spool 58 ..................................................................124
Plasma variable bevel head ................................... 259 Spool 75 ..................................................................124
Plasma welding process ........................................ 215 Spool 76 ..................................................................124
Plasma welding torches ......................................... 216 Spool 77 ..................................................................124
7
Spool 86 ..................................................................125 Weldorama ............................................................. 174
Spool 92 — Marathon Pac® ....................................125 Wire brushes .......................................................... 186
Spool 93 — Marathon Pac® ....................................125 Wire equipment ...................................................... 223
Standard racks for PRD ..........................................209 Wire feed unit MEI 21 ............................................. 211
Star .........................................................................244 Wire feed units ........................................................ 226
Submerged Arc Welding of thick-walled material ...232
Suction nozzle Carryvac/Carry Fume PM-300 ........196
Suction nozzle Carryvac/Carry Fume TM-200 ........196
Suction nozzle Carryvac/Carry Fume TM-80 ..........196
Z
Suprarex SXE-P ......................................................249 ZBK cable connection ............................................. 184
Suspension device ..................................................155
T
TAF AC arc power ..................................................229
Three torch head .....................................................258
Tigaid 315 AC/DC ...................................................141
Trolley .....................................................................155
Trolley for Aristotig 160/200 ....................................158
Turning piece ..........................................................155
Twintig 250 AC/DC .................................................139
U
Ultrarex UXB ...........................................................245
Ultrarex UXC ...........................................................245
Ultrarex UXC-P .......................................................247
Ultrarex UXD-P .......................................................247
Ultrarex cutting table ...............................................257
V
VacPac® ..................................................................127
Vacublast shot blasting ...........................................259
Vertomatic & Vertotech ...........................................237
Vertomax 2MG ..........................................................22
Vision spectacle ......................................................179
W
WP 45–Water cooling unit ......................................216
Wall bracket for 858, 870 and 876 ..........................195
Water cutting table ..................................................257
Water-injection plasma ...........................................252
Water-jet cutting ......................................................256
Welder's kit ..............................................................183
Welding aprons .......................................................190
Welding cable .........................................................185
Welding curtains .....................................................195
Welding gauge KB-12 .............................................187
Welding gauge KL-1 ...............................................187
Welding gauge KL-2 ...............................................187
Welding hose reel ser. 870/876 ..............................193
Welding lenses ........................................................177
Welding screen B ....................................................176
Welding screen E ....................................................176
Welding screen F ....................................................176
8
This is ESAB
Close to a hundred years of experience

Esab’s foundations were laid on the invention of the covered electrode. The inventor was Oscar Kjellberg and, every day, hundreds of
thousands of welders encounter his initials in the form of an OK on the welding consumables they use.
The techniques and the industrial conditions have changed dramatically since Oscar Kjellberg repaired and built boilers and ships in
Göteborg at the beginning of the 20th century. Even so, the basis of the company he founded and the basis of the present-day Esab
is the same; namely, the power, will and resources to find solutions to the practical problems which occur when metals have to be cut
and joined together.
We comply with new We are committed to

requirements environmental leadership in
Technical developments have resulted in new requirements everything we do
when it comes to quality, productivity, economy and the environ-
ment. Caring for the environment is a question of survival for human
Requirements which Esab has greater potential to fulfil than beings, companies and society as a whole. In the long term, we
perhaps any other company. Firstly, because of our many years cannot exceed the limits of resource extraction and pollution
of close contact with welders and welding engineers in every which nature imposes. So environmetal concern must charac-
business sector and, secondly, because of the skills, know-how terise both our operations and our daily work. In all our opera-
and resources at our research and development departments. tions and products, we must adopt an eco cycle approach. Only
by showing respect for the environment can we comply with our
customers’ needs without jeopardising the potential of future
generations.
What is best for our We will take our responsibility for the environment in all our
operations by
customers is also best for us • Conserving natural resources through waste reduction and the
use of recycled materials and components.
In order to enhance the quality and profitability of our customers’ • Assuring that all facilities and products, at a minimum, meet
companies, we offer comprehensive training and information applicable governmental requirements and Esab standards.
programmes. And in order to improve operational reliability and • Ensuring conservation of energy throughout our business and
reduce the running costs of their production processes, we have give preference to renewable energy when feasible.
created an effective service and after-sales organisation. • Considering all aspects of a product’s lifecycle in our efforts to
minimise the environmental impact.
• Co-operating with and evaluating suppliers to minimise the
environmental impact of raw materials and components.
Quality calls for quality • Encouraging all employees to increase their environmental
awareness.
Esab has been involved in intensive quality-improvement pro-
• Assisting, wherever possible, in the development of solutions
grammes during the past few years which have resulted, for
to environmental problems throughout industry.
example, in ISO 9000 certification of almost all our supply units.
• Continuously improving our environmental performance.
In order to give our customers the fast service and response
they expect, we have built up an organisation which makes us
available wherever our customers need us. In virtually every cor-
ner of the globe.
Esab has subsidiary companies in more than 25 countries, with
a well-developed network of sales offices, distributors and serv-
ice workshops.
This product catalogue has been developed in close collabora-
tion with our distributors and end-users and is aimed to help you
find the right product and solution for your specific need.
Your partner in welding
Esab reserves the right to change specifications without notice.
9
10
Product Classification Approvals Typical Typical properties Ø Length Welding Arc
Mild steels
all weld metal all weld metal mm mm current voltage
composition % A V
OK 43.32 SMAW AWS A5.1

E6013
ABS
BV
1
1
C
Si
0.07
0.4
Yield stress
460 MPa
1.6 300 30-60 22
2.0 300 40-80 23
Type Rutile DIN 1913 CO Mn 0.5 2.5 350 50-110 25
E 51 31 RR 6 DB 80.039.02 Tensile strength
OK 43.32 is a very user friendly electrode which gives 3.2 350 80-150 26
EN 499 DnV 1 550 MPa
excellent bead appearance. Particularly suitable for
E 42 0 RR 12 DS E51 2RR 3.2 450 80-140 26
welding sheet steel. Can be used with smaller trans-
ISO 2560 Elongation
formers. OK 43.32 is a heavily coated universal elec- GL 1 4.0 450 120-210 26
trode. E 51 3 RR 21 24%
LR 1 5.0 450 170-290 26
Welding current SFS E 51 20 HX 3
Charpy V 6.0 450 230-270 26
SS 14 32 03
DC(+-), AC OCV 50 V Test temps Impact values
TÜV
1234 6 +20°C 65 J
0°C 40 J

E6013
ABS
BV
2
2
C
Si
0.08
0.3
Yield stress
400 MPa
1.6 300 30-60 20
2.0 300 50-70 21
Type Rutile DIN 1913 CO Mn 0.4 2.5 350 60-100 22
E43 32 R(C) 3 DB 10.039.05 Tensile strength
OK 46.00 is the best, allround, rutile electrode and it is 3.2 350 80-150 22
relatively insensitive to rust or other surface impurities.
E 38 0 RC 11 DS E43 3R 4.0 350 100-200 22
It deposits smooth weld beads in all positions including
ISO 2560 Elongation
vertical-down and the slag is easy to remove. OK GDF 5.0 350 150-290 24
46.00 is very easy to strike and restrike, making it ideal E43 3 R 11 GL 2 28%
for short welds, root runs and tacking. NFA 81-309
LR 2
E 43 3/2 R 11 Charpy V
Welding current PRS 2
RS 2 Test temps Impact values
DC+(-), AC OCV 50 V
SFS E43 22 HX 1 0°C 70 J
123456 SS
TÜV
14 32 01 -20°C 35 J

E7014
ABS
BV
2
2
C
Si
0.09
0.4
Yield stress
440 MPa
2.0 300 50-70 22
2.5 350 60-100 22
Type Rutile DIN CO Mn 0.5 3.2 350 80-150 23
E 43 32 RR (C) 6 DB 80.039.03 Tensile strength
OK 46.16 is an all positional, rutile electrode for weld- 4.0 350 100-200 24
ISO 2560 DnV 2 505 MPa
ing mild steels. It gives less spatter than most other
E43 3 RR 11 DS E43 3RR 4.0 450 100-200 24
rutile electrodes, the slag is easy to remove and the
EN 499 Elongation
weld bead is smooth and even. It is easy to strike and GL 2 5.0 450 150-260 26
restrike and therefore also good for tack welding. E 38 0 RC 11 28%
LR 2 6.0 450 200-385 26
Welding current PRS 2
Charpy V
SS 14 32 01
DC+/-, AC OCV 50 V Test temps Impact values
TÜV
123456 +20°C 75 J
0°C 70 J
-20°C 40 J
Mild steels
composition % A V

E7018
ABS
BV
3H5 3Y
3 3YHH
C
Si
0.06
0.5
Yield stress
445 MPa
1.6 300 30-55 22
2.0 300 50-80 24
Type Basic EN 499 DB 10.039.12 Mn 1.1 2.5 350 80-110 23
E 42 4 B 42 H10 DnV 3YH10 Tensile strength
A reliable, general purpose, LMA electrode for mild 3.2 350 110-150 22
ISO 2560 DS E 42 4 B 42 H10 540 MPa
and low-alloy steels. OK 48.00 deposits a tough, crack-
E51 5B 120 20H GDF 3.2 450 110-150 23
resistant weld metal. High welding speed in the verti-
cal-up position. OK 48.00 is insensitive to the composi- GL 3YHH Elongation 4.0 350 125-210 26
tion of the base material within rather wide limits. The LR 3 3YH10 29%
4.0 450 125-210 26
electrode can be used for welding structures where dif- PRS 3YHH10
ficult stress conditions cannot be avoided. Charpy V 5.0 450 200-260 23
RS 3YHH
Test temps Impact values 6.0 450 220-340 23
Welding current SFS E 51 53 H10 2
SS 143211-H10 -20°C 140 J 7.0 450 280-410 25
DC+(-)
TÜV -40°C 70 J
1234 6

E7018
ABS
BV
3H5 3Y
3 3Y HH
C
Si
0.06
0.5
Yield stress
480 MPa
2.0 300 50-80 23
2.5 350 70-110 23
Type Basic DIN 1913 DnV 3YH10 Mn 1.2 3.2 350 110-150 23
E 51 53 B 10 DS E51 5B(H) Tensile strength
OK 48.04 is an AC/DC, general purpose, LMA elec- 3.2 400 110-150 23
EN 499 GL 3YHH 560 MPa
trode for welding mild and low-alloy steels. It has very
E 42 4 B 32 H5 LR 3 36 H15 3.2 450 110-150 23
good welding properties and deposits a high quality
ISO 2560 Elongation
weld metal with very good mechanical properties. The NK KMW53H10 4.0 350 150-200 26
electrode can be used for welding rigidly restrained E 51 5B 120 26H 30%
PRS 3YH10 4.0 400 150-200 26
structures where high welding stresses cannot be NFA 81-309
RS 3YHH 4.0 450 150-200 26
avoided. E 51 5/4 B 120 26 Charpy V
BH SS 143211-H10
Welding current TÜV
-20°C 150 J 5.0 450 190-260 26
DC+(-), AC OCV 65 V
-40°C 100 J 6.0 450 220-360 26
1234 6

E7018
ABS
BV
3HH 3Y
3 3YHH
C
Si
0.06
0.5
Yield stress
490 MPa
2.0 300 55-80 22
2.5 350 65-110 22
Type Basic DIN 1913 DB 10.039.06 Mn 1.0 3.2 350 100-140 22
E 51 43B (R) 10 DnV 3 YH10 Tensile strength
An LMA electrode for welding mild and low-alloy 3.2 450 100-140 23
EN 499 DS E51 4B(H) 575 MPa
steels. Unusually good welding properties in the verti-
E 42 3 B 32 H5 GL 3YHH 4.0 350 140-200 24
cal-up position. OK 48.15 gives t he same good w eld
ISO 2560 Elongation
metal quality as OK 48.00, which makes the electrode LR 3 3Y H15 4.0 450 140-200 24
suitable for welding structures in which high stresses E 51 5B 120 26 H 30%
PRS 3YH10 4.5 450 180-240 24
cannot be avoided. It is also suitable for welding galva- RS 3YHH
nized plate. Charpy V 5.0 450 190-280 25
SFS E 51 40 H10 2
Welding current SS 14 32 10-H10
TÜV -20°C 110 J
DC+(-), AC OCV 65 V
-30°C 60 J
1234 6 -40°C 50 J
11
12

composition % A V
OK 48.68 SMAW
Type Basic
OK 48.68 is an LMA electrode with extra low moisture
content and very good resistance to moisture pick-up.
It deposits a weld metal with very low hydrogen con-
tent and is very suitable for welding hardenable low-
alloy structural steel and carbon steel, particularly
when a low hydrogen level in the weld metal is impor-
tant.
Welding current
Mild steels
composition % A V

E7016
DS
SS
E51 5B(H)
143212-H10
C
Si
0.07
0.6
Yield stress
470 MPa
2.5 350 50-110 24
3.2 350 80-140 25
Type Basic DIN 1913 TÜV Mn 1.0 3.2 450 80-140 25
E 51 55 B(R) 10 Tensile strength
A low-hydrogen electrode with especially good running 4.0 350 110-180 26
EN 499 540 MPa
characteristics and very good mechanical properties.
E 42 5 B 12 H5 4.0 450 125-210 26
Because of its double coating, it creates a deep crater
ISO 2560 Elongation
which stabilises the arc and gives good protection 5.0 450 200-260 26
against air in inclined positions. E 51 5 B 24 (H) 28%
Welding current Charpy V
DC+(-), AC OCV 65 V Test temps Impact values
1234 6 -20°C 100 J

-50°C 60 J
OK 53.16 SPEZIAL SMAW AWS A5.1

E7016
ABS
BV
3, 3YH10
3, 3YH
C
Si
0.07
0.6
Yield stress
450 MPa
2.5 350 50-90 26
3.2 350 90-150 25
Type Basic DIN 1913 CO Mn 0.9 4.0 450 120-190 26
E 51 43 B(R)10 DB 10.039.29 Tensile strength
OK 53.16 is a double-coated electrode combining the 5.0 450 160-230 26
EN 499 DnV 3YHH 530 MPa
running characteristics of a rutile electrode with the
E 38 2 B 32 H10 GL 3YHH
weld metal from a basic electrode. OK 53.16 welds on
ISO 2560 Elongation
as well AC as DC and the spatter loss is minimal. LR 3 3YHH
E 51 4 B 21(H) 28%
Welding current TÜV
DC+, AC OCV 65 V Elongation
28%
1234 6
Charpy V
Test temps Impact values
-20°C 120 J

E7048
ABS
BV
3H5 3Y
3 3YHH
C
Si
0.07
0.5
Yield stress
460 MPa
2.5 350 80-100 23
3.2 350 80-150 25
E 51 54 B9 DnV 3 YH10 Tensile strength
OK 53.35 is our most efficient electrode for vertical 4.0 350 110-200 27
EN 499 DS E51 5B(H) 560 MPa
welding, specifically designed for welding vertically
E 42 4 B 35 H5 GL 3YHH 4.0 450 110-200 27
downwards. Welding vertically downwards with OK
ISO 2560 Elongation
53.35 is done with a relatively large diameter electrode LR 3 3Y H15 4.5 450 150-230 27
and a high current, thus giving a high welding speed. E 51 5B 56H 30%
PRS 3YH10 5.0 450 170-280 28
Welding current RS 3YHH 5.6 450 220-350 28
Charpy V
SFS E 51 40 H10 5
DC+, AC OCV 65 V Test temps Impact values
SS 143211-H10
123456 TÜV -20°C 140 J
-30°C 110 J
-40°C 90 J
13
14
Mild steels
composition % A V

E7016-1
ABS
BV
3H5 3Y
3 3YHH
C
Si
0.06
0.4
Yield stress
460 MPa
2.5 350 55-85 22
3.2 450 80-130 22
Type Basic DIN 1913 DnV 4YH10 Mn 1.2 4.0 450 110-170 22
E 51 55 B 10 DS E51 5B(H) Tensile strength
OK 53.68 is an extra-high quality LMA electrode, par- 5.0 450 180-230 22
ISO 2560 GL 4YHH 550 MPa
ticularly suitable for on-site welding. OK 53.68 yields a
E 51 5B 24H LR 3 4Y40H15
homogenous high quality weld metal with extra low
EN 499 Elongation
content of impurities. The electrode operates well on PRS 4YH10
AC as well as DC positive and negative. DC negative E 42 5B 12 H5 30%
SFS E 51 50 H10 2
is preferred giving a small easily controlled weld pool, SS 143212-H10
minimizing the risk of burn-through or undercutting. Charpy V
OK 53.68 is CTOD tested. Test temps Impact values
Welding current -20°C 180 J
-40°C 140 J
DC+(-), AC OCV 60 V
-50°C 120 J
1234 6
E7016-1
ABS
DnV
3H, 3Y
3YH5
C
Si
0.06
0.4
Yield stress
440 MPa
2.5 350 60-85 26
3.2 350 80-130 27
Type Basic DIN 1913 GASPROM Mn 1.1 3.2 450 80-130 27
E 51 55 B10 LR 3 3Y Tensile strength
OK 53.70 is a low-hydrogen AC/DC electrode for the 4.0 450 90-190 28
EN 499 VNIIST 530 MPa
one-sided welding of pipes and general structures. The
E 42 5 B 12 H5
root penetration is good, leaving a flat bead with easily
GOST 9467-75 Elongation
removable slag. The stable arc and the well-balanced
slag system make the electrode easy to weld in all E50A 30%
positions. ISO 2560
E 51 5 B 24 H Charpy V
Welding current
DC+(-), AC OCV 60 V -20°C 150 J
1234 6 -40°C
-47°C
120 J
100 J

E7018-1
ABS
BV
3Y
3 3YHH
C
Si
0.06
0.5
Yield stress
480 MPa
2.5 350 80-110 22
3.2 350 110-140 24
Type Basic DIN 8529 CO Mn 1.5 3.2 450 110-140 24
E Y 46 66 Mn B DB 10.039.03 Tensile strength
OK 55.00 is a reliable, high-quality, LMA electrode, 4.0 350 140-200 24
EN 499 DnV 4YH10 590 MPa
particularly suitable for welding high strength low-alloy
E 46 5 B 32 DS E51 5B(H) 4.0 450 140-200 24
steels. The good, low temperature impact strength of
ISO 2560 Elongation
the weld metal should be noted. The weld metal is also LR 3 3Y H15 5.0 450 200-270 24
very resistant to hot cracking. The electrode is also E 51 5B 120 26H 28%
RS 3YHH 6.0 450 215-360 25
suitable for welding high strength ship's steel A, D and NFA 81-309
SFS E 51 53 H10 2
E quality. E51 5/5 B 120 26 Charpy V
SS 14 32 12-H10
BH
Welding current TÜV Test temps Impact values
-20°C 115 J
DC+, AC OCV 65 V
-50°C 50 J
1234 6
Mild steels
composition % A V
OK Femax 33.60 SMAW AWS A5.1

E7024
ABS
BV
2
2
C
Si
0.07
0.4
Yield stress
450 MPa
2.5 350 80-115 30
3.2 450 130-160 32
Type Rutile DIN 1913 DB 10.039.11 Mn 0.7 3.2 450 130-170 30
E 51 32 RR 11 160 DnV 2 Tensile strength
OK Femax 33.60 is a high-recovery, rutile, iron powder 4.0 450 150-230 33
EN 499 DS E51 2RR 550 MPa
electrode giving a metal recovery of about 160%. OK
E 42 0 RR 53 GL 2 5.0 450 200-350 35
Femax 33.60 is particularly recommended for welding
ISO 2560 Elongation
horizontal-vertical fillets. The weld metal goes well up LR 2 6.0 450 280-450 36
the vertical plate and gives a good transition to the E 51 2 RR 160 31 28%
SS 143203
base material without undercutting even at high weld- NFA 81.309
TÜV
ing current. E 51 3/2 RR 160 Charpy V
31
Welding current Test temps Impact values
UNE 14.003
0°C 55 J
DC+(-), AC OCV 50 V E 51 32 RR 160 31
-20°C 35 J
12

E7024
ABS
BV
2
2
C
Si
0.09
0.4
Yield stress
480 MPa
2.5 350 85-125 27
3.2 400 130-170 28
Type Rutile ISO 2560 CO Mn 0.7 3.2 450 130-170 28
E 51 2 RR 180 31 DB 10.039.28 Tensile strength
OK Femax 33.80 is a high-speed, high-recovery, iron 4.0 400 180-230 30
powder electrode giving a metal recovery of approx.
E 42 0 RR 73 DS E51 2RR 4.0 450 180-230 30
180%, particularly suitable for fillet welds. On alternat-
NFA 81.309 Elongation
ing current an open circuit voltage of ≥50 V is neces- GL 2 4.5 400 210-290 31
sary. OK Femax 33.80 is very easy to strike and E 51 3/2 RR 190 26%
LR 2 2Y 4.5 450 210-290 31
restrike and the slag is easy to remove. Also available 31
NK KMW2
in long length for gravity welding. Charpy V 5.0 400 250-340 30
PRS 2
Welding current RINa E 42 2
RS 2 0°C 60 J 5.6 450 280-400 36
DC+(-), AC OCV 50 V
SFS E 5122 HX 3 -20°C 35 J 6.0 450 300-430 38
12 SS 14 32 03
TÜV

E7028
ABS
BV
3H5 3Y
3 3YHH
C
Si
0.07
0.4
Yield stress
460 MPa
3.2 350 100-160 24
3.2 450 100-160 24
Type Rutile-basic DIN 1913 CO Mn 1.1 4.0 450 150-230 28
E51 43 B(R) 12 DB 10.039.27 Tensile strength
OK Femax 38.48 is a high-recovery, iron powder, LMA 4.5 450 180-260 28
150 DnV 3 YH10 545 MPa
electrode, which gives extremely smooth fillets of EN 499 4.5 700 180-250 28
equal leg length and a very low emission of fume and DS E51 4B(H)
E 42 3 RB 53 H10 Elongation
spatter. It is very easy to weld and is especially well fit- GL 3YHH 5.0 450 200-320 32
ISO 2560 27%
ted for horizontal fillets with a leg length of 4-6.4 mm. LR 3 3Y H15 5.0 700 200-320 32
OK Femax 38.48 is as easy to use as a rutile electrode E51 4B 150 36H
RINa E 42/52 3 5.6 450 250-330 34
but the weld metal quality corresponds to that of the Charpy V
RS 3YHH
basic electrodes. The slag is easy to remove. Also Test temps Impact values 5.6 700 245-320 34
SFS E 5140 H10 3
available in Fematic length. 0°C 120 J
SS 14 32 10-H10
Welding current TÜV -20°C 100 J
DC+, AC OCV 60 V -30°C 80 J
-40°C 35 J
123
15
16
Mild steels
composition % A V

E7028
ABS
BV
3H5 3Y
3 3YHH
C
Si
0.08
0.4
Yield stress
430 MPa
3.2 450 100-170 32
4.0 450 170-240 36
Type Zirconium-basic EN 499 CO Mn 1.1 5.0 450 225-355 40
E 42 4 B 73 H5 DB 10. 039.15 Tensile strength
OK Femax 38.65 is a high-recovery LMA electrode, 6.0 450 300-430 40
ISO 2560 DnV 3YH10 540 MPa
which gives a weld metal of high quality and very low
E51 5B 170 36H DS E51 4B(H) 7.0 450 340-490 44
content of hydrogen. OK Femax 38.65 is designed for
welding of ordinary and high strength ships plate A, D GL 3YHH Elongation
and E qualities. When using AC, an open circuit volt- LR 3 3YH15 26%
age of 65 V is necessary. PRS 3YH10
Charpy V
Welding current SFS E 5150 H10 3
SS 143211-H10 Test temps Impact values
DC+, AC OCV 65 V
TÜV -20°C 110 J
123 -30°C
-40°C
95 J
65 J

E7028
ABS
BV
3H5 3Y
3 3YHH
C
Si
0.07
0.6
Yield stress
480 MPa
4.5 450 170-240 40
5.0 450 200-350 40
Type Rutile-basic DIN 1913 DnV 3 YH10 Mn 1.1 5.6 450 250-440 42
E 51 43 B(R) 12 GL 3YHH Tensile strength
OK Femax 38.85 is an electrode with very high recov- 6.0 450 300-500 44
220 LR 3 3Y H15 560 MPa
ery (220%), designed for welding mild and low-alloy ISO 2560
steels. OK Femax 38.85 is Esab's best high recovery PRS 3YH10
E 51 4B 220 36H Elongation
electrode for welding horizontal-vertical fillets in high RINa E 52 B3 HH
EN 499 29%
tensile structural steels and ship's plate where the use RS 3YHH
of rutile electrodes is not permitted. Also available in E 42 3 RB 73 H10
SFS E 5130 H10 3
long length for gravity welding. Charpy V
SS 143209-H10
-20°C 100 J
DC+, AC OCV 65 V
-30°C 80 J
12

E7028
ABS
BV
3HH10 3Y
3 3YHH
C
Si
0.07
0.4
Yield stress
400 MPa
4.5 450 220-300 40
5.0 450 330-400 45
Type Zirconium-basic DIN DnV 3 YH10 Mn 1.1 5.6 450 370-460 50
E 51 54 B(R) 12 DS E51 5B(H) Tensile strength
OK Femax 38.95 is a high-recovery, iron powder, AC/ 6.0 450 400-520 50
240 LR 3 3Y H15 500 MPa
DC electrode giving about 240% recovery. OK Femax ISO 2560
38.95 gives a welding speed comparable with sub- RS 3YHH
E 51 5B 240 46H Elongation
merged arc welding: up to 240 g weld metal per minute SFS E 5155 H10 4
EN 499 30%
with a 6 mm diameter electrode. OK Femax 38.95 is SS 143206-H10
primarily intended for welding prepared butt joints and E 38 4 B 73 H10
fillets in the flat position where it gives a smooth transi- Charpy V
tion to the base material. Test temps Impact values
-40°C 90 J
DC+, AC OCV 65 V
1
Mild steels
composition % A V

E7027
ABS
BV
3
3 3Y
C
Si
0.07
0.3
Yield stress
450 MPa
3.2 450 130-170 31
4.0 450 150-230 32
Type Acid DIN 1913 CO Mn 0.7 4.5 600 160-210 27
E 51 53 AR 11 160 DB 10.039.07 Tensile strength
OK Femax 39.50 is a very fast, high-recovery, acid 4.5 700 160-210 27
electrode for horizontal-vertical fillets, lap and butt
E 42 2 RA 53 DS E51 3AR 5.0 450 200-350 37
joints in mild steels. The electrode gives a nice profile
ISO 2560 Elongation
with a very good slag cover. The slag is porous and GL 3Y 5.0 600 190-240 31
easy to deslag. Tolerates a wide range of bead run-out E 51 5 AR 160 35 27%
LR 3 3Y No 5.0 700 190-240 31
lengths. PRS 3
Charpy V 5.6 700 220-270 30
Welding current RS 3
SFS E 4330 HX 3
DC(+-), AC OCV 65 V
SS 143201 +20°C 85 J 6.0 700 250-300 32
12 TÜV -20°C
-40°C
70 J
28 J
OK Rapid 23.50 SMAW AWS A5.1

E6020
ABS
LR
1
DP
C
Si
0.10
0.4
Yield stress
450 MPa
3.2 350 130-180 40
4.0 450 170-230 40
Type Rutile ISO 2560 DnV 1 DP Mn 0.5 5.0 450 230-320 50
E 4X 2R 45P BV 1 DP Tensile strength
OK Rapid 23.50 is a deep penetration rutile MMA elec- EN 499 CO 520 MPa
trode for welding square edged butt joints in the flat
E 38 A RC 13
position and for making the sealing run on the root side
of V-joints without prior chipping out. OK Rapid 23.50 Elongation
is designed for the welding of mild general purpose 31%
structural steels, pressure vessel steels and A-quality
ship's plate. Charpy V
+20°C 70 J
DC+/-, AC OCV 60 V
Pipeweld 6010 SMAW AWS A5.1

E6010
ABS
DnV
3
3
C
Si
0.12
0.2
Yield stress
380 MPa
2.5 350 40-80 33
3.2 350 75-125 33
Type Cellulosic BS 639 LR 3 Mn 0.5 4.0 350 110-200 33
E 43 32 C 14 Tensile strength
Pipeweld 6010 is a cellulosic electrode designed for 5.0 350 130-230 32
DIN 1913 470 MPa
on-site welding of pipe and pipelines in all positions,
E 43 32 C 4
using conventional and stove-pipe techniques, particu-
ISO 2560 Elongation
larly for the root bead. Penetrating arc with low volume,
fast-freezing easily removable slag. Suitable for use E 43 3C 14 30%
with misaligned and poor fit-up joints. EN 499
E 38 2 C 21 Charpy V
Welding current
DC+(-) 0°C 80 J
123456 -20°C 70 J
17
18
Mild steels
composition % A V
OK 21.03 SMAW 2.5 350 100-120 43

3.2 350 130-180 43
OK 21.03 is an electrode for gouging and bevelling all 4.0 350 170-230 48
types of steel, cast iron and for all metals except pure
copper. OK 21.03 has a thick, specially-developed 5.0 450 230-300 48
coating, which produces a strong gas jet, to blow away
the melted material.
Welding current
DC-, AC OCV 70 V
1 3 56
OK Tubrod 14.00 FCAW AWS A5.18-93

E70C-3M
ABS
BV
2SA, 2YSA
SA2YM H
Ar/20% CO2
Ar/20% CO2
C
Si
0.07
0.6
Yield stress
470 MPa
1.0 80-250 14-30
1.2 100-320 16-32
Type Metal-cored EN 758 (1997) CO Ar/20% CO2 Mn 1.4 1.4 120-380 16-34
T 42 0 M M 2 H10 DB 42.039.10 Ar/20% CO2 Tensile strength
OK Tubrod 14.00 is a tubular wire for welding mild and 1.6 140-450 18-36
DnV IIYMS HH Ar/20% CO2 550 MPa
medium tensile steels. Shielding gas Ar + 20% CO2.
The wire burns with a deep penetrating arc giving good DS E51 5M(H) Ar/20% CO2 2.4 350-500 30-38
penetration in the root of fillet welds and the side walls GL 2YHHS Ar/20% CO2 Elongation
of butt welds. LR 2S 2YS Ar/20% CO2 28%
Welding current H15
TÜV Ar/20% CO2 Charpy V
DC+/- Test temps Impact values
123456 0°C 120 J

E70C-6M,
ABS
BV
3SA, 3YSA
SA3YM
Ar/CO2&CO2
Ar/CO2&CO2
C
Si
0.07
0.6
Yield stress
470 MPa
1.0 80-250 14-30
1.2 100-320 16-32
Type Metal-cored E70C-6C DB 42.039.24 Ar/CO2&CO2 Mn 1.4
EN 758:1997 1.4 120-380 16-34
DnV IIIYMS Ar/CO2&CO2 Tensile strength
OK Tubrod 14.12 is a tubular wire for use with both Ar/ 1.6 140-450 18-36
T 42 2 M M 1 H10, DS E51 3M(H) Ar/CO2&CO2 550 MPa
CO2 mixtures or CO2 shielding gases. Improved pro- T 42 2 M C 1 H10 2.4 350-500 30-38
ductivity and weld quality compared to solid wire under GL 3YS Ar/CO2&CO2
CO2. It is especially suitable for fillet welding and has a LR 3S, 3YS Ar/CO2&CO2 Elongation
high tolerance to primer. RINa SG52-3 Ar/CO2&CO2 28%
Welding current TÜV Ar/CO2&CO2
Charpy V
DC(+/-) Test temps Impact values
123456 -20°C 100 J

Mild steels
composition % A V

E70C-6M
ABS
BV
3SA 3YSA
SA3YM
Ar/20 CO2
Ar/20 CO2
C
Si
0.06
0.6
Yield stress
480 MPa
1.2 100-320 16-32
1.4 120-380 16-34
Type Metal-cored EN 758:1997 DB 42.040.03 Ar/20 CO2 Mn 1.5 1.6 140-450 18-36
T 42 2 M M 2 H10 DnV IIIYMS Ar/20 CO2 Tensile strength
OK Tubrod 14.13 is a tubular wire particularly suited to
GL 3YS Ar/20 CO2 580 MPa
the rapid welding of fillet and butt joints in the flat and
horizontal positions. The arc action is stable at all cur- LR 3S 3YS Ar/20 CO2
rent levels which provides for an excellent weld Elongation
appearence with absence of undercut and spatter. 28%
DC+ Test temps Impact values
123456 -20°C 90 J

E71T-5, E71T-5M
ABS
BV
3SA, 3YSA
SA, 3MH
CO2
CO2
C
Si
0.07
0.7
Yield stress
470 MPa
1.0 100-230 14-30
1.2 120-300 16-32
Type Basic EN 758:1997 CO Ar/CO2&CO2 Mn 1.4 1.4 130-350 16-32
T 42 3 B C 2 H5, DB 42.039.12 Ar/CO2&CO2 Tensile strength
OK Tubrod 15.00 is a flux-cored wire which deposits 1.6 140-400 18-34
T 42 3 B M 2 H5 DnV III YMS Ar/CO2&CO2 550 MPa
very low-hydrogen quality weld metal. Diameters 1.0
and 1.2 mm are available for positional welding. The DS E51 3B(H) Ar/CO2&CO2 2.0 200-450 24-34
slag cover is thin and easily remelted. Shielding gas GL 3YHHS Ar/CO2&CO2 Elongation 2.4 300-500 26-36
CO2 or Ar + 20% CO2. OK Tubrod 15.00 is designed LR 3S, 3YS Ar/CO2&CO2 30%
for general fabrication where the risk of hydrogen- H15
induced cracking is to be avoided. MRS 3YMSHH CO2 Charpy V
Welding current RINa SG52 3 Ar/CO2&CO2 Test temps Impact values
TÜV Ar/CO2&CO2 -20°C 135 J
DC-
-30°C 120 J
123456

E71T-5M
DnV
GL
IIIYMS H5
3Y H5S
Ar/20%CO2
Ar/20%CO2
C
Si
0.07
0.6
Yield stress
450 MPa
1.2 120-300 16-32
1.6 140-400 18-34
Type Basic EN 758-1997 LR 3S 3YS H5 Ar/20%CO2 Mn 1.4
T 42 3 B M 2 H5 Tensile strength
A fully basic, flux-cored wire for the all-position welding
550 MPa
of mild and medium tensile steels including vertical
down. It has particularly stable running characteristics
at low current levels which enhances operability and Elongation
minimizes spatter. 30%
DC- Test temps Impact values
123456 -30°C 130 J

19
20
Mild steels
composition % A V

E70T-1
ABS
BV
2SA 2YSA
SA2YMHH
CO2
CO2
C
Si
0.05
0.6
Yield stress
510 MPa
1.2 180-320 24-32
1.4 200-350 26-34
Type Rutile EN 758:1997 DnV IIYMS H10 CO2 Mn 1.4 1.6 250-400 26-36
T 42 0 R C 3 H10 LR 2S 2YS CO2 Tensile strength
OK Tubrod 15.10 is a flux-cored, tubular wire designed
H10 570 MPa
primarily for rapid fillet welding in the HV position. It is
characterised by a very thin slag cover which, together GL 2YH10S CO2
with the special formulation, affords a high tolerance to Elongation
shop primer which is seen as a particular benefit to 28%
shipbuilders. The rutile base provides for a flat,
extremely attractive weld appearance. Shielding gas Charpy V
CO2. Test temps Impact values
Welding current 0°C 80 J
DC+
123
E70T-1
ABS
BV
2SA
SA2, 2YM
CO2
CO2
C
Si
0.06
0.6
Yield stress
520 MPa
1.2 180-320 24-34
1.4 200-350 26-36
Type Rutile EN 758:1997 CO CO2 Mn 1.5 1.6 250-400 26-38
T 42 0 R C 3 H10 DB 42.039.13 CO2 Tensile strength
OK Tubrod 15.12 is a flux-cored, tubular wire designed 2.0 300-450 27-38
DnV IIYMS CO2 580 MPa
for heavy deposition in the flat and horizontal positions
on mild and medium tensile steels. Slag removal is DS E51 2R(H) CO2 2.4 350-550 28-40
easy and generally self-releasing. The weld appear- GL 2YS CO2 Elongation
ance is exceptional and spatter level minimal. Shield- LR 2S, 2YS CO2 26%
ing gas CO2. OK Tubrod 15.12 is designed for heavy TÜV CO2
deposition in steel thicknesses of 9 mm upwards. Charpy V
0°C 90 J
DC+
123

E71T-1, E71T-1M
ABS
BV
3SA 3YSA
SA3YM
Ar/CO2&CO2
Ar/CO2&CO2
C
Si
0.05
0.5
Yield stress
530 MPa
1.2 110-300 21-32
1.4 130-320 22-32
Type Rutile EN 758:1997 CO Ar/CO2 Mn 1.3 1.6 150-360 24-34
T 46 2 P C 2 H10, DB 42.040.05 Ar/CO2&CO2 Tensile strength
OK Tubrod 15.14 is a flux-cored tubular wire for all- T 46 2 P M 2 H10 DnV IIIYMS Ar/CO2&CO2 580 MPa
positional welding using either Ar/CO2 or CO2. The
wire is suitable for all mild and medium tensile struc- DS E51 3R(H) Ar/20CO2
tural steels. Running characteristics are exceptional, GL 3YS Ar/CO2&CO2 Elongation
using the spray mode of transfer, and applies equally LR 3S 3YS Ar/CO2&CO2 26%
to both shielding gases. OK Tubrod 15.14 is also uni- MRS 3S 3YS Ar/CO2&CO2
versally approved to grade 3 by all major authorities. Charpy V
RINa SG52.3 Ar/20CO2
Shielding gas Ar/20%CO2 or CO2. Test temps Impact values
SG52.2 CO2
DC+
1234 6
Mild steels
composition % A V

E70T-1, E70T-1M
ABS
BV
2SA, 2YSA
SA 2YM
Ar/CO2&CO2
Ar/CO2&CO2
C
Si
0.06
0.6
Yield stress
500 MPa
1.2 180-320 24-32
1.4 200-350 26-34
Type Rutile EN 758:1997 DB 42.039.02 CO2 Mn 1.1 1.6 250-400 26-36
T 42 0 R C 3 H10, DnV II YMS Ar/CO2&CO2 Tensile strength
OK Tubrod 15.18 is a rutile, flux-cored wire designed T 42 0 R M 3 H10 DS E51 3R(H) Ar/CO2&CO2 560 MPa
for high deposition welding in the flat and HV positions.
It is characterised by an exeptional weld finish with LR 2S, 2YS Ar/CO2&CO2
minimal spatter and self-releasing slag using either H15 Elongation
Argon rich or CO2 shielding gases. Shielding gas Ar + TÜV Ar/CO2&CO2 28%
20% CO2 or CO2. All general fabrication of medium to
heavy sections where weld appearance and high weld Charpy V
metal integrity is important. Test temps Impact values
DC+
123
Arcosarc 51 FCAW AWS A5.20-79
E70T-1
C
Si
0.06
0.5
Yield stress
500 MPa
3.2 280-600 30-36
4.0 350-700 32-38
Type Rutile Mn 1.3
Tensile strength
A rutile, flux-cored, tubular wire specifically designed
570 MPa
for the automatic welding of horizontal-vertical butt
joints, using CO2 gas shielding. This wire is especially
tolerant of environmental and plate conditions, giving Elongation
deep penetration and slightly convex weld beads of 28%
good appearance.
Charpy V
Welding current
DC+ 0°C 60 J

E70T-2
C
Si
0.06
0.4
Yield stress
500 MPa
3.2 350-600 30-36
4.0 300-700 32-38
Type Rutile Mn 1.3
Tensile strength
A rutile, flux-cored wire for use in conjunction with
550 MPa
Arcosarc 51 and Arcosarc 53 for capping passes. The
slag system is formulated to ensure a fast-freezing
slag to minimize the effects of gravity when welding on Elongation
a vertical surface. Shielding gas CO2. 28%
Welding current
DC+
3
21
22
Mild steels
composition % A V

E70T-1
DB 42.005.03 C
Si
0.06
0.4
Yield stress
510 MPa
3.2 420-450 30-36
4.0 580-600 32-38
Type Rutile-basic Mn 1.3
Tensile strength
A rutile-basic, flux-cored, tubular wire for the automatic
580 MPa
welding of mild and medium tensile steels in the 2G
position. This wire produces weld metal of high integ-
rity with good notch toughness down to -30°C. It also Elongation
has good tolerance to plate condition and poor 28%
weather, often experienced in on-site situations.
Shielding gas CO2. Charpy V
-30°C 65 J
DC+
Vertomax 2MG FCAW AWS A5.26-91

EG70T-Ni1
ABS
BV
2A 2YA
AV 22Y
C
Si
0.05
0.4
Yield stress
430 MPa
1.6 350-450 28-35
2.4 420-560 30-36
Type Metal-cored DnV IIY Mn 1.3 3.2 580-670 32-38
GL 2YV Ni 0.9 Tensile strength
A flux-cored, tubular wire designed for automatic verti-
LR 22Y Mo 0.2 570 MPa
cal-upwards welding using the electrogas process. The
core formulation ensures good arc stability and excel- TÜV
lent mechanical properties even on thin plate at heat Elongation
inputs as high as 40 kJ/cm. It can also be used in con- 28%
junction with separate metal powder addition for a fur-
ther improvement in mechanical properties, deposition Charpy V
rate and reduced heat loading to the plate. Shielding Test temps Impact values
gas: CO2. 0°C 50 J
Welding current
DC+
Mild steels
composition % A V
OK Autrod 12.51 GMAW AWS A5.18-93

ER70S-6
ABS
BV
3SA, 3YSA
SA, 3YM
C
Si
0.08
0.9
Yield stress
475 MPa
0.6 30-100 15-20
0.8 60-200 18-24
A copper-coated, manganese-silicon bearing elec- EN 440 CO Mn 1.5 0.9 70-250 18-26
trode for the GMAW of unalloyed steels, such as gen- G 38 3 C G3Si1, DB 42.039.06 Wire composition Tensile strength
eral structural steels with a minimum tensile strength G 42 4 M G3Si1 560 MPa 1.0 80-300 18-32
DnV III YMS
of 530 MPa, and for fine-grained, carbon-manganese DS E 51 3 1.2 120-380 18-34
steels with a minimum yield strength of 420 MPa. OK Elongation
GL 3YS 1.4 150-420 22-36
Autrod 12.51 can be welded with Ar/20CO2 or pure 24%
LR 3S, 3YS 1.6 225-550 28-38
CO2 as the shielding gas. The mechanical properties
quoted here are welded with Ar/20CO2 as the shield- RINa SG 52 3
Charpy V
ing gas. RS 3YMS, K6SM
PRS 3YS Test temps Impact values
Welding current SFS GS2-C1-51-6, GS2-M21-57-6 +20°C 120 J
DC(+) SS 143403, 143423 0°C 100 J
TÜV -20°C 80 J
UDT -40°C 50 J
OK Autrod 12.56 GMAW EN 440

G 38 2 C G3Si1,
DB
DS
42.039.01
E 51 3
C
Si
0.08
0.8
Yield stress
420 MPa
0.6 30-100 15-20
0.8 60-200 18-24
A copper-coated, manganese-silicon-alloyed electrode G 38 2 M G3Si1 TÜV Mn 1.4 0.9 70-250 18-26
for the GMAW of unalloyed steels, such as general Wire composition Tensile strength
structural steels with a minimum tensile strength of no 540 MPa 1.0 80-300 18-32
more than 510 MPa, and for fine-grained, carbon-man- 1.2 120-380 18-34
ganese steels with a minimum yield strength of 360 Elongation 1.4 150-420 22-36
MPa. OK Autrod 12.56 can be welded with Ar/20CO2 25%
or pure CO2 as the shielding gas. The mechanical 1.6 225-550 28-38
properties quoted here are welded with Ar/20CO2 as Charpy V
the shielding gas.
DC(+)

ER70S-6
ABS
BV
3SA, 3YSA
SA, 3YM
C
Si
0.1
1.0
Yield stress
460 MPa
0.6 50-100 16-20
0.8 60-185 18-24
A copper-coated, manganese-silicon-alloyed electrode EN 440 CO Mn 1.7 0.9 70-250 18-26
for GMAW. Compared with OK Autrod 12.51, OK G 38 3 C G4Si1, DB 42.039.11 Wire composition Tensile strength
Autrod 12.64 has a slightly higher silicon and manga- G 46 5 M G4Si1 560 MPa 1.0 80-300 18-32
DnV III YMS
nese content, which increases the yield stress and the DS E 51 3 1.2 120-380 18-35
tensile strength of the weld metal if it is welded with Elongation
GL 3YS 1.4 150-420 22-36
CO2 as the shielding gas. The high silicon content pro- 26%
motes low sensitivity to surface impurities and contrib- LR 3S, 3YS 1.6 120-380 18-35
utes to smooth, sound welds. OK Autrod 12.64 can be RINa SG56A3,
SG56A2 Charpy V
welded with Ar/20CO2 or pure CO2 as the shielding
gas. The mechanical properties quoted here are RS 6 Test temps Impact values
welded with Ar/20CO2 as the shielding gas. SFS GS3-C1-51-6, +20°C 120 J
GS3-M21-57-6 -20°C 80 J
Welding current SS 143406, 143426
DC(+) TÜV
23
24
Mild steels
composition % A V
OK Autrod 12.67 GMAW EN 440

G 35 2 C G4Si1,
DB
TÜV
42.039.15 C
Si
0.1
0.9
Yield stress
460 MPa
0.6 30-100 15-20
0.8 60-200 18-24
A copper-coated, manganese-silicon-alloyed electrode G 35 2 M G4Si1 Mn 1.6 0.9 70-250 18-26
for the GMAW. OK Autrod 12.67 should be used when Wire composition Tensile strength
a higher silicon and manganese content is required or 560 MPa 1.0 80-300 18-32
desired compared with OK Autrod 12.56. The higher 1.2 120-380 18-34
silicon and manganese content increases the yield Elongation 1.4 150-420 22-36
stress and the tensile strength of the weld metal. The 25%
high silicon content promotes a low sensitivity to sur- 1.6 225-550 28-38
face impurities and contributes to smooth, sound Charpy V
welds. OK Autrod 12.67 can be welded with Ar/20CO2
or pure CO2 as the shielding gas. Test temps Impact values
-20°C 80 J
Welding current
DC(+)
OK Tigrod 12.60 GTAW AWS A5.18-93

ER70S-3
C
Si
0.1
0.6
Yield stress
410 MPa
1.6 700
2.0 700
A copper-coated, manganese-silicon-bearing rod for DIN 8559 Mn 1.2 2.4 700
the GTAW of unalloyed steels, e.g. general structural WSG-1 Wire composition Tensile strength
steels with a min. tensile strength of 500 MPa, as well Werkstoff Nr. 515 MPa 3.2 700
as for fine-grained carbon-manganese steels with a 1.5112
min. yield strength of 400 MPa. OK Tigrod 12.60 is nor- Elongation
mally welded with pure Ar as the shielding gas. 34%
Welding current
Charpy V
DC(-)
-18°C 85 J

ER70S-6
TÜV
UDT
C
Si
0.1
1.0
Yield stress
480 MPa
1.6 700
2.0 700
A manganese-silicon-alloyed rod for GTAW. The high DIN 8559 Mn 1.7 2.4 700
silicon and manganese content increases the yield WSG 3 Wire composition Tensile strength
stress and the tensile strength of the weld metal. The Werkstoff Nr. 620 MPa 3.2 700
high silicon content promotes low sensitivity to surface 1.5130 5.0 700
impurities. OK Tigrod 12.64 is normally welded with Elongation
pure Ar as the shielding gas. 28%
Welding current
Charpy V
DC(-)
-20°C 70 J
-29°C 30 J
Mild steels
composition % A V
OK Gasrod 98.70 OFW AWS A5.2-92

R60
C
Si
0.1
0.2
Yield stress
300 MPa
1.2 700
1.6 700
A bare rod designed for the gas welding of unalloyed DIN 8554 Mn 1.0 2.0 700
steels with a minimum tensile strength of 390 MPa. GII Wire composition Tensile strength
390 MPa 2.5 700
3.0 700
Elongation 4.0 700
20%
5.0 700
OK Autrod 12.10 SAW AWS A5.17

EL12
C
Si
0.08
0.02
2.0
2.5
OK Autrod 12.10 is a copper-coated mild steel wire for EN 756 Mn 0.5 3.0
submerged arc welding. S1 Wire composition
Can be combined with the following fluxes: 4.0
OK Flux 10.40, OK Flux 10.45, OK Flux 10.61, OK 5.0
Flux 10.70, OK Flux 10.71, OK Flux 10.80, OK Flux 6.0
10.81, OK Flux 10.82, OK Flux 10.83 and OK Flux
10.96.

EM12
C
Si
0.1
0.1
2.0
2.5
OK Autrod 12.20 is a copper-coated, semi-killed wire EN 756 Mn 1.0 3.0
for submerged arc and electroslag welding of medium S2 Wire composition
and high strength structural steels. 4.0
OK Flux 10.40, OK Flux 10.45, OK Flux 10.50 (ESW), 6.0
OK Flux 10.61, OK Flux 10.62, OK Flux 10.70, OK
Flux 10.71, OK Flux 10.80, OK Flux 10.81, OK Flux
10.82 and OK Flux 10.83.
25
26
Mild steels
composition % A V

EM12K
C
Si
0.1
0.2
2.0
2.5
OK Autrod 12.22 is a killed medium manganese- EN 756 Mn 1.0 3.0
alloyed, copper-coated steel wire for submerged arc S2Si Wire composition
welding in medium and high strength structural steels. 4.0
Flux 10.71, OK Flux 10.81, OK Flux 10.82 and OK
Flux 10.83.

EH12K
C
Si
0.1
0.2
2.0
2.5
OK Autrod 12.32 is a manganese-alloyed, copper- EN 756 Mn 1.5 3.0
coated wire for submerged arc welding of medium and S3Si Wire composition
high-strength structural steels. OK Autrod 12.32 4.0
should preferably be used together with non-alloying or 5.0
slightly alloying fluxes, such as OK Flux 10.62 or OK
Flux 10.71, when high weld metal quality requirements
must be fulfilled.
Other combinations are with OK Flux 10.40, OK Flux
10.61 and OK Flux 10.75.

EH14
C
Si
0.08
0.2
2.0
3.0
OK Autrod 12.40 is a copper-coated, manganese- EN 756 Mn 1.9 4.0
alloyed, semi-killed wire for submerged arc welding. S4 Wire composition
Can be combined with OK Flux 10.62. 5.0
Mild steels
composition % A V

EH11K
C
Si
0.08
0.9
1.4
1.6
OK Autrod 12.50 is a non-copper-coated, low-carbon, EN 756 Mn 1.5 2.0
high-manganese and very high-silicon, special-pur- S0 Wire composition
pose electrode. It is recommended for use with OK
Flux 10.83 for single-pass, high-speed fillet welding.
The silicon content improves weld puddle fluidity,
thereby resulting in good wettability and excellent slag
removal.
OK Autrod 12.51 SAW C

Si
0.08
0.9
1.4
1.6
OK Autrod 12.51 is a copper-coated, low-carbon, high- Mn 1.5 2.0
manganese and very high-silicon, special-purpose Wire composition
electrode. It is recommended for use with OK Flux
10.83 for single-pass, high-speed fillet welding. The sil-
icon content improves weld puddle fluidity, thereby
resulting in good wettability and excellent slag
removal.
OK Tubrod 14.00S SAW AWS A5.17-89

F7A2-EC1
ABS
BV
3M, 3YM
A3YM
C
Si
0.05
0.4
Yield stress
450 MPa
2.4 250-450 28-38
3.0 400-800 28-36
Type Metal-cored DB 52.039.13 Mn 1.6 4.0 500-900 28-34
DnV IIIYM Tensile strength
OK Tubrod 14.00S is a tubular wire designed for the
GL 3YM 530 MPa
submerged arc welding of mild and medium tensile
steels and is suitable for fillet and multi-pass butt joints. LR 3M, 3YM
Used in conjunction with OK Flux 10.71 exceptional TÜV Elongation
productivity can be achieved at deposition rates up to 30%
20% higher than with same size of solid wire at the
same current. Charpy V
-20°C 120 J
DC+
12
27
28
Mild steels
composition % A V

F7A4-EC1
ABS
BV
3M, 3YM
A3YM
C
Si
0.06
0.5
Yield stress
430 MPa
2.4 250-500 28-38
3.0 400-900 28-36
Type Basic DB 52.039.14 Mn 1.6 4.0 500-1000 28-34
DnV IIIYM Tensile strength
OK Tubrod 15.00S is a tubular wire for submerged arc
GL 3YM 540 MPa
welding in conjunction with OK Flux 10.71 when high
integrity welded joints are required in mild and medium LR 3M, 3YM
tensile steels. General fabrication, structural engineer- TÜV Elongation
ing and shipbuilding are the principal areas of applica- 30%
tion. The welding of primed plate at high speeds is a
particular benefit. Charpy V
-40°C 130 J
DC+
12
Product Wire Approvals Typical all weld Typical properties all weld metal
Mild steels
metal composition % Yield Tensile Charpy V
stress strength Test Impact
ABS LR DnV BV GL RS CO TÜV C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo MPa MPa Temp°C Values J
OK Flux 10.30 SAW OK Autrod 12.10 2YT 35 II YT 0.5 0.4 1.0 - - 0.3 540 650 0 50
Type Basic
Basic, high-recovery, agglomerated flux
designed primarily for the one-sided weld-
ing of mild and high-strength steels, in com-
bination with mild steel and low-alloyed
steel wires.
The flux has a high current capacity and is
thus able to withstand very high amperages.
The content of about 35% Fe powder con-
tributes to very high productivity. Using the
three-wire technique, the one-sided welding
of plates with a thickness of up to 25 mm
can be performed in one run.
Slightly Si- and micro-alloying.
Max. amperage for single wire: max. 1,300
A is recommended. For the three-wire tech-
nique, max. 3,100 A is recommended.
An arc voltage of 34-48 V is recommended.
Density ≈1.1 kg/dm3
Basicity index 1.8
Classifications
EN 760 SA Z 1 65 AC
29
30
Mild steels
ABS LR DnV BV GL RS CO TÜV C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo MPa MPa Temp°C Values
OK Flux 10.40 SAW OK Autrod 12.10 2TM 2TM IITM A2TM 2TM 2TM • 0.05 0.6 1.2 - - - 370 460 +20
0
90
75
Type Acid -20 55
OK Flux 10.40 is specially designed for OK Autrod 12.20 2T3M 2T3M IIT A2T 2T 3TM • 0.05 0.6 1.5 - - - 405 500 +20 70
welding in combination with a mild steel 3YM 3YM (IIIYM) 3YM 3YM 0 65
electrode of the OK Autrod 12.10 or OK -20 50
Autrod 12.20 type in single- and multi-wire OK Autrod 12.32 • 0.04 0.7 1.8 - - - 440 550 +20 80
systems. OK Flux 10.40 is designed for use
0 60
in the single- and multi-pass butt welding of
mild and medium tensile steels with impact
requirements down to a minimum of -20°C.
OK Flux 10.40 is of the manganese silicate
type which permits a high current-carrying
capacity on both AC and DC.
Basicity index 0.7
Classifications
EN 760 SF MS 1 88 AC
AWS A5.17 F6AO-EL12
F6PO-EL12
F7AO-EM12
F6PO-EM12
F7A0-EH12K
EN 756 S 35 2 MS S1
S 38 2 MS S2
S 38 A MS S3Si
Mild steels
OK Flux 10.45 SAW OK Autrod 12.10 0.07 0.2 1.1 - - - 410 480 +20
-20
120
70
Type Acid -29 60
OK Flux 10.45 is a fused, acid, slightly Mn- OK Autrod 12.22 0.06 0.25 1.1 - - - 450 520 +20 100
alloying flux for submerged arc welding. It -20 60
has a well-balanced silicate slag system. In
combination with a specially-developed
grain size, this slag system makes OK Flux
10.45 ideal for applications in which welding
at high speed is of primary importance.
Welding speeds of up to 5 m/min can easily
be achieved in thin sheet materials.
Basicity index 0.85
Classifications
EN 760 SF MS 1 55 AC
AWS A5.17 F6A2-EL12
F6P2-EL12
F7A0-EM12K
F6P2-EM12K
EN 756 S 35 2 MS S1
S 38 2 MS S2Si
OK Flux 10.61 SAW OK Autrod 12.10 • • 0.07 0.15 0.5 - - - 355 445 +20
-10
180
130
Type High-basic -20 120
OK Flux 10.61 is designed for the single- OK Autrod 12.22 0.08 0.35 1.0 - - - 440 520 +20 160
wire, multi-run butt welding of mild, medium -20 130
and high tensile steels with impact strength -30 80
requirements down to -40°C/-60°C. -40 70
Due to the non-alloying effect, OK Flux -62 60
10.61 is designed for use with a suitable
alloying wire. OK Flux can be used on DC±. OK Autrod 12.32 0.07 0.4 1.45 - - - 440 550 +20 130
DC- is used for surfacing applications. -20 110
-30 90
Density ≈1.1 kg/dm3 -40 60
Basicity index 2.8
Classifications
EN 760 SA FB 1 65 DC
AWS A5.17 F7A8-EM12K
F7P8-EM12K
EN 756 S 38 3 FB S2Si
S 42 4 FB S3Si
31
32
Mild steels
OK Flux 10.62 SAW OK Autrod 12.20 0.07 0.13 1.0 - - - 375 470 +20
0
170
150
OK Flux 10.62 is suitable for the multi-run -40 60
welding using the single-wire and multiple- OK Autrod 12.22 3M 3M IIIYM A3 3YM 3YM • • 0.07 0.3 1.0 - - - 410 500 +20 200
wire techniques. OK Flux 10.62 is designed 3YM 3YM 3YM 0 190
for mild, medium and high tensile steels, as -20 160
well as low-alloyed steels, with an impact -40 100
strength down to -40°/-60°C. OK Flux 10.62 -50 65
is especially well-suited for narrow gap
welding, due to the good slag detachability OK Autrod 12.32 3M 3M V Y42M A3 3YM 3YM • • 0.1 0.35 1.6 - - - 475 580 0 165
and smooth blending with the side walls. 3YM 3YM NV 4- 3YM -30 140
Pressure vessels and offshore construc- 4(M) -40 130
tions in which good CTOD values are -60 90
required are some areas in which OK Flux OK Autrod 12.40 0.08 0.2 1.9 - - - 540 630 0 110
10.62 can be successfully used.
-20 80
OK Flux 10.62 gives the weld metal a low
oxygen content and produces a low hydro- -40 50
gen content in the deposit weld metal (lower -51 40
than 5 ml/100 g).
Basicity index 3.4
Classifications
EN 760 SA FB 1 55 AC H5
AWS A5.17 F6A4-EM12
F6P5-EM12
F7A8-EM12K
F6P8-EM12K
F7A8-EH12K
F7P8-EH12K
F7A6-EH14
F7P5-EH14
AWS A5.23 F8A8-EG-G
F7P8-EG-G
EN 756 S 35 4 FB S2
S 38 5 FB S2Si
S 46 6 FB S3Si
S 50 4 FB S4
Mild steels
OK Flux 10.69 SAW
Type Basic
OK Flux 10.69 is a basic, agglomerated flux,
specially designed as a backing flux for sin-
gle-sided submerged arc welding. Normally,
a copper bar is used to support the flux.
Basicity index 1.5
33
34
Mild steels
OK Flux 10.70 SAW OK Autrod 12.10 3TM

3YTM
3TM
3YTM
IIYT A3 3YM 3YTM
(IIIYM) 3T
3TM
3YM
• 0.07 0.5 1.6 - - - 430 520 +20
0
125
100
Type Basic -20 70
OK Flux 10.70 is specially designed for -30 55
welding with OK Autrod 12.10 and OK OK Autrod 12.20 2T3M 2T3M IIT A3M2T 2T 3YTM • 0.07 0.6 1.9 - - - 470 580 +20 100
Autrod 12.20 in the butt and fillet welding of 3YM 3YM (IIIYM) 3YM 3YM 0 90
mild, medium and high tensile steels with -20 75
impact requirements down to -20°C. OK -30 60
Flux 10.70 is of the aluminate basic type
and has very high current-carrying capacity OK Autrod 12.32 • 0.08 0.8 2.0 - - - 530 640 0 65
on both AC and DC for this slag system. As -20 45
it is an alloying flux with significant Si and -40 30
Mn pick-up, it is most suitable for applica-
tions in which the dilution of base material is
high — in other words, in fillet welding and
butt welding with a small number of passes
in single- or multi-wire systems.
Basicity index 1.7
Classifications
EN 760 SA AB 1 79 AC
AWS A5.17 F7A4-EL12
F7P4-EL12
F7A2-EM12
F7P2-EM12
EN 756 S 42 3 AB S1
S 46 3 AB S2
Mild steels
OK Flux 10.71 SAW OK Autrod 12.10 3M 3M IIIM A3M 3M 3M • • 0.07 0.2 1.0 - - - 360 465 +20
0
135
125
Type Basic -20 95
OK Flux 10.71 is a basic agglomerated, -40 65
slightly Si- and Mn-alloying, flux for sub- OK Autrod 12.20 3M 3M 2YT IIIYM A2 2YT, 2YT/ • • 0.08 0.3 1.35 - - - 410 510 +20 135
merged arc welding, specially designed for 3YM 3YM (IIYT) 3 3YM 3YM 0 125
fillet welding and for single and multipass -20 80
butt welding of mild, medium and high ten- -40 55
sile steels. OK Flux 10.71 is of aluminate
basic type and has for this slag system very OK Autrod 12.22 3M 3M IIIY40M A3 3YM • • 0.07 0.5 1.3 - - - 425 520 +20 150
high current-carrying capacity on both AC 3YM 3YM 3YM 0 140
and DC and very good operability charac- -20 100
teristics both in single and multiwire sys- -40 60
tems. OK Flux 10.71 can be used to OK Autrod 12.32 • • 0.09 0.5 1.65 - - - 480 580 0 130
particular advantage for narrow gap welding
-20 95
due to the excellent slag detachability and
smooth blending of the weld bead with the -40 65
joint side walls.
Basicity index 1.6
Classifications
EN 760 SA AB 1 67 AC H5
AWS A5.23 F6A4-EL12
F6P5-EL12
F7A4-EM12
F6P4-EM12
F7A5-EM12K
F6P5-EM12K
F7A5-EH12K
F7P6-EH12K
EN 756 S 35 4 AB S1
S 38 4 AB S2
S 38 4 AB S2Si
S 46 4 AB S3Si
35
36
Mild steels

2YTM
2TM
2YTM
IIYTM A2
2YTM
2YTM 2YTM • • 0.08 0.6 1.35 - - - 430 520 +20
0
110
80
Type Neutral -20 60
OK Flux 10.80 is designed for use in the sin- OK Autrod 12.20 1T2M 1T2M IYT A1T 2M 1T2M • 0.09 0.6 1.7 - - - 460 560 +20 90
gle and multi-pass butt welding of mild and 1YT2YM (IIYM) 0 70
medium tensile steels where moderate -20 50
impact strength is required. OK Flux 10.80 OK Autrod 12.32 • 0.09 0.8 2.0 - - - 510 600 +20 90
is of the calcium-silicate type which permits
0 60
very high current-carrying capacity even at
low welding speeds with both AC and DC. -10 40
OK Flux 10.80 is excellent for the butt weld-
ing of materials from 10 to 40 mm and is
used in the shipbuilding industry, for exam-
ple. OK Flux 10.80 is especially designed
for welding in combination with OK Autrod
12.10 or OK Autrod 12.20 in single- or multi-
wire systems.
Basicity index 1.1
Classifications
EN 760 SA CS 1 89 AC
AWS A5.17 F7A2-EL12
F6P0-EL12
F7A2-EM12
F6P0-EM12
EN 756 S 38 0 CS S1
S 42 0 CS S2
Mild steels
OK Flux 10.81 SAW OK Autrod 12.10 1T2M 1T2M IYT

1YT2YM 1YT2YM IIYM
A1YT
2YM
1YT
2YM
1YT
2YM
• • 0.06 0.8 1.2 - - - 460 560 +20
0
70
45
Type Acid OK Autrod 12.20 2TM 2TM IIYTM A2 2YTM • • 0.07 0.8 1.45 - - - 510 610 +20 80
OK Flux 10.81 is an acid agglomerated Si- 2YTM 2YTM 2YTM 0 60
and Mn-alloying flux for submerged arc -20 40
welding, most suitable for applications OK Autrod 12.22 0.05 0.9 1.5 - - - 530 610 +20 60
where dilution of base metal is high e.g. in
-18 30
fillet welding and butt welding of thin and
medium thick plates with a small number of
passes. The excellent welding properties
associated with the acid slag system of OK
Flux 10.81 allow high travel speeds in butt
welding i.e. spiral welding of thin walled
pipes and fillet welding where good bead
shape, excellent slag removal and very
good surface finish are essential.
Basicity index 0.6
Classifications
EN 760 SA AR 1 97 AC
AWS A5.17 F7AZ-EL12
F7PZ-EL12
F7A2-EM12
F6P0-EM12
F7A0-EM12K
EN 756 S 42 A AR S1
S 46 0 AR S2
S 46 A AR S2Si
37
38
Mild steels
OK Flux 10.82 SAW OK Autrod 12.10 1YM 1YM 1YM 1YM 0.06 0.6 1.1 - - - 480 550 0
-20
80
35
Type Acid OK Autrod 12.20 1YM 1YM 1YM 1YM 0.07 0.7 1.25 - - - 510 590 0 100
Acid, agglomerated flux designed for fillet, -20 55
lap and butt welding, providing excellent tol-
erance of rust and mill scale with horizontal
fillets up to 8 mm leg size without undercut
or rollover. Suitable for DC single- and twin-
arc wire welding systems at currents of up
to 1,000 A. It is used for welding LPG bot-
tles, water heater tanks, rail cars, ship's
plate and structural steel.
Basicity index 0.6
Classifications
EN 756 S 42 0 AR S1
S 46 0 AR S2
AWS A5.17 F7A2-EL12
F7P2-EL12
F7A0-EM12
OK Flux 10.83 SAW OK Autrod 12.22 1YM 1YM 1YM 1YM 0.05 0.8 0.9 - - - 470 560 +20
0
50
30
Type Acid OK Autrod 12.51 0.04 1.3 1.3 - - - 530 610 +20 25
An acid, agglomerated flux for the high-
speed, single-pass welding of butt, lap and
fillets which are well washed and free from
undercut, even at speeds in excess of 3 m/
min. It is primarily used with DC single- and
twin-arc wire systems at currents of up to
1,300 A. It is recommended for the high-
speed welding of heat exchanger tubes,
storage tanks, building beams and rail car
panels.
Basicity index 0.3
Classifications
EN 756 S 42 Z AR S2Si
S 46 Z AR S0
AWS A5.17 F7AZ-EM12K
F7PZ-EM12K
F7AZ-EH11K
F7PZ-EH11K
Low-alloyed steels
composition % A V
OK 48.08 SMAW AWS A5.5-81

E7018-G
ABS
CO
3HH 3Y C
Si
0.06
0.35
Yield stress
540 MPa
2.0 300 55-80 22
2.5 350 75-110 22
Type Basic CSA 48.3 M1982 CWB E48018-G Mn 1.2 3.2 350 110-150 22
E48018-G DB 10.039.31 Ni 0.9 Tensile strength
OK 48.08 is an LMA electrode with very good mechan- 3.2 450 110-150 22
DIN 8529 DnV 3YHH 600 MPa
ical properties suitable for demanding applications,
E SY 46 76 1Ni B DS E51 5B(H) 4.0 350 150-200 22
e.g. offshore. The weld metal contains approximately
H5 Elongation
1% Ni for high impact values down to -40°C. The coat- GL 5YHH 4.0 450 150-200 22
EN 499 26%
ing is of the latest LMA type for optimum resistance to LR 3, 3YH CMnLt40 5.0 450 190-275 23
porosity and hydrogen cracking. OK 48.08 is CTOD E 46 5 1Ni B 32 H5
RS 3YHH
tested. ISO 2560 Charpy V 6.0 450 220-360 26
SFS E 51 60 H10 2
E 51 5 B 120 24 H
Welding current SS 14 32 12-H10 Test temps Impact values
TÜV -20°C 160 J
DC+(-), AC OCV 70 V
-40°C 130 J
1234 6 -50°C
-60°C
100 J
60 J

E8018-G
ABS
BV
3H5 3Y
3 3YHH
C
Si
0.06
0.4
Yield stress
500 MPa
2.0 300 60-90 20
2.5 350 80-115 21
EY 46 65 1 NiCuB DnV 3 YH10 Ni 0.7 Tensile strength
OK 73.08 is a NiCu-alloyed LMA electrode, which 3.2 450 100-150 22
DS 323 DS E51 5B(H) Cu 0.4 590 MPa
deposits a weld metal with good corrosion resistance
E51 5 B 120 26 H GL 3YH 4.0 450 130-200 23
to sea-water and flue gases, for welding of weathering
EN 499 Elongation
steel and for ship hull construction steel. The weld LR 3 3YH15 5.0 450 190-280 27
metal has excellent mechanical properties. It is partic- E 46 5 Z B 32 27%
RS 3YHH 6.0 450 240-370 28
ularly suitable for welding the shell plating of ice break- ISO 2560
SFS E 5165 H10 2
ers and other ships, which work under conditions E51 5 B 120 26 H Charpy V
SS 143212-H10
where the protective paint-coating wears off. TÜV Test temps Impact values
-40°C 130 J
DC+, AC OCV 65 V
-50°C 70 J
1234 6
E8018-C1
ABS
BV
3H5 3Y40
UP (KV-60°C)
C
Si
0.05
0.35
Yield stress
520 MPa
2.0 300 55-75 21
2.5 350 70-110 23
Type Basic BS 2493 CO Mn 1.0 3.2 450 105-150 23
2Ni BH DnV 5 YH10 Ni 2.4 Tensile strength
OK 73.68 is a 2.5% nickel-alloyed LMA electrode suita- 4.0 450 140-190 23
EN 499 LR 2 5Y40 H15 610 MPa
ble for welding of low-alloy steels with impact require-
E 46 6 2Ni B 32 H5 PRS 4YH10 5.0 450 190-270 27
ments down to -60°C. The composition of the weld
metal is such that good, low temperature impact prop- RS 3YHH Elongation
erties are obtained, even when welding vertically-up. SFS E 5170 H10 2 26%
The weld metal of OK 73.68 is also noted for its good TÜV
corrosion resistance to sea-water and sulphuric acid Charpy V
fumes. Test temps Impact values
-60°C 105 J
DC+, AC OCV 65 V
1234 6
39
40
Low-alloyed steels
composition % A V

E8016-C2
DnV
RS
5 YH10
5YHH46
C
Si
0.06
0.3
Yield stress
520 MPa
2.5 350 70-110 25
3.2 350 80-150 25
Type Basic EN 499 Mn 0.6 3.2 450 80-150 25
E 46 6 B 3Ni 12 Ni 3.3 Tensile strength
OK 73.79 is a nickel-alloyed, LMA electrode for weld- 4.0 450 90-190 27
610 MPa
ing 3.5 Ni steel with impact requirements down to -
101°C, in LPG tanks for ethane and chemical plants, 5.0 450 110-240 29
for example. Elongation
26%
Welding current
DC (+-), AC OCV 65 V Charpy V
1234 6 -60°C 160 J
-73°C 90 J
-95°C 40 J
-101°C 35 J
OK 73.80 SMAW GOST 9467

E46A
GASPROM C
Si
0.02
0.3
Yield stress
400 MPa
3.2 350 80-130 23
4.0 450 125-200 24
Type Basic Mn 0.5
Ni 0.9 Tensile strength
OK 73.80 is an LMA electrode specifically designed to
500 MPa
deposit a weld metal with a low carbon content and a
low yield strength. The Ni addition improves toughness
at -20°C and below. The electrode welds well in all Elongation
positions. 30%
1234 6 -20°C 180 J

-40°C 120 J
-60°C 80 J

E7018-A1
CO
TÜV
C
Si
0.06
0.3
Yield stress
460 MPa
2.0 300 55-80 22
2.5 350 75-110 23
Type Basic EN 1599 Mn 0.8 3.2 350 105-150 25
E Mo B 42 Mo 0.5 Tensile strength
OK 74.46 is an LMA electrode with 0.5 % Mo for weld- 3.2 450 105-150 25
Werkstoff Nr. 560 MPa
ing steels for pressure vessels. The running character-
1.5424 4.0 450 140-200 26
istics makes it suitable for welding joints in inclined
positions. The composition of the coating is adapted to Elongation 5.0 450 190-270 27
welding on low currents making OK 74.46 very suitable 27%
6.0 450 260-370 28
for welding of pipes.
Charpy V
Welding current
DC+, AC OCV 70 V +20°C 175 J
1234 6 -20°C 100J

Low-alloyed steels
composition % A V

E8018-G
VNIIST C
Si
0.08
0.4
Yield stress
540 MPa
3.2 350 80-140 23
4.0 350 90-190 24
Type Basic EN 499 Mn 1.5 4.0 450 90-190 24
E 46 5 MnMo B 32 Mo 0.4 Tensile strength
OK 74.70 is an LMA electrode used for welding low- 5.0 450 160-270A 25
EN 757 630 MPa
alloyed steel of high strength. The electrode is
E 50 6 MnMo B 42
designed for welding different structures including
pipelines. Elongation
26%
Welding current
DC+(-), AC OCV 65 V Charpy V
1234 6 -20°C 110 J
-40°C 80 J
-60°C 50 J

E9018-D1
ABS
BV
3H5 3Y
3 3YHH
C
Si
0.06
0.35
Yield stress
600 MPa
2.0 300 55-80 22
2.5 350 75-100 22
Type Basic BS 2493 DB 10.039.17- Mn 1.5 3.2 450 105-140 23
MnMo.BH 20.039.02 Mo 0.35 Tensile strength
OK 74.78 is an LMA electrode suitable for welding high 4.0 450 140-190 23
DIN 8529 DnV 3 YH10 650 MPa
tensile steels for structures working at low tempera-
EY 55 43 MnMo B DS EV 17 H 5.0 450 190-260 24
tures. Good notch toughness down to -40°C. Very suit-
EN 499 GDF Elongation
able for enclosed joint welding of rail and for cladding 6.0 450 240-340 24
on rail when a hardness of about 250 HV is desired. E 50 4 MnMo B 42 LR 3 3Y H15 24%
The moisture content of the coating is very low, which EN 757
SS 143271-H
makes OK 74.78 suitable when preheating cannot be E 55 2 MnMo B 42 Charpy V
SFS E Mo B 26
applied. TÜV Test temps Impact values
-20°C 90 J
DC+, AC OCV 70 V
-30°C 75 J
1234 6 -40°C 60 J

E11018-G
ABS according to
AWS A5.5
C
Si
0.055
0.35
Yield stress
755 MPa
2.0 300 50-75 21
2.5 350 70-110 22
Type Basic DIN 8529 DnV 4Y62H10 Mn 1.75 3.2 450 100-150 23
E Y 6965 Mn2 RS 4Y62 Cr 0.45 Tensile strength
OK 75.75 is an LMA electrode dried to a very low 4.0 450 135-200 24
NiCrMoB DB 10.039.19 Ni 2.25 820 MPa
moisture content, therefore suitable for welding low- EN 757 TÜV 5.0 450 180-260 25
alloy, high-strength weldable structural steels at room Mo 0.45
E 69 5 Mn2 Elongation
temperature or with moderate preheat. 6.0 450 200-300 25
NiCrMoB 42 H5 20%
Welding current
DC(+), AC OCV 70 V Charpy V
1234 6 -20°C 85 J
-40°C 70 J
-51°C 55 J
-60°C 45 J
41
42
Low-alloyed steels
composition % A V
OK 75.78 SMAW DIN 8529

EY 89 88
C
Si
0.05
0.3
Yield stress
920 MPa
2.5 350 70-110 24
3.2 350 110-150 24
Type Basic Mn3NiCrMo B H5 Mn 2.1
EN 757 4.0 450 150-200 24
Cr 0.5 Tensile strength
This electrode is tailored for steels with extremely high 5.0 450 180-250 24
E 89 6 Mn3NiCrMo Ni 3.1 965 MPa
tensile strength. The electrode gives tensile strength B 42 H5
over 900 MPa and impact values over 47 J at -60°C. Mo 0.6
Elongation
Welding current 17 %
AC, DC(+), AC OCV 70
Charpy V
1234 6 Test temps Impact values
-60°C 60 J

E8018-B2
ABS SR, see list of
approved
C
Si
0.06
0.3
Yield stress
530 MPa
2.0 300 55-80 22
2.5 300 70-110 24
Type Basic DIN 8575 consumables Mn 0.7 3.2 350 95-150 25
E CrMo 1B 20 BV UP H.T. Cr 1.3 Tensile strength
OK 76.18 is an LMA electrode for welding creep-resist- 3.2 450 95-140 26
EN 1599 (+500°C) Mo 0.5 620 MPa
ant steels of the 1.Cr0.5Mo type. The electrode welds
E Cr Mo 1 B CO 4.0 450 130-190 27
with a quiet, stable arc and produces a minimum of
spatter loss. OK 76.18 deposits a weld metal which is DnV -H10 For Elongation 5.0 450 150-260 28
resistant to cracking as well as porosity. The scaling NV1Cr0.5Mo 20%
6.0 450 200-350 30
temperature of the weld metal is about 575°C. DS EV 18 H
LR See list of Charpy V
Welding current approved Test temps Impact values
DC(+-) consumables +20°C 120 J
SS 143272-H
1234 6 SFS E 1 Cr Mo B 24
-20°C
-40°C
80 J
50 J
TÜV

E9018-B3
ABS SR, see list of
approved
C
Si
0.06
0.3
Yield stress
550 MPa
2.0 300 55-80 23
2.5 300 70-110 25
Type Basic DIN 8575 consumables Mn 0.7 3.2 350 95-150 26
E CrMo 2 B 20 BV UP H.T. Cr 2.3 Tensile strength
OK 76.28 is an LMA electrode for welding creep-resist- 4.0 450 130-190 28
EN 499 (+550°C) Mo 1.1 650 MPa
ant steels containing approx. 2.25Cr1Mo. The elec-
E CrMo 2 B CO 5.0 450 150-260 29
trode runs with a quiet, stable arc and produces a
EN 1599 DnV -H10 For Elongation
minimum of spatter loss. OK 76.28 deposits a weld 6.0 450 200-350 30
metal with good cracking resistance. The scaling tem- E CrMo 2 B 42 NV2.25Cr1Mo 18%
perature of the weld metal is about 625°C. DS EV 19 H
LR See list of Charpy V
Welding current approved Test temps Impact values
DC(+-) consumables +20°C 120 J
NK KMW53H10
1234 6 SFS E 2 Cr Mo B 24
-20°C 80 J
SS 143273-H
TÜV
Low-alloyed steels
composition % A V

E8015-B6
C
Si
0.05
0.4
Tensile strength
460 MPa
2.0 300 55-75 22
2.5 300 75-100 23
Type Basic BS 2493 Mn 0.7 3.2 350 90-135 24
5 CrMo B Cr 5.0 Elongation
OK 76.35 is an LMA electrode containing 5Cr0.5Mo for 4.0 450 130-200 24
DIN 8575 Mo 0.55 35%
welding creep-resistant steels, especially good for pipe
E Cr Mo 5 B 20 5.0 450 150-280 25
welding. The electrode runs with a quiet, stable arc
EN 1599 Charpy V
and gives a minimum amount of spatter loss. Preheat 6.0 450 200-350 26
and interpass temperature 150-260°C is normally E Cr Mo 5 B 32 Test temps Impact values
required. Mechanical data after heat treatment 850°C, +20°C 145 J
2h. -20°C 75 J
Welding current
DC(+-)
1234 6

E8015-B8
C
Si
0.05
0.5
Tensile strength
>450 MPa
2.0 300 55-75 23
2.5 300 70-100 25
Type Basic BS 2493 Mn 0.8 3.2 350 90-135 26
E 9 CrMo B Cr 9.5 Elongation
OK 76.96 is an LMA electrode containing 9Cr1Mo for 4.0 450 130-200 21
DIN 8575 Mo 1.0 >20%
welding of creep-resistant steels, especially good for
E Cr Mo 9 B 20 + 5.0 450 160-270 25
pipe welding. The electrode runs with a quiet, stable
EN 1599 Charpy V
arc and gives a minimum amount of spatter loss. Pre-
heat and interpass temperature 150-260°C is normally E Cr Mo 9 B Test temps Impact values
required. Mechanical data after heat treatment 850°C, ISO 3580 +20°C >80 J
2h. E 9 Cr Mo B 20
AFNOR A81-345
Welding current E C 9 Mo B 20 BH
DC(+)
1234 6
OK 76.98 SMAW AWS 5.5

E9015-B9
TÜV C
Si
0.1
0.35
Yield stress
650 MPa
2.5 350 70-100 21
3.2 350 90-135 22
Type Basic EN 1599 Mn 0.8 4.0 450 130-200 23
E CrMo 91 B Cr 9.0 Tensile strength
OK 76.98 is a low-hydrogen electrode for welding mod-
Ni 0.7 760 MPa
ified 9 Cr steels like T91/P91. The electrode is suitable
for all-positional welding in pipes and plates. Mechani- Mo 1.0
cal data after heat treatment 750°C, 2h. N 0.035 Elongation
V 0.2 18%
Welding current
Nb 0.06
DC(+) Charpy V
1234 6 +20°C 70 J
43
44
Low-alloyed steels
composition % A V

E9018-G
DB 10.039.16 C
Si
0.18
0.4
Yield stress
870 MPa
2.5 350 75-100 20
3.2 450 105-140 21
Type Basic Mn 0.8 4.0 450 145-195 22
OK 78.16 is a CrMo-alloyed electrode intended for 5.0 450 190-260 23
Mo 0.2 900 MPa
welding CrMo-alloyed steel for hardening and temper-
ing of the type 0.25C1Cr0.2Mo. The heat treatment 6.0 450 240-330 25
requirements for the weld metal are the same as those Elongation
for the parent plate. The weld metal of OK 78.16 is also 18%
suitable for flame hardening. The welding of high ten-
sile strength steel with OK 78.16 should be carried out Charpy V
at a temperature of minimum 150-200°C. Test temps Impact values
Welding current +20°C 50 J
DC(+)
1234 6
E7010-G
ABS
CO
3 C
Si
0.12
0.1
Yield stress
460 MPa
2.5 350 40-80 30
3.2 350 75-125 31
Type Cellulosic ISO DnV 3 Mn 0.7 4.0 350 110-200 32
E 51 3 C 10 Ni 0.2 Tensile strength
Pipeweld 7010 is a cellulosic electrode, suitable for 5.0 350 130-230 31
EN 499 Mo 0.2 540 MPa
conventional as well as "stovepipe" techniques.
E 42 2 Z C 21
Pipeweld 7010 is designed for welding high-strength
pipelines and pipe steel. Also suitable for use in root, Elongation
capping and filling runs in 5LX52 to 5LX56 grade line 24%
pipe.
Charpy V
Welding current
DC+(-) 0°C 80 J
123456 -20°C 60 J

E8010-G
ABS
CO
3 C
Si
0.12
0.1
Yield stress
515 MPa
3.2 350 75-125 31
4.0 350 110-200 32
Type Cellulosic ISO DnV 3 Mn 0.7 5.0 350 130-230 31
E 51 3 C 10 LR 3 3Y Ni 0.2 Tensile strength
Pipeweld 8010 is a cellulosic electrode, suitable for EN 499 Mo 0.4 595 MPa
both stove-pipe and conventional techniques.
E 46 2 Z C 21
Pipeweld 8010 is designed for welding high-strength
pipelines and pipe steel in the 570-620 MPa tensile Elongation
strength range. Can also be used for root, filling and 24%
capping runs in 5LX60 to 5LX70 grade pipe.
Charpy V
Welding current
DC+(-) 0°C 75 J
123456 -20°C 65 J
Low-alloyed steels
composition % A V

E7010-A1
ABS
CO
3 C
Si
0.12
0.1
Yield stress
460 MPa
3.2 350 75-125 32
4.0 350 110-200 33
Type Cellulosic ISO 2560 DnV 3 Mn 0.3 5.0 350 130-230 32
E 51 3 C 10 LR 3 Mo 0.5 Tensile strength
Pipeweld 85 is a cellulosic electrode, especially EN 499 540 MPa
designed for on-site welding of high strength pipes and
E 42 2 Mo C 21
pipelines in all positions, using conventional and
'stovepipe' techniques. Used on pipe steels in the Elongation
5LX52 to 5LX56 range. 24%
DC+(-) Test temps Impact values
123456 -20°C 55 J

E111T-G
DB
TÜV
42.039.23 C
Si
0.07
0.5
Yield stress
750 MPa
1.2 100-320 16-32
1.4 120-380 16-34
Type Metal-cored Mn 1.6 1.6 140-450 18-36
OK Tubrod 14.03 is a metal-cored wire alloyed with
Mo 0.6 830 MPa
nickel and molybdenum to provide extra high strength
with good notch ductility down to -40°C. Shielding gas
Ar + 20% CO2. Typical applications for OK Tubrod Elongation
14.03 are offshore jack-up structures and general fab- 23%
rication of high-tensile steels.
Charpy V
Welding current
DC- -40°C 70 J
123456

E70C-G
ABS
BV
3SA, 3YSA
UPHH
Ar/20 CO2
Ar/20 CO2
C
Si
0.05
0.4
Yield stress
480 MPa
1.2 100-320 16-32
1.4 120-380 16-34
Type Metal-cored EN 758:1997 KV-60 Mn 1.0 1.6 140-450 18-36
T 42 6 2Ni M M 2 DnV III YMS HH Ar/20 CO2 Ni 2.2 Tensile strength
OK Tubrod 14.04 contains nickel for applications that H10 NV 2-4, NV 580 MPa
require -60°C impact properties, e.g. offshore. Shield-
4-4
ing gas Ar + 20% CO2. The 1.2 mm and 1.4 mm diam-
eter wires are suitable for all positional welding using DS E51 5M(H) Ar/20 CO2 Elongation
the dip transfer mode. OK Tubrod 14.04 is designed for GL 6YH10S Ar/20 CO2 28%
all general fabrication and structural steelwork. LR 3S, 5Y40S Ar/20 CO2
H15 Charpy V
Welding current MRS 5YMSHH Ar/20 CO2 Test temps Impact values
DC- (-60°C) -60°C 90 J
TÜV Ar/20 CO2
123456
45
46
Low-alloyed steels
composition % A V

E81T1-Ni1
ABS 3SA, 3YSA Ar/
CO2&CO2
C
Si
0.05
0.3
Yield stress
560 MPa
1.2 110-300 21-32
1.4 130-320 22-32
Type Rutile EN 758:1997 BV SA3YM Ar/ Mn 1.1 1.6 150-360 24-34
T 46 3 1Ni P C 2 CO2&CO2 Ni 1.0 Tensile strength
OK Tubrod 15.17 is an all-positional, rutile, flux-cored H5 (H10 1,6 mm), SA3YMHH CO2 600 MPa
wire for good toughness down to -40°C. The wire con- T 46 4 1Ni P M 2 DB 42.039.26 Ar/
tains 1% nickel and has exceptional operating charac- H5 (H10 1,6 mm) CO2&CO2 Elongation
teristics in all positions with high deposition rates.
Shielding gas Ar + 20% CO2 or CO2. OK Tubrod 15.17 DnV III YMS HH Ar/20CO2 25%
is designed for all positional welding of carbon manga- DS E51 5R(H) Ar/20CO2
nese and low-alloy steels, e.g. offshore fabrications, LR 3S, 3YS, CO2 Charpy V
vessels and structural steelwork. H15 Test temps Impact values
Welding current LR 3S, 4Y40S, Ar/20CO2 -40°C 130 J
H15
DC+ MRS 4YMSH Ar/20CO2
1234 6 TÜV Ar/

CO2&CO2

E80T5-G
C
Si
0.06
0.5
Yield stress
540 MPa
1.0 100-230 14-30
1.2 120-300 16-32
Type Basic EN 758:1997 Mn 1.5 1.6 140-400 18-34
T 46 5 Z B M 2 H5 Ni 0.8 Tensile strength
OK Tubrod 15.24 is a fully basic, flux-cored wire
600 MPa
depositing an 1Ni weld metal. It combines high
strength with low temperature toughness for service
down to -50°C and has good CTOD-performance. This Elongation
applies to both the as welded and stress relieved con- 28%
dition. Good operability and slag release. Shielding
gas Ar+20% CO2 or CO2. Charpy V
-50°C 120 J
DC-
123456

E70T5-G
CO
DnV IIIYMS HH,
Ar/20 CO2
Ar/20 CO2
C
Si
0.05
0.5
Yield stress
480 MPa
1.2 120-300 16-32
1.6 140-400 18-34
Type Basic EN 758:1997 NV2-4, NV Mn 0.8
T 42 6 2Ni B M 2 4-4 Ni 2.2 Tensile strength
OK Tubrod 15.25 is a 2.5Ni-alloyed fully basic flux- H5 LR 3S 5Y40 Ar/20 CO2 570 MPa
cored wire which deposits low-hydrogen weld metal,
H15
typically <5mls/100g. It is all positional in the 1.2 mm
diameter and capable of toughness properties at tem- TÜV Ar/20 CO2 Elongation
peratures down to -60°C. Shielding gas CO2 or Ar + 30%
20% CO2. Applications for OK Tubrod 15.25 are for the
multipass welding of medium to heavy fabrications. Charpy V
-60°C 100 J
DC-
123456
Low-alloyed steels
composition % A V

F9A2-EC-G (with
C
Si
0.6
0.6
Yield stress
(0,2%PS) 620 MPa
3.0 400-800 28-36
4.0 500-900 28-34
Type Metal-cored OK Flux 10.71) Mn 1.5
A tubular, metal-cored wire designed especially for
Mo 0.3 690 MPa
submerged arc welding of high dilution fine-grained
steels of up to 550 MPa yield strength, where excellent
toughness is required to -60°C. Elongation
Used with OK 10.71 flux it has a very high tolerance to 25%
heat input and performs well on both thick and thin
plate. Charpy V
-30°C 60 J
DC+
12

F9A4-EC-G (with
C
Si
0.07
0.2
Yield stress
(0,2%) 580 MPa
2.4 250-450 28-38
3.0 400-800 28-36
Type Metal-cored OK Flux 10.62) Mn 1.6 4.0 500-900 28-34
A metal-cored, tubular wire developed for the sub-
Mo 0.5 690 MPa
merged arc welding of structural steels, having a mini-
mum yield strength of 550 MPa. Used with OK Flux
10.62 it has a very high tolerance to heat input varia- Elongation
tions; the weld metal producing 100 J at -40°C. With a 28%
nominal composition of 1.3 Ni and 0.5 Mo, it also con-
tains non-metallic additions to improve performance Charpy V
and reduce hydrogen levels. Test temps Impact values
DC+
12
F8A6-EC-G (with
C
Si
0.08
0.3
Yield stress
530 MPa
2.4 250-500 28-38
3.0 400-900 28-36
Type Basic OK Flux 10.62) Mn 1.7 4.0 500-1000 28-34
A fully basic, flux-cored, tubular wire for the sub-
620 MPa
merged arc welding of structural steels for service
down to -50°C. The weld metal has excellent low-tem-
perature toughness in both the as-welded and the Elongation
stress-relieved conditions. Used with OK 10.62, the 26%
mechanical properties are maintained at high heat
input. Charpy V
-50°C 130 J
DC+
12
47
48
Low-alloyed steels
composition % A V

F7A8-ECNi2-Ni2
C
Si
0.06
0.4
Yield stress
500 MPa
3.0 400-900 28-36
4.0 500-1000 28-34
Type Basic (with OK Flux Mn 1.3
10.62) Ni 2.2 Tensile strength
OK Tubrod 15.25S is a 2.5Ni tubular wire for sub-
580 MPa
merged arc welding in conjunction with OK Flux 10.62
when charpy V values down to -60°C are required. It
has also high tolerance to shop primer when welding Elongation
high speed fillets as well as single sided single pass 28%
butt joints.
Charpy V
Welding current
DC(+) -60°C 120 J
12
Low-alloyed steels
composition % A V

ER80S-G
DB
DnV
42.039.09
IIIYMS, DC+
C
Si
0.1
0.7
Yield stress
430 MPa
0.8 40-170 16-22
1.0 80-280 18-28
A copper-coated, low-alloyed, 0.5%Mo electrode for EN 440 (M21) Mn 1.1 1.2 120-350 20-33
the GMAW of creep-resistant steels of the same type, G 38 0 C G2Mo, TÜV Mo 0.5 Tensile strength
such as pipes in pressure vessels and boilers with a G 46 4 M G2Mo UDT 545 MPa 1.6 225-480 26-38
Wire composition
working temperature of up to about 500°C. It can also
be used for welding low-alloyed high tensile strength Elongation
steels. OK Autrod 13.09 is usually welded with Ar/20 26%
CO2 as the shielding gas. The mechanical properties
are given in the stress-relieved condition. Charpy V
DC(+) +20°C 150 J
0°C 130 J
-20°C 95 J
-40°C 90 J

ER80S-G
TÜV
UDT
C
Si
0.1
0.7
Yield stress
480 MPa
0.8 40-170 16-22
1.0 80-280 18-28
A copper-coated, low-alloyed, 1% Cr, 0.5% Mo elec- DIN 8575 (1984) Mn 1.0 1.2 120-350 20-33
trode for the GMAW of creep-resistant steels of the SG CrMo1 Cr 1.1 Tensile strength
same type and other low-alloyed high tensile strength Werkstoff Nr. 600 MPa 1.6 225-480 26-38
Mo 0.5
steels. OK Autrod 13.12 is usually welded with Ar/ 1.7339 Wire composition
20CO2 as the shielding gas. The mechanical proper- Elongation
ties are given in the stress-relieved condition. 23%
Welding current
Charpy V
DC(+)
+20°C 55 J
0°C 40 J
-20°C 20 J

ER100S-G
C
Si
0.1
0.7
Yield stress
690 MPa
0.8 40-170 16-22
1.0 80-280 18-28
A copper-coated, low-alloyed electrode for the GMAW Mn 1.4 1.2 120-350 20-33
of high tensile strength steels, with a minimum yield Cr 0.6 Tensile strength
strength (0.2%) of 610 MPa and a minimum tensile 770 MPa 1.6 225-480 26-38
Ni 0.6
strength of 710 MPa. Also for welding steels where Mo 0.2
good impact strength at lower temperature is required. Elongation
Wire composition
OK Autrod 13.13 is usually welded with Ar/20CO2 as 20%
the shielding gas. The mechanical properties are given
in the as welded condition. After stress-relieving, the Charpy V
mechanical properties decrease by about 30 MPa for
yield and tensile strength. Test temps Impact values
0°C 80 J
DC(+) -40°C 60 J
-60°C 50 J
49
50
Low-alloyed steels
composition % A V

ER80S-G
DB
DnV
42.039.04
IIYMS DC(+)
C
Si
0.1
0.8
Yield stress
540 MPa
0.8 40-170 16-22
1.0 80-280 18-28
A copper-coated, copper-nickel-alloyed electrode for (CO2) Mn 1.4 1.2 120-350 20-33
the GMAW of weathering steels such as CORTEN A, DnV IIIYMS DC(+) Ni 0.8 Tensile strength
B and C. The weld metal composition and mechanical (Ar/20CO2) 625 MPa 1.6 225-480 26-38
Cr 0.2
properties also make this product suitable for welding DS E51 3 (Ar/ Cu 0.3
high tensile cold tough steel. OK Autrod 13.26 can be 20CO2) Elongation
Wire composition
welded with Ar/20CO2 or CO2 as the shielding gas. 26%
SFS GSX-C1-57-5,
The mechanical properties given here are welded with
GSX-M21-57-5
Ar/20CO2 as the shielding gas. Charpy V
DC(+) +20°C 140 J
-20°C 110 J
-40°C 90 J
-46°C 55 J

ER80S-Ni2
C
Si
0.1
0.6
Yield stress
470 MPa
0.8 40-170 16-22
1.0 80-280 18-28
A copper-coated, low-alloyed, 2.5%Ni electrode for the EN 440 Mn 1.1 1.2 120-350 26-33
GMAW of low-alloyed and low-temperature steels for G 46 5 M G2Ni2 Ni 2.4 Tensile strength
applications such as vessels, pipes and in offshore 550 MPa 1.6 225-480 26-38
Wire composition
industry. Also for welding steels where good impact
strength at lower temperature (-20°C) is required. OK Elongation
Autrod 13.28 is usually welded with Ar/20CO2 as the 24%
shielding gas. The minimum values for the mechanical
properties are given in the post-weld, heat-treated Charpy V
condition.
DC(+)

ER100S-G
DB
TÜV
42.039.18 C
Si
0.06
0.6
Yield stress
750 MPa
0.8 40-170 16-22
1.0 80-280 18-28
A copper-coated, low-alloyed electrode for the GMAW UDT Mn 1.6 1.2 120-350 20-33
of high tensile strength steels requiring tougher weld Cr 0.3 Tensile strength
metal for critical applications. Also for welding steels 820 MPa 1.6 225-480 26-38
Ni 1.4
when fairly high impact strength at lower temperatures Mo 0.25
is required. OK Autrod 13.29 is usually welded with Ar/ Elongation
V 0.07
20CO2 as the shielding gas. 19%
Wire composition
Welding current
Charpy V
DC(+)
+20°C 70 J
-20°C 50 J
-30°C 40 J
Low-alloyed steels
composition % A V

ER80S-G
DB
DnV
42.039.08
IIIYMS(Ar)
C
Si
0.1
0.7
Yield stress
424 MPa
1.6 1000
2.0 1000
A copper-coated, low-alloyed, 0.5% Mo rod for the DIN 8575 DS EV 17H Mn 1.1 2.4 1000
GTAW of creep-resistant steels of the same type, such SGMo TÜV Mo 0.5 Tensile strength
as pipes in pressure vessels and boilers with a working Werkstoff Nr. 560 MPa 3.2 1000
UDT Wire composition
temperature of up to about 500°C. It can also be used 1.5424
for welding low-alloyed high tensile strength steels. OK Elongation
Tigrod 13.09 is normally welded with pure Ar as the 31%
shielding gas. The mechanical properties are given in
the stress-relieved condition. Charpy V
DC(-) +20°C 147 J
-20°C 127 J

ER80S-G
TÜV
UDT
C
Si
0.1
0.7
Yield stress
560 MPa
1.6 1000
2.0 1000
A copper-coated, low-alloyed, 1% Cr, 0.5% Mo rod for DIN 8575 Mn 1.0 2.4 1000
the GTAW of creep-resistant steels of the same type SGCrMo1 Cr 1.1 Tensile strength
and other low-alloyed high tensile strength steels. OK Werkstoff Nr. 650 MPa 3.2 1000
Mo 0.5
Tigrod 13.12 is normally welded with pure Ar as the 1.7339 Wire composition
shielding gas. The mechanical properties are given in Elongation
the stress-relieved condition. 26%
Welding current
Charpy V
DC(-)
+20°C 180 J

ER100S-G
C
Si
0.1
0.7
Yield stress
570 MPa
1.6 1000
2.0 1000
A copper-coated, low-alloyed rod for the GTAW of high Mn 1.4 2.4 1000
tensile strength steels, with a minimum tensile strength Cr 0.6 Tensile strength
of 710 MPa. Also for welding steels where good impact 710 MPa 3.2 1000
Ni 0.6
strength at lower temperatures is required. OK Tigrod Mo 0.2
13.13 is normally welded with pure Ar as the shielding Elongation
Wire composition
gas. The mechanical properties are given in the as 24%
welded condition. After stress-relieving, the mechani-
cal properties decrease by about 30 MPa for yield and Charpy V
tensile strength.
DC(-) -20°C 85 J
-40°C 70 J
-60°C 40 J
51
52
Low-alloyed steels
composition % A V

ER90S-G
C
Si
0.08
0.6
Yield stress
510 MPa
1.6 1000
2.0 1000
A copper-coated, low-alloyed, 2.5% Cr, 1% Mo rod for DIN 8575 Mn 1.0 2.4 1000
the GTAW of creep-resistant steels of the same type. SGCrMo2 Cr 2.6 Tensile strength
Also for welding low-alloyed high tensile strength Werkstoff Nr. 620 MPa 3.2 1000
Mo 1.1
steels. OK Tigrod 13.22 is normally welded with pure 1.7384 Wire composition
Ar as the shielding gas. The mechanical properties are Elongation
given in the stress-relieved condition. 24%
Welding current
Charpy V
DC(-)
+20°C 200 J

ER80S-Ni2
C
Si
0.1
0.6
Yield stress
540 MPa
1.6 1000
2.0 1000
A copper-coated, low-alloyed, 2.5%Ni rod for the Mn 1.1 2.4 1000
GTAW of low-alloyed and low-temperature steels for Ni 2.4 Tensile strength
applications such as vessels, pipes and in the offshore 630 MPa 3.2 1000
Wire composition
industry. Also for welding steels where good impact
strength at lower temperature (-20°C) is required. OK Elongation
Tigrod 13.28 is normally welded with pure Ar as the 30%
shielding gas.
DC(-) Test temps Impact values
-20°C 200 J
-40°C 180 J
-60°C 150 J

ER502
C
Si
0.07
0.4
Yield stress
580 MPa
1.6 1000
2.0 1000
A copper-coated, low-alloyed 5% Cr, 0.5% Mo rod for BS 2901 Mn 0.5 2.4 1000
the GTAW of materials of similar composition. OK A34 Cr 5.7 Tensile strength
Tigrod 13.32 is normally welded with pure Ar as the DIN 8575 680 MPa 3.2 1000
Ni 0.2
shielding gas. The mechanical properties values are SG CrMo5 Mo 0.6
given in the stress-relieved condition. Werkstoff Nr. Elongation
Wire composition
Welding current 1.7373 22%
DC(-) Charpy V
+20°C 200 J
Low-alloyed steels
composition % A V
OK Gasrod 98.76 OFW DIN 8554

GIV
C
Si
0.1
0.15
Yield stress
290 MPa
3.0 1000
4.0 1000
A bare rod alloyed with 0.5%Mo designed for gas Mn 1.1
welding of unalloyed and low-alloyed high temperature Mo 0.5 Tensile strength
resistant steels in e.g. pipes, boilers, and pressure Wire composition 460 MPa
vessels.
Elongation
22%

EA2
DB 52.039.06 C
Si
0.1
0.15
2.0
2.5
OK Autrod 12.24 is a copper-coated, molybdenum- EN 756 Mn 1.0 3.0
alloyed wire for submerged arc welding of unalloy and S2Mo Mo 0.5
low-alloy steels with impact strength requirements 4.0
Wire composition
higher than those obtainable with mild steel filler wires. 5.0
Can be combined with OK Flux 10.61, OK Flux 10.62,
Flux 10.81, OK Flux 10.82 and OK Flux 10.83.
OK Autrod 12.30 SAW EN 756

S3
C
Si
0.10
0.20
2.0
2.5
OK Autrod 12.30 is a copper-coated, semi-killed, man- Mn 1.6 3.0
ganese-alloyed wire for the submerged arc welding of Wire composition
medium and high tensile strength structural steels. 4.0
Can be combined with the following fluxes: OK Flux 5.0
10.40, OK Flux 10.70, OK Flux 10.71, OK Flux 10.81,
OK Flux 10.82 and OK Flux 10.83.
53
54
Low-alloyed steels
composition % A V

EA4
C
Si
0.1
0.15
2.5
3.0
OK Autrod 12.34 is a MnMo-alloyed, copper-coated EN 756 Mn 1.5 4.0
wire for submerged arc welding of high tensile steel S3Mo Mo 0.5
and steel for low-temperature work. Wire composition
Can be combined with OK Flux 10.62, OK Flux 10.71,
OK Autrod 13.20SC SAW AWS A5.23

EB3
C
Si
0.10
0.15
3.0
4.0
OK Autrod 13.20SC is a copper-coated wire designed DIN 8575 Mn 0.6
for submerged arc welding of creep-resistant steel of UP S1 CrMo2 Cr 2.3
the 2.25Cr1Mo type. Mo 1.0
Can be combined with OK Flux 10.63. Wire composition

ENi1
C
Si
0.08
0.2
3.0
4.0
OK Autrod 13.21 is a nickel-alloyed (1Ni) wire EN 756 Mn 1.0
designed for submerged arc welding. Can be com- S2Ni Ni 1.0
bined with OK Flux 10.62. Wire composition
Low-alloyed steels
composition % A V

ENi2
C
Si
0.08
0.2
2.5
3.0
OK Autrod 13.27 is a copper-coated, low-alloyed, EN 756 Mn 1.0 4.0
2%Ni electrode for the submerged arc welding of low- S2Ni2 Ni 2.3
alloyed and low-temperature steels for applications Wire composition
e.g. in the offshore industry.
Can be combined with OK Flux 10.62, OK Flux 10.71
and OK Flux 10.75.

EG
C
Si
0.1
0.3
3.0
4.0
OK Autrod 13.36 is a CuNi-alloyed wire for submerged EN 756 Mn 1.0
arc welding of weathering steels type USS CORTEN S0 Cr 0.3
A, B and C. Ni 0.8
Can be combined with OK Flux 10.71, OK Flux 10.81, Cu 0.5
Wire composition

EG
C
Si
0.10
0.2
3.0
4.0
OK Autrod 13.40 is a nickel-molybdenum-alloyed, cop- EN 756 Mn 1.5
per-coated wire designed for submerged arc welding S3Ni1Mo Ni 0.9
of higher tensile steel. Can be combined with OK Flux Mo 0.5
10.62. Wire composition
55
56
Low-alloyed steels
composition % A V

EG
C
Si
0.11
0.2
3.0
4.0
OK Autrod 13.43 is a CrNiMo-alloyed, copper-coated DIN 8557 Mn 1.4
wire for submerged arc welding of extra high tensile S3 NiCrMo2.5 Cr 0.7
steels, e.g. 0X 812, SSS 100. Ni 2.4
Can be combined with OK Flux 10.62. Mo 0.5
Wire composition
OK Grain 21.85 SAW C

Si
0.14
0.4
OK Grain 21.85 is a metal powder specially designed Mn 1.8
for the submerged arc welding of C-Mn steels. Powder composi-
tion

Si
0.14
0.40
OK Grain 21.86 is a Ni-alloyed metal powder specially Mn 1.20
designed for submerged arc welding. Cr 0.10
Ni 2.2
Mo 0.10
Powder composi-
tion
Low-alloyed steels
composition % A V

Si
0.12
0.22
OK Grain 21.87 is a Cr-Ni-Mo-alloyed metal powder Mn 1.8
specially designed for submerged arc welding of extra Cr 0.90
high tensile steels. Ni 2.4
Mo 0.6
Powder composi-
tion

Si
0.14
0.60
A low-alloyed metal powder, designed for submerged Mn 1.65
arc welding. Cr 0.10
Ni 2.40
Mo 0.50
Powder composi-
tion
57
58
Low-alloyed steels

3YTM
3TM
3YTM
III YTM A3
3YTM
3YTM 3YTM • • 0.08 0.25 1.0 - - 0.45 470 560 +20
0
130
120
OK Flux 10.61 is designed for the single- -40 40
wire, multi-run butt welding of mild, medium
and high tensile steels with impact strength
requirements down to -40°C/-60°C.
Due to the non-alloying effect, OK Flux
10.61 is designed for use with a suitable
alloying wire. OK Flux can be used on DC±.
DC- is used for surfacing applications.
Basicity index 2.8
Classifications
EN 760 SA FB 1 65 DC
EN 756 S 42 2 FB S2Mo
AWS A5.23 F8A4-EA2-A2
F7P2-EA2-A2
Low-alloyed steels
OK Flux 10.62 SAW OK Autrod 12.24 3M

3YM
3YM IIITM A3 3YM
(IIIYM)
3YM 0.07 0.2 1.0 - - 0.5 510 585 +20
0
140
115
OK Flux 10.62 is all-mineral, non-alloying -40 60
and the weld metal can be fully controlled -50 45
independently of the welding parameters OK Autrod 12.34 3M 3M IIIYM A3 3YM 3YM 3YM • 0.1 0.21 1.45 - - 0.5 575 650 +20 170
through a suitable choice of wires. This 3YM 3YM 0 160
makes OK Flux 10.62 suitable for the multi- -20 140
run welding of thick materials using the sin-
-40 115
gle-wire and multiple-wire techniques. OK
Flux 10.62 is designed for the multi-pass -50 65
butt welding of mild, medium and high ten- OK Autrod 13.27 IIIYM 3YM • 0.06 0.2 1.0 - 2.1 - 490 570 +20 180
sile steels, as well as low-alloyed steels, NV 4- 0 170
with an impact strength down to -40°/-60°C. 4(M) -20 160
As it is a flux of the high-basic type, OK Flux -40 130
10.62 permits high current-carrying capacity -60 90
on both AC and DC. To increase productivity
with no loss of mechanical properties, OK OK Autrod 13.43 Q-T 0.08 0.25 1.35 0.6 2.2 0.5 700 795 +20 135
Flux 10.62 is best used together with iron steel 0 120
powder addition. OK Flux 10.62 is espe- (-60 C/ -20 100
cially well-suited for narrow gap welding, M) -40 75
due to the good slag detachability and -60 55
smooth blending with the side walls. Pres-
sure vessels for nuclear applications and
offshore constructions in which good CTOD
values are required are some areas in
which OK Flux 10.62 can be successfully
used. OK Flux 10.62 operates better at the
lower end of the voltage range.
OK Flux 10.62 gives the weld metal a low
oxygen content (approx. 300 ppm) and pro-
duces a low hydrogen content in the deposit
weld metal (lower than 5 ml/100 g).
Basicity index 3.4
Classifications
EN 760 SA FB 1 55 AC H5
F7P6-EA2-A2
F8A8-EA4-A4
F8P6-EA4-A4
F8A10-ENi2-Ni2
F8P10-ENi2-Ni2
F11A8-EG-G
F11P4-EG-G
EN 756 S 46 4 FB S2Mo
S 50 5 FB S3MO
S 46 6 FB S2Ni2
59
60
Low-alloyed steels
OK Flux 10.63 SAW OK Autrod

13.20SC
0.1 0.3 0.7 2.3 - 0.9 525 620 +20
0
180
150
OK Flux 10.63 is a high-basic agglomerated -62 90
all-mineral non-alloying flux designed pri-
marly for the multi-run welding of creep-
resistant steels in combination with low-
alloy Cr-Mo wires. The very low impurity
level of the flux helps to produce an excep-
tionally clean weld metal, with high impact
properties, even after step cooling treat-
ment.
Basicity index 3.2
Classifications
EN 760 SA FB 1 55 AC H5
AWS A5.23 F8P8-EB3-B3
Low-alloyed steels

3YTM
3TM
3YTM
IIIYTM A3
3YTM
3YTM 3YTM • • 0.08 0.4 1.35 - - 0.5 500 580 +20
0
125
100
Type Basic -20 60
OK Flux 10.71 is a basic agglomerated, -40 30
slightly Si- and Mn-alloying flux for sub- OK Autrod 12.34 3TM 3TM IIIYTM UP (M - 3YTM 0.09 0.4 1.5 - - 0.5 535 620 +20 120
merged arc welding, specially designed for 3YM (M 4Y40M (M 40°C) (M 0 105
fillet welding and for single and multipass -40°C) -40°C) -40°C) -20 70
butt welding of mild, medium and high ten- -30 60
sile steels. OK Flux 10.71 is of aluminate- -40 45
basic type and has for this slag system very
high current-carrying capacity on both AC OK Autrod 13.27 • 0.05 0.4 1.4 - 2.2 - 500 600 -20 100
and DC and with very good operability char- -40 60
acteristics both in single and multiwire sys- OK Autrod 13.36 0.08 0.5 1.3 0.3 0.7 - 480 580 +20 120
tems. OK Flux 10.71 can be used to Cu 0.5 -20 70
particular advantage for narrow gap welding -30 55
due to the excellent slag detachability and
smooth blending of the weld bead with the
joint side walls.
Basicity index 1.6
Classifications
EN 760 SA AB 1 67 AC H5
F7P2-EA2-A2
F8A4-EA4-A4
F8P2-EA4-A4
F8A4-ENi2-Ni2
F7P5-ENi2-Ni2
F8A0-EG-G
EN 756 S 46 2 AB S2Mo
S 50 3 AB S3Mo
S 46 4 AB S2Ni2
S 42 3 AB S0
61
62
Low-alloyed steels
OK Flux 10.73 SAW OK Autrod 12.22 0.06 0.3 1.0 - - - 400 500 0
-30
150
140
Type Aluminate-basic -40 100
Aluminate-basic agglomerated flux
designed primarily for multi-wire pipe weld-
ing of mild and high-strength pipe-steel
qualities. Due to the metallurgical design,
the flux does not produce hard spots in pipe
welding applications.
Basicity index 1.3
Classifications
EN 760 SA AB 1 66 AC H5
Stainless and high-alloyed steels

composition % A V

E308L-17
ABS
CO
Stainless C
Si
≤0.03
0.8
Yield stress
420 MPa
1.6 300 35-50 27
2.0 300 45-65 29
Type Rutile-acid BS 2926 (1984) CWB E308L-16 Mn 0.8
2.5 300 60-90 31
19.9 L AR DB 30.039.02 Cr 19.5 Tensile strength
OK 61.30 is an extra-low carbon, AC/DC, LMA elec- 3.2 350 80-120 31
CSA 48.2 M1980 DnV 308L Ni 10.0 570 MPa
trode for welding steel of the 19Cr10Ni type, also suita-
E308L-16 (For NV-25) 4.0 350 120-170 32
ble for welding stabilized stainless steels of similar
DIN 8556 (1986) SFS E 19.9 L Elongation
composition, except when the full creep resistance of 5.0 350 150-240 33
the base material is to be met. OK 61.30 is very easy E 19 9 L R 23 SS 143302 45%
Werkstoff Nr. 5.0 450 150-240 33
to strike and restrike and gives weld beads with excel- TÜV
lent appearence and self-relieving slag. 1.4316 Charpy V
EN 1600
E 19 9 L R 12 +20°C 70 J
DC(+), AC OCV 50 V ISO 3581
E 19.9 L R
1234 6 NFA 81-343
E Z 19.9 L R 23

E308L-15
TÜV C
Si
<0.04
0.4
Yield stress
460 MPa
2.5 300 55-85 22
3.2 350 75-110 25
Type Basic BS 2926 (1984) Mn 1.7 4.0 350 110-155 27
19.9 L B Cr 19.5 Tensile strength
OK 61.35 is a basic, low-carbon, stainless electrode of 5.0 350 160-210 28
DIN 8556 (1986) Ni 10.5 580 MPa
the E308L type with outstanding welding properties in
E 19.9 L B 20+
the vertical and overhead positions. The high impact
Werkstoff Nr. Elongation
toughness at cryogenic temperature (-196°C) makes
OK 61.35 excellent in LNG applications. 1.4316 45%
EN 1600
Welding current E 19 9 L B 22 Charpy V
DC(+) ISO 3581 Test temps Impact values
E 19.9 L B
1234 6 +20°C 100 J
NFA 81-343
-120°C 70 J
EZ 19.9 L B 20
-196°C 35 J
UNI 8098
EX19.9L 2B0KV19

E308L-17
CO
CWB E308L-16
C
Si
<0.03
0.7
Yield stress
410 MPa
2.0 300 45-65 29
2.5 300 60-100 29
Type Rutile-acid BS 2926 (1984) SS 14 33 02 Mn 0.8 3.2 350 80-130 29
19.9 L AR TÜV Cr 19.5 Tensile strength
OK 61.41 is a high-recovery, extra-low carbon, LMA 4.0 450 110-170 32
CSA 48.2 M Ni 10.0 580 MPa
electrode for welding steels of the 19Cr10Ni type, also
E308L-16 5.0 450 170-230 33
suitable for welding stabilized stainless steels of similar
DIN 8556 (1986) Elongation
compositions, except when full creep resistance of the
base material is to be met. E 19 9 L R 23 150 45%
Werkstoff Nr.
Welding current 1.4316 Charpy V
DC(+), AC OCV 55 V EN 1600
E 19 9 L R 53
1234 +20°C 65 J
ISO 3581
E 19.9 L R
NEN-ISO 3581
E 19.9 L R
NFA 81-343
EZ19.9 L R 150 23
63
64

composition % A V

E347-17
CO
CWB E347-16
C
Si
0.03
0.8
Yield stress
500 MPa
2.0 300 45-65 24
2.5 300 60-90 26
Type Rutile-acid BS 2926 (1984) GL 4550 Mn 0.7 3.2 350 80-120 28
19.9 Nb AR TÜV Cr 20.0 Tensile strength
OK 61.80 is a niobium-stabilized, stainless steel, LMA 4.0 350 120-170 30
CSA 48.3 M1980 Ni 10.0 660 MPa
electrode for welding of niobium or titanium-stabilized
E347-16 Nb 0.4 5.0 350 150-240 31
steels of the 19Cr10 Ni type.
DIN 8556 (1986) Elongation 5.0 450 150-240 31
Welding current E 19 9 Nb R 23 32%
DC(+), AC OCV 50 V Werkstoff Nr.
1.4551 Charpy V
1234 6 EN 1600 Test temps Impact values
E 19 9 Nb R 12 +20°C 60 J
ISO 3581
E 19.9 Nb R
NFA 81-343
EZ 19.9 Nb R 23

E347-16
CO
DnV 347 (For NV-25)
C
Si
0.06
0.6
Yield stress
560 MPa
1.6 300 25-40 20
2.0 300 40-60 21
Type Rutile BS 2926 (1984) SFS E 19.9 Nb Mn 1.6 2.5 300 50-80 22
19.9 Nb R SS 14 33 03 Cr 20.0 Tensile strength
OK 61.81 is a niobium-stabilized, stainless welding 3.2 350 75-115 23
DIN 8556 (1986) Ni 10.0 680 MPa
electrode for titanium and niobium-stabilized 18-8
E 19.9 Nb R 23 Nb 0.7 4.0 350 110-160 24
steel. Particularly suitable for high-temperature appli-
110 Elongation
cations. 5.0 350 140-210 25
Werkstoff Nr. 35%
Welding current 1.4551
DC(+), AC OCV 60 V ISO 3581 Charpy V
E 19.9 Nb R Test temps Impact values
1234 6 EN 1600
+20°C 60 J
E 19 9 Nb R 32

E316L-16
SS
TÜV
14 33 05 C
Si
<0.03
0.7
Yield stress
480 MPa
1.6 265 20-40 23
2.0 265 30-60 25
Type Rutile EN 1600 Mn 0.8 2.0 300 30-60 25
E 19 12 3 L R 11 Cr 18.0 Tensile strength
OK 63.20 is an electrode designed for welding 304/ 2.5 300 50-80 25
Ni 12.0 580 MPa
316L steel types and also stabilized steels like 321/
347. Diameters 1.6-2.5 mm can be used in all posi- Mo 2.8 3.2 350 75-110 24
tions when welding root runs in butt weld and thin Elongation
plates in general. 35%
DC+, AC OCV 50 V Test temps Impact values
123456 +20°C 60 J
-60°C 45 J
-120°C 32 J

composition % A V

E316L-17
BV
CO
U.P. *) C
Si
<0.03
0.8
Yield stress
435 MPa
1.6 300 35-50 28
2.0 300 45-65 29
Type Rutile-acid BS 2926 (1984) CWB E316L-16 Mn 0.8
2.5 300 60-90 30
19.12.3 L AR DB 30.039.06 Cr 18.0 Tensile strength
OK 63.30 is an extra-low carbon, LMA electrode of the 3.2 350 80-125 31
CSA 48.2 M1980 DnV 316L Ni 12.0 580 MPa
18Cr12Ni2.8Mo type. Also suitable for welding stabi-
E316L-16 (For NV-25) Mo 2.8 4.0 350 120-170 32
lized steels of similar composition except when the full
DIN 8556 (1986) LR 316L *) Elongation
creep resistance of the base material has to be met. 5.0 350 150-240 34
OK 63.30 is very easy to strike and restrike and pro- E 19 12 3 L R 23 GL 4571 40%
duces weld beads with an excellent appearance and Werkstoff Nr. SS 14 33 05
self-relieving slag. 1.4430 SFS E 19.12.3 L Charpy V
EN 1600
Welding current TÜV Test temps Impact values
E 19 12 3 L R 12
*) TC +20°C 65 J
-20°C 55 J
E 19.12.3.L R
1234 6 NFA 81-343
E Z 19.12.3 L R 23

E316L-16
CWB
SFS
E316L-16
E 19.12.3 L
C
Si
<0.03
0.7
Yield stress
440 MPa
2.5 300 70-90 22
3.2 300 110-130 25
Type Rutile BS 2926 (1984) TÜV Mn 0.7
19.12.3 L AR Cr 18.0 Tensile strength
OK 63.34 is a stainless electrode of the CSA 48.2 M1980 Ni 12.0 600 MPa
19Cr12Ni2.8Mo type, designed for welding vertical
E316L-16 Mo 2.8
down of steels of similar composition. Vertical down
DIN 8556 (1986) Elongation
welding with OK 63.34 gives beads of very good finish
and a smooth transition to the joint edges. The slag E 19 12 3 L R 16 40%
volume is fairly small and is easy to manipulate and Werkstoff Nr.
easy to remove. 1.4430 Charpy V
EN 1600
E 19 12 3 L R 11 +20°C 65 J
E 19.12.3 L R 16
123456 NFA 81-343
EZ 19.12.3 L R 16

E316L-15
ABS
CO
Stainless C
Si
<0.04
0.5
Yield stress
435 MPa
2.0 300 40-65 24
2.5 300 55-85 24
Type Basic BS 2926 (1984) DnV 316L Mn 1.7 3.2 350 75-110 24
19.12.3 L B (For NV-25) Cr 18.5 Tensile strength
OK 63.35 is a low-carbon, basic, stainless electrode 4.0 350 110-150 24
DIN 8556 (1986) SFS E 19.12.3 Ni 13.0 580 MPa
designed for welding steel of 18Cr12Ni3Mo type. The
E 19.12.3 L B 20+ SS 14 33 04 Mo 2.8 5.0 350 150-200 24
high impact toughness at cryogenic temperature
Werkstoff Nr. TÜV Elongation
(-196°C) makes OK 63.35 excellent in LNG applica-
tions. The weld metal is very resistant to cracking and 1.4430 40%
porosity. OK 63.35 has outstanding welding properties EN 1600
in the vertical and overhead positions. E 19 12 3 L B 22 Charpy V
ISO 3581
E 19.12.3 L B +20°C 95 J
DC(+) NFA 81-343
-120°C 60 J
E Z 19.12.3 L B
1234 6 120 20 -196°C 35 J
UNI 8098
E X19.12.3 L B 0
KV19
65
66

composition % A V
OK 63.41 SMAW AWS 5.4-92

E316L-17
CO
CWB E316L-16
C
Si
<0.03
0.7
Yield stress
430 MPa
1.6 300 35-55 30
2.0 300 45-65 32
Type Rutile-acid BS 2926 (1984) DnV 316L Mn 0.8 2.5 300 60-100 34
19.12.3 L AR (For NV-25) Cr 18.0 Tensile strength
OK 63.41 is an extra-low carbon, acid-resistant, high- 3.2 350 80-130 36
CSA 48.2 M1980 LR 316L, 316LN Ni 12.0 570 MPa
recovery LMA electrode of the 18Cr12.5Ni2.8Mo type.
E316L-16 SFS E 19.12.3.L Mo 2.8 4.0 450 110-170 37
The electrode is intended for use in the flat position
DIN 8556 (1986) SS 14 33 05 Elongation
and gives smooth, shiny beads. The fillet weld has a 5.0 450 170-230 42
slightly concave cross section. E19 12 3LR23 150 TÜV 40%
Werkstoff Nr.
Welding current 1.4430 Charpy V
DC(+), AC OCV 55 V EN 1600 Test temps Impact values
E 19 12 3 L R 53
1234 6 +20°C 60 J
ISO 3581
E 19.12.3 L R
NFA 81-343
EZ19.12.3LR 150
23
E318-17
CO
SFS E 19.12.3 Nb
C
Si
<0.03
0.8
Yield stress
490 MPa
1.6 300 35-50 28
2.0 300 45-65 29
Type Rutile-acid BS 2926 (1984) SS 14 33 06 Mn 0.8 2.5 300 60-90 30
19.12.3 Nb AR TÜV Cr 18.0 Tensile strength
OK 63.80 is a stainless LMA electrode for welding Nb- 3.2 350 80-120 32
DIN 8556 (1986) Ni 12.0 620 MPa
or Ti-stabilized stainless steels of the 18Cr12Ni2-3Mo
E 19.12.3 Nb R 23 Mo 2.8 4.0 350 120-170 33
type. OK 63.80 is specially designed for welding Nb-
and Ti-stabilized stainless steel corresponding to DIN Nb 0.4 5.0 450 150-240 34
Werkstoff Nr: 4573 and 4583. 1.4576 35%
EN 1600
Welding current E 19 12 3 Nb R 32 Charpy V
DC(+), AC OCV 50 V ISO 3581 Test temps Impact values
E 19.12.3.Nb R
1234 6 +20°C 65 J
NFA 81-343
EZ 19.12.3 Nb R
110 23

E317L-17
BV
DnV
UP
317L
C
Si
<0.03
0.7
Yield stress
450 MPa
2.0 300 40-55 26
2.5 300 50-80 28
Type Rutile-acid BS 2926 (1984) TÜV Mn 0.7 3.2 350 70-120 30
19.13.4 L AR Cr 19.0 Tensile strength
OK 64.30 is an extra-low carbon electrode for welding 4.0 350 100-170 32
DIN 8556 (1986) Ni 13.0 600 MPa
stainless steels of the 19Cr13Ni3-4Mo type. OK 64.30
E 18 13 4 L R 23 Mo 3.7 5.0 350 130-240 34
is easy to weld in all positions and yields smooth runs
both on AC and DC.
1.4447 40%
Welding current EN 1600
DC(+), AC OCV 55 V E 19 13 4 L R 32 Charpy V
ISO 3581 Test temps Impact values
1234 6 E 19.13.4 L R +20°C 55 J
NEN-ISO 3581
E 19.13.4 L R

composition % A V

E310-15
CO
DB 30.039.01
C
Si
0.1
0.3
Yield stress
410 MPa
2.0 300 35-55 24
2.5 300 55-85 25
Type Basic BS 2926 (1984) SFS E 25.20 Mn 1.5
3.2 350 70-110 25
25.20 B SS 14 33 18 Cr 26.0 Tensile strength
OK 67.15 is a stainless steel electrode for welding 4.0 350 110-150 26
DIN 8556 (1986) TÜV Ni 21.0 610 MPa
25Cr20Ni steels. Also suitable for welding armour
E 25 20 B 20+ 5.0 350 150-200 26
steel, austenitic manganese steel and for joining of
dissimilar steels. OK 67.15 deposits a very crack-
resistant weld metal. 1.4842 40%
EN 1600
Welding current E 25 20 B 22 Charpy V
DC(+) NFA 81-343 Test temps Impact values
EZ 25.20 B 20
1234 6 +20°C 65 J
UNI 8098
E X25 20 M 2 B 0
KV19

(E307-15)
ABS
TÜV
Stainless C
Si
0.1
0.5
Yield stress
430 MPa
2.0 300 35-60 23
2.5 300 50-80 23
Type Basic DIN 8556 (1986) Mn 6.0 3.2 350 70-100 24
E 18 8 Mn 6 B 20+ Cr 18.5 Tensile strength
OK 67.45 is an 18-8-6Mn-austenitic, stainless steel 4.0 350 100-140 24
EN 1600 Ni 8.5 620 MPa
electrode for welding dissimilar steels, 13Mn steels
E 18 8 Mn B 42 5.0 350 150-200 25
with reduced weldability and for cladding carbon
ISO 3581 Elongation
steels. Can also be used as a buffer layer prior to hard
surfacing. E 18.8 Mn B 40%
NEN-ISO 3581
Welding current E 18.8 Mn B Charpy V
EZ 18.8 Mn B 20
1234 6 +20°C 70 J

E2209-17
CO
RINa E 2209
C
Si
<0.03
0.8
Yield stress
645 MPa
2.0 300 30-65 24
2.5 300 50-90 27
Type Rutile-acid DIN 8556 (1986) SFS E 22.9.3.L Mn 0.8 3.2 350 80-120 28
E 22 9 3 L R 23 TÜV Cr 22.0 Tensile strength
OK 67.50 is a rutile-coated electrode for welding ferritic 4.0 350 100-160 29
Werkstoff Nr. Ni 9.0 800 MPa
austenitic stainless steels, e.g. UNS S31803. Special
1.4462 Mo 3.0 5.0 350 150-220 30
applications are welding of pipes with high resistance
EN 1600 Elongation
to stress corrosion up to 300°C, the so called Duplex N 0.15
steels. OK 67.50 is particularly suitable for welding E 22 9 3 L R 32 25%
duplex cargo tanks.
Charpy V
Welding current
DC(+) , AC OCV 60 V +20°C 50 J
1234 6
67
68

composition % A V

(E307-25)
C
Si
0.1
1.0
Yield stress
420 MPa
2.5 350 90-115 25
3.2 450 120-165 34
Type Zirconium-basic DIN 8556 (1986) Mn 7.0 4.0 450 150-240 40
E 18 8 Mn B36 160 Cr 18.0 Tensile strength
OK 67.52 is a synthetic, high-recovery electrode of the 5.0 450 200-340 48
EN 1600 Ni 9.0 630 MPa
18Cr8Ni6Mn type for welding dissimilar steels, 13Mn
E 18 8 Mn B83
steels, steels with reduced weldability and for cladding
ISO Elongation
carbon steels.
E 18.8 Mn BX 45%
Welding current NEN-ISO 3581
DC(+), AC OCV 70 V E 18.8 Mn BX Charpy V
1234 +20°C 70 J

E2209-15
DnV
TÜV
C
Si
<0.03
0.5
Yield stress
650 MPa
2.5 300 50-80 21
3.2 350 60-100 21
Type Basic DIN 8556 (1986) Mn 0.8 4.0 350 100-140 21
E 22 9 3 L B 20+ Cr 22.0 Tensile strength
OK 67.55 is a basic coated electrode especially EN 1600 Ni 9.0 800 MPa
designed for welding of duplex stainless steel, e.g.
E 22 9 3 L B 22 Mo 3.0
UNS S31803. The deposited weld metal gives very
high ductility down to -50°C/-60°C. Particularly suitable N 0.15 Elongation
for welding duplex pipes in offshore applications. 28%
DC(+) Test temps Impact values
1234 6 +20°C 100 J

-40°C 75 J
-60°C 65 J

E309L-17
CO
SFS E 23.12
C
Si
<0.03
0.8
Yield stress
470 MPa
2.0 300 30-60 27
2.5 300 50-90 28
23.12.L AR Cr 24.0 Tensile strength
OK 67.60 is an over-alloyed stainless electrode for 3.2 350 90-120 29
DIN 8556 (1986) Ni 13.0 590 MPa
welding stainless to mild steel and low-alloy steel, for
E 23 12 L R 23 4.0 350 130-180 31
surfacing of mild steel and for welding the root runs in
clad steel. The electrode has excellent weldability in all 4.0 450 130-180 31
positions except vertical down, on as well AC as DC. 1.4332 32%
EN 1600 5.0 350 160-240 32
Welding current E 23 12 L R 32 Charpy V 5.0 450 160-240 32
DC(+) AC OCV 55 V ISO 3581 Test temps Impact values
E 23.12 L R
1234 6 +20°C 50 J
-10°C 40 J

composition % A V

E309-26
BV
CWB
UP KV -60°C*)
E309-16
C
Si
<0.05
0.8
Yield stress
520 MPa
2.5 350 70-120 25
3.2 450 110-165 30
Type Rutile-acid BS 2926 DnV 309 *) Mn 0.6 4.0 450 150-230 35
23.12 R MP GL 4332 Cr 24.0 Tensile strength
OK 67.62 is a synthetic, stainless high-recovery elec- 5.0 450 200-310 38
CSA 48.2 M1980 LR SS/CMn *) Ni 12.5 680 MPa
trode of the 24Cr12Ni type for welding stainless steel
E309-16 TÜV
to unalloyed steel. The composition is balanced to give
DIN 8556 Elongation
good crack resistance when welding stainless steel to *) TC
mild steel. The bead appearance is outstanding in both E 23 12 MPR 36 >30%
butt welds and fillet welds. 170
Werkstoff Nr. Charpy V
Welding current 1.4332 Test temps Impact values
DC(+), AC OCV 55 V EN 1600
+20°C 60 J
E 23 12 R 73
1234

E309MoL-17
CO
CWB E309MoL-16
C
Si
<0.03
0.8
Yield stress
500 MPa
2.0 300 30-60 27
2.5 300 50-90 28
Type Rutile-acid BS 2926 DB 30.039.05 Mn 0.8 3.2 350 90-120 29
23.12.2 AR DnV 309 Mo Cr 23.0 Tensile strength
OK 67.70 is an over-alloyed, stainless steel electrode 4.0 350 130-180 30
CSA 48.2 M1980 LR SS/CMn, 316L, Ni 13.0 620 MPa
for use as a buffer layer in welding acid-resistant clad
E309MoL-16 316LN Mo 2.7 4.0 450 130-180 30
steels and stainless steels to other types of steel. OK
DIN 8556 (1986) RINa E 309Mo Elongation
67.70 has outstanding welding properties on both AC 5.0 350 160-240 32
and DC. The electrode can be used in all positions E23 13 2 L R 23 SFS E 23.12.2 35%
Werkstoff Nr. 5.0 450 160-240 32
except vertical down. SS 14 33 17
1.4459 TÜV Charpy V
Welding current EN 1600 Test temps Impact values
DC(+), AC OCV 55 V E 23 12 3 L R 32 +20°C 60 J
UNI 8098
1234 6 E X23 12 L M 2
-60°C 30 J
R6

E309Mo-26
RINa E 309Mo C
Si
0.05
0.8
Yield stress
520 MPa
4.0 450 200-230 34
5.0 700 200-250 36
Type Rutile BS 2926 (1984) Mn 0.6
23. 12.2 R MP Cr 23.0 Tensile strength
OK 67.72 is a synthetic, high-recovery, stainless elec- DIN 8556 (1986) Ni 12.5 680 MPa
trode for welding stainless to mild or low-alloyed steels.
E 23 13 3 MPR 36 Mo 2.3
OK 67.72 has a mild steel core wire which allows high
190 Elongation
currents. The 5x700 mm electrode can be used for
Werkstoff Nr. >30%
gravity welding.
1.4459
Welding current EN 1600 Charpy V
DC(+), AC OCV 55 V E 23 12 2 R 73
12 +20°C 60 J
-20°C 45 J
69
70

composition % A V

E309L-15
ABS
DnV
Stainless
309 See list.
C
Si
<0.04
0.5
Yield stress
470 MPa
2.5 300 50-80 22
3.2 350 80-110 24
Type Basic BS 2926 (1984) GL 4332 Mn 2.0 4.0 350 100-150 26
23.12 L B LR SS/CMn Cr 24.0 Tensile strength
OK 67.75 is a basic coated, stainless electrode for 5.0 350 160-220 27
DIN 8556 (1986) SFS E 23.12 Ni 13.0 600 MPa
welding steels of the 24Cr13Ni type, for welding transi-
E 23 12 L B 20+ TÜV Mo 0.3
tion layers when surfacing mild steel with stainless, for
joining dissimilar steels and welding root runs in the
stainless side of clad steels. 1.4332 35%
EN 1600
Welding current E 23 12 L B 42 Charpy V
DC(+) ISO 3581 Test temps Impact values
E 23.12 L B
1234 6 +20°C 75 J
NEN-ISO 3581
-80°C 55 J
E 23.12 L B
NFA 81-343
EZ 23.12 L B 20

E410-15
C
Si
0.06
0.5
Yield stress
390 MPa
2.0 300 30-75 24
2.5 350 65-115 25
Type Basic BS 2926 (1984) Mn 0.5 3.2 450 90-160 25
13 BMP Cr 13.0 Tensile strength
OK 68.15 is a stainless steel electrode which deposits 4.0 450 120-220 30
DIN 8556 (1986) 520 MPa
a ferritic 13Cr weld metal. OK 68.15 is designed for
E 13 MBP 20+ 120
welding steels of similar composition, when CrNi-
alloyed austenitic stainless steel electrodes cannot be
used, e.g. when the construction will be exposed to 1.4009 25%
aggressive sulphuric gases. EN 1600
E 13 B 42 Charpy V
Welding current NFA 81-343 Test temps Impact values
DC(+) E Z 13 B +20°C 55 J
1234 6

E410NiMo-16
C
Si
<0.04
0.5
Yield stress
660 MPa
2.5 350 65-100 21
3.2 350 90-130 20
Type Rutile-basic BS 2926 Mn 0.7 4.0 450 120-190 22
13.4.MoRMP Cr 12.0 Tensile strength
OK 68.17 is a coated electrode designed for welding of 5.0 450 165-240 23
DIN 8556 Ni 4.3 900 MPa
e.g. stainless steels castings of the 13Cr4NiMo type.
E 13 4 MPR 23 Mo 0.5
OK 68.17 can be welded in all positions except vertical
110 Elongation
down.
Werkstoff Nr. 25%
Welding current 1.4351
DC(+), AC OCV 55 V EN 1600 Charpy V
E 13 4 R 32 Test temps Impact values
1234 6 +20°C 45 J

composition % A V
OK 68.53 SMAW DIN 8556 (1986)

E 25 9 4 L R 23
TÜV C
Si
<0.03
0.5
Yield stress
700 MPa
2.5 300 55-85 22
3.2 350 70-110 22
Type Rutile-basic EN 1600 (1995) Mn 0.7 4.0 350 110-150 23
E 25 9 4 L R 32 Cr 25.5 Tensile strength
OK 68.53 is a coated electrode for welding austenitic
Ni 9.5 850 MPa
ferritic steels of Super Duplex types, e.g. SAF 2507
and Zeron 100. OK 68.53 has good welding character- Mo 4.0
istics in all positions and the slag is easily detachable. N 0.25 Elongation
30%
Welding current
1234 6 +20°C 50 J
-40°C 35 J
OK 68.55 SMAW DIN 8556 (1986)

E 25 10 4 LN B
C
Si
<0.04
0.4
Yield stress
700 MPa
2.5 300 50-80 23
3.2 350 60-100 23
Type Basic 20+ Mn 0.9
EN 1600 4.0 350 100-140 23
OK 68.55 is a coated electrode for welding austenite E 25 9 4 L B 42 Ni 9.5 900 MPa
ferrite steels of Super Duplex type, e.g. SAF 2507 and
Zeron 100. OK 68.55 deposits a weld metal with high Mo 4.0
ductility. N 0.25 Elongation
30%
Welding current
DC(+) Charpy V
1234 6 +20°C 80 J
-40°C 55 J
-60°C 45 J

E312-17
C
Si
0.12
0.7
Yield stress
610 MPa
2.0 300 35-60 22
2.5 300 50-85 24
Type Rutile-acid BS 2926 Mn 0.8 3.2 350 80-125 25
29.9.R Cr 29.0 Tensile strength
OK 68.81 is a high-alloyed electrode which deposits a 4.0 350 110-175 26
DIN 8556 Ni 9.5 790 MPa
ferritic-austenitic duplex weld metal with approx. 40%
E 29 9 R 23 5.0 350 150-240 28
ferrite. Resistant to stress corrosion and highly insensi-
tive to dilution. Good scaling resistance up to 1150°C.
OK 68.81 is used for joining dissimilar steels, steels 1.4337 25%
with reduced weldability and buffer layers prior to hard- EN 1600
facing. Applications: rolls, forging dies, hot-work tools, E 29 9 R 32 Charpy V
dies for plastics and so on. ISO 3581
E 29.9 R
DC(+), AC OCV 60 V
1234 6
71
72

composition % A V

E385-16
SFS
TÜV
E 20.25.5 L Cu C
Si
<0.03
0.5
Yield stress
400 MPa
2.0 300 40-60 23
2.5 300 60-85 24
Type Rutile-basic DIN 8556 (1986) Mn 1.0 3.2 350 85-115 23
E 20 25 5 LCu R Cr 20.5 Tensile strength
OK 69.33 is a stainless steel electrode which deposits 4.0 350 120-180 29
a fully austenitic weld metal with increased resistance
1.4519 Mo 5.0 5.0 350 160-240 31
to sulphuric acid. The weld metal of OK 69.33 also has
EN 1600 Elongation
good resistance to intergranular and pitting corrosion. Cu 1.5
E 20 25 5 Cu L R 35%
Welding current 32
1234 6 +20°C 80 J
-140°C 45 J
OK 92.26 SMAW AWS A5.11-90

ENiCrFe-3
ABS ENiCrFe-3 CVN
50J at -196°C
C
Si
<0.1
0.6
Yield stress
410 MPa
2.5 300 45-70 22
3.2 350 70-105 23
Type Basic DIN 1736 Mn 6.0 4.0 350 90-130 24
EL-NiCr15FeMn Cr 16.0 Tensile strength
A nickel-based electrode for welding nickel alloys such 5.0 350 120-170 25
as Inconel 600 and similar Inconel alloys, cryogenic
2.4620 Nb 2.0
steels, martensitic to austenitic steels, dissimilar
steels, heat-resistant steels, castings of limited welda- Fe 6.0 Elongation
bility and so on. 40%
1234 6 +20°C 100 J

-196°C 80 J

E308LT1-4
CO
TÜV
Ar/20% CO2
Ar/20% CO2
C
Si
0.03
0.7
Yield stress
400 MPa
0.9 100-170 21-26
1.2 130-220 25-30
Type Rutile Mn 1.1
OK Tubrod 14.20 is a rutile flux-cored wire, specifically
Ni 10.0 590 MPa
designed to operate in the vertical and overhead posi-
tions when welding 304, 304L, 308 and 308L stainless
steels. The stabilised 321 and 347 steels may also be Elongation
welded. OK Tubrod 14.20 complements the OK Tubrod 45%
14.30 and are used in cunjuction with each other to
maximise productivity on multi-positional applications. Charpy V
Shielding gas Ar+20% CO2. Test temps Impact values
DC(+)
1 34 6

composition % A V

E316LT1-4
CO
DnV
Ar/20% CO2
Ar/20% CO2
C
Si
0.03
0.9
Yield stress
475 MPa
0.9 100-170 21-26
1.2 130-220 25-30
Type Rutile GL Ar/20% CO2 Mn 1.3
LR Ar/20% CO2 Cr 18.5 Tensile strength
OK Tubrod 14.21 is a flux-cored wire for out-of-position
TÜV Ar/20% CO2 Ni 12.0 615 MPa
welding of 316 and 316L type stainless steels where
increased resistance to pitting corrosion is required. Mo 2.5
This is particularly relevant to attack by chloride solu- Elongation
tions and sulphurous acid. The weld metal composition 36%
is such that the stabilised 321 and 347 stainless steels
may also be welded. This wire complements the OK Charpy V
Tubrod 14.31. Shielding gas Ar+20% CO2. Test temps Impact values
DC(+)
1 34 6
E309LT1-4
CO
DnV
Ar/20% CO2
Ar/20% CO2
C
Si
0.03
0.9
Yield stress
460 MPa
0.9 100-170 21-26
1.2 130-220 25-30
Type Rutile LR Ar/20% CO2 Mn 1.3
TÜV Ar/20% CO2 Cr 22.5 Tensile strength
OK Tubrod 14.22 is a flux-cored tubular wire which pro-
Ni 12.5 590 MPa
duces weld metal of the 309 type. Whilst suitable for
the 25Cr12Ni type steels the principal application is
the vertical and overhead joining of dissimilar and diffi- Elongation
cult to weld steels. This will include the joining of clad 37%
steels to themselves and carbon-manganese steels.
Shielding gas Ar+20% CO2. Charpy V
+20°C 40 J
DC(+)
1 34 6

E317LT1-4
C
Si
0.03
0.9
Yield stress
475 MPa
1.2 130-220 25-30
Type Rutile Mn 1.2

OK Tubrod 14.25 is a flux-cored wire for the welding of
Ni 12.5 630 MPa
317 and 317L type materials in the vertical-up, hori-
zontal and overhead positions. Containing higher lev- Mo 3.5
els of Mo for increased corrosion-resistance, the Elongation
principal area of application is process and chemical 34%
plant as well as chemical tankers. Used in conjunction
with OK Tubrod 14.35 the two wires combine to pro- Charpy V
duce exceptional weld quality with maximum versatility. Test temps Impact values
Shielding gas Ar+20% CO2. +20°C 40 J
Welding current
DC(+)
1 34 6
73
74

composition % A V

E2209T1-4
CO
DnV
Ar/20% CO2
Duplex Ar/20%
C
Si
≤0.04
0.9
Yield stress
612 MPa
1.2 150-250 26-30
Type Rutile CO2 Mn 0.9

GL 4462S Ar/20% P 0.02 Tensile strength
OK Tubrod 14.27 is an all-positional, flux-cored wire for
CO2 S 0.015 824 MPa
the welding of duplex stainless steel. Designed to
operate with Ar-CO2 gas mixtures, it has a smooth sta- RINa SG 2209 Ar/ Cr 22.0
ble arc producing a weld with easy slag removal and CO2&CO2 Ni 9.0 Elongation
minimal spatter. For welding of W.Nr 1.4462 (UNS TÜV Ar/CO2&CO2 Mo 3.0 33%
S31803) grade of steel. Typical branded steels include N 0.15
SAF 2205, FAL223, AF22, NK Cr22 and HY Resist 22/ Charpy V
5 duplex steels. Shielding gas Ar+20% CO2 or CO2. Test temps Impact values
DC(+)
1 34 6
OK Tubrod 14.28 FCAW AWS A5.22
E2553T0-4
C
Si
≤0.04
0.6
Yield stress
650 MPa
1.2 150-250 26-30
Type Rutile Mn 0.9

A rutile, flux-cored, tubular wire for the all-positional
Ni 9.0 820 MPa
welding of ''Super duplex'' stainless steels. The rutile
based formulation ensures that the arc action is Mo 4.0
smooth and stable, leaving a weld deposit of consist- N 0.24 Elongation
ent appearance with easy slag removal. The weld 18%
metal composition affords the highest resistance to pit-
ting and crevice corrosion, as well as stress corrosion. Charpy V
Shielding gas Ar+20% CO2. Test temps Impact values
-46°C 39 J
DC+
1 34 6
E308LT0-1,
DB 43.039.04 Ar/
20CO2 & CO2
C
Si
0.03
0.4
Yield stress
390 MPa
1.2 150-250 25-32
1.6 200-350 26-34
Type Rutile E308LT0-4 LR 304L (C/*) Ar/ Mn 1.6
20CO2 & CO2 Cr 19.0 Tensile strength
OK Tubrod 14.30 is a flux-cored tubular wire designed
TÜV Ar/20CO2 & CO2 Ni 10.0 560 MPa
for welding stainless steels containing 18-20Cr8-12Ni.
As well as the low carbon 304 and 308 varieties OK
Tubrod 14.30 is also suitable for welding the stabilised Elongation
321 and 347 types. The slag detachability is effortless 39%
leaving a bright finish to a weld deposit of exceptional
appearance. Shielding gas CO2 or Ar+20%CO2. Charpy V
+20°C 44 J
DC(+)
-196°C 32 J
123 5

composition % A V

E316LT0-1,
DB 42.039.08 Ar/
20CO2 & CO2
C
Si
0.03
0.4
Yield stress
410 MPa
1.2 150-250 25-32
1.6 200-350 26-34
Type Rutile E316LT0-4 LR 316L (C/*) Ar/ Mn 1.4
A flux-cored tubular wire used for the joining of the 316
low-carbon type 18-20Cr10-14Ni2-3Mo steels. The
composition also ensures that the stabilised types may Mo 2.5
be welded with equal success. Capable of welding in Elongation
the spray transfer mode, very high deposition rates are 33%
assured. The weld appearance is bright, fine and
evenly rippled surface finish with minimal spatter. Charpy V
Shielding gas CO2 or Ar+20%CO2. Test temps Impact values
-110°C 32 J
DC(+)
123 5
E309LT0-1,
DB 43.039.09 Ar/
20CO2 & CO2
C
Si
0.03
0.4
Yield stress
449 MPa
1.2 150-250 25-32
1.6 200-350 26-34
Type Rutile E309LT0-4 LR SS-CMn (C)Ar/ Mn 1.6
A flux-cored tubular wire depositing weld metal of the
309 type. Apart from joining these steels the weld
metal ferrite content ensures that it is suitable for dis- Fe ≈20.0
similar applications as well as joining difficult-to-weld Elongation
steels. Shielding gas CO2 or Ar+20%CO2. 32%
123 5 +20°C 42 J

E309MoLT0-1,
LR SS-CMn (C)
CO2
C
Si
0.03
0.4
Yield stress
526 MPa
1.2 150-250 25-32
1.6 200-350 26-34
Type Rutile E309MoLT0-4 RINa SG 309Mo Ar/ Mn 1.6
20CO2 Cr 23.0 Tensile strength
OK Tubrod 14.33 is a flux-cored, tubular wire produc-
ing weld metal of the 309+ MoL type composition. The
austenitic ferritic weld deposit has an exceptionally Mo 2.3
high resistance to hot cracking when welding dissimilar Elongation
steels. Such applications will include the welding of 34%
buffer layers for acid resistant clad steels and surfac-
ing. It is also ideally suited for the welding of mild and Charpy V
low-alloy steels to a wide range of stainless steels. Test temps Impact values
Shielding gas CO2 or Ar+20% CO2. +20°C 44 J
Welding current
DC(+)
123 5
75
76

composition % A V

E347T0-1,
C
Si
0.04
0.4
Yield stress
460 MPa
1.2 150-250 25-32
1.6 200-350 26-34
Type Rutile E347T0-4 Mn 1.6
OK Tubrod 14.34 is a flux-cored wire for the welding of
Ni 10.0 610 MPa
the 19Cr10Ni type niobium and titanium stabilized
stainless steels. Such steels are widely used in the Nb+Ta 0.8
chemical and process plant industries where resist- Elongation
ance to intergranular corrosion is required. These will 41%
include the 302, 304, 321 type steels as well as the
standard 347 type. Shielding gas CO2 or Ar+20% CO2. Charpy V
0°C 56 J
DC(+)
1 3 5

composition % A V

ER347Si
TÜV C
Si
0.04
0.8
Yield stress
440 MPa
0.8 50-140 16-22
1.0 80-190 16-24
An Nb-stabilized, 20%Cr, 10%Ni (“ER347Si”) elec- BS 2901 Mn 1.5 1.2 180-280 20-28
trode for the GMAW of stainless steel corresponding to 347S97 Cr 20.0 Tensile strength
AISI 347 and AISI 321. The weld metal has good DIN 8556 640 MPa 1.6 230-350 24-28
Ni 10.0
resistance to intergranular corrosion. OK Autrod 16.11 SGX5 CrNiNb 19 9 Nb 0.7
is usually welded with Ar/(1-3%)O2 as the shielding Werkstoff Nr. Elongation
Wire composition
gas. 1.4551 37%
Welding current
Charpy V
DC(+)
+20°C 110 J
-60°C 80 J

ER308LSi
DB
DnV
43.039.01
308L MS (-60°C)
C
Si
0.01
0.8
Yield stress
450 MPa
0.8 50-140 16-22
1.0 80-190 16-24
A stainless “ER308LSi” electrode for the GMAW of cor- BS 2901 TÜV Mn 1.8 1.2 180-280 20-28
rosion-resistant steel containing approximately 308S93 UDT Cr 20.0 Tensile strength
19Cr10Ni and austenitic corrosion-resistant steel such DIN 8556 620 MPa 1.6 230-350 24-28
Ni 10.0
as AISI 304, 304L. OK Autrod 16.12 is usually welded SGX2 CrNi 19 9 Wire composition
with Ar/(1-3%)O2 as the shielding gas. Werkstoff Nr. Elongation
DC(+) Charpy V
+20°C 110 J
-60°C 90 J
-196°C 60 J

ER318Si
TÜV
UDT
C
Si
0.04
0.8
Yield stress
460 MPa
0.8 50-140 16-22
1.0 80-190 16-24
An Nb-stabilized, stainless 19% Cr, 12% Ni, 3% Mo DIN 8556 Mn 1.3 1.2 180-280 20-28
(“ER318Si”) electrode for the GMAW of Ti- and Nb-sta- SGX5 Cr 19.0 Tensile strength
bilized stainless steel of the 18Cr12Ni3Mo type, such CrNiMoNb 19 12 615 MPa 1.6 230-350 24-28
Ni 12.0
as AISI 316Ti. OK Autrod 16.31 is usually welded with Werkstoff Nr. Mo 2.8
Ar/(1-3%)O2 as the shielding gas. 1.4576 Nb 0.7 Elongation
Welding current 35%
Wire composition
DC(+) Charpy V
+20°C 100 J
-60°C 70 J
77
78

composition % A V

ER316LSi
DB
DnV
43.039.05
316L MS
C
Si
0.02
0.8
Yield stress
440 MPa
0.8 50-140 16-22
1.0 80-190 16-24
A stainless “ER316LSi” electrode for the GMAW of cor- BS 2901 (-120°C) Mn 1.8 1.2 180-280 20-28
rosion-resistant steels of the 18Cr12Ni3Mo type and 316S93 TÜV Cr 18.5 Tensile strength
austenitic corrosion-resistant steels such as AISI 316 DIN 8556 UDT 620 MPa 1.6 230-350 24-28
Ni 12.0
and 316L. OK Autrod 16.32 is usually welded with Ar/ SGX2 Mo 2.7
(1-3%)O2 as the shielding gas. CrNiMo 19 12 Elongation
Wire composition
Werkstoff Nr. 37%
Welding current
1.4430
DC(+) Charpy V
+20°C 120 J
-60°C 95 J
-196°C 55 J

ER309Si
C
Si
0.1
0.8
Yield stress
440 MPa
0.8 50-140 16-22
1.0 80-190 16-24
A stainless, 24%Cr, 13%Ni (“ER309Si”) electrode for Mn 1.8 1.2 180-280 20-28
the GMAW of stainless steels of similar type used in Cr 24.0 Tensile strength
heat treatment equipment for example, and also for 620 MPa 1.6 230-350 24-28
Ni 13.0
welding steels which are difficult to weld, such as fer- Wire composition
ritic and martensitic 13%Cr steels. Can also be used Elongation
for joining dissimilar steels, mild steels to stainless. OK 36%
Autrod 16.52 is usually welded with Ar/(1-3%)O2 as the
shielding gas. Charpy V
DC(+) +20°C 100 J
-60°C 80 J
-110°C 60 J

ER309L
C
Si
0.01
0.4
Yield stress
440 MPa
0.8 50-140 16-22
1.0 80-190 16-24
A stainless, 24%Cr, 13% Ni (“ER309L”) electrode for BS 2901 Mn 1.8 1.2 180-280 20-28
the GMAW of similar alloys in wrought and cast forms. 309S92 Cr 24.0 Tensile strength
Also used for ordinary 18Cr8Ni steels where there are DIN 8556 600 MPa 1.6 230-350 24-28
Ni 13.0
severe corrosion conditions. Specially recommended SGX2 CrNi 24 12 Wire composition
for joining dissimilar steels such as 18Cr8Ni steels to Werkstoff Nr. Elongation
mild steel. OK Autrod 16.53 is usually welded with Ar/ 1.4332 41%
(1-3%)O2 as the shielding gas.
+20°C 160 J
-60°C 130 J
-110°C 90 J

composition % A V
OK Autrod 16.54 GMAW DIN 8556

SG-X8
RINa
TÜV
C
Si
<0.02
0.6
Yield stress
400 MPa
0.8 50-140 16-22
1.0 80-190 16-24
An over-alloyed, stainless, CrNiMo (“ER309MoL” type) CrNiMo 23 13 2 Mn 1.5
Werkstoff Nr. 1.2 180-280 20-28
electrode for the GMAW of stainless steels of the same Cr 22.0 Tensile strength
type and for joining stainless to mild or low-alloyed 1.4459 600 MPa 1.6 230-350 24-28
Ni 15.0
steels. OK Autrod 16.54 is usually welded with Ar/ Mo 2.6
(1-3%)O2 as the shielding gas. Elongation
Wire composition
Welding current 31%
DC(+) Charpy V
+20°C 110 J

ER385
TÜV C
Si
0.01
0.4
Yield stress
320 MPa
0.8 50-140 16-22
1.0 80-190 16-24
A fully austenitic, stainless, 20% Cr, 25% Ni, 4.5% Mo, DIN 8556 Mn 1.8 1.2 180-280 20-28
1.5% Cu electrode for the GMAW of steels of the same SGX2 Cr 20.0 Tensile strength
type. Deposits a weld metal with very good corrosion- CrNiMoCu20 25 540 MPa 1.6 230-350 24-28
Ni 25.0
resistance properties. OK Autrod 16.55 is usually Werkstoff Nr. Mo 4.5
welded with Ar/(1-3%)O2 as the shielding gas. 1.4519
Cu 1.5 Elongation
Welding current 37%
Wire composition
DC(+) Charpy V
+20°C 120 J

ER2209
GL
RINa
C
Si
<0.02
0.6
Yield stress
600 MPa
0.8 50-140 16-22
1.0 80-190 16-24
A corrosion-resistant, 23% Cr, 9% Ni, 3% Mo electrode BS 2901 TÜV Mn 1.6 1.2 180-280 20-28
for the GMAW of austenitic-ferritic duplex stainless 22.8.3S92 UDT Cr 23.0 Tensile strength
steels. OK Autrod 16.86 is usually welded with Ar/ DIN 8556 765 MPa 1.6 230-350 24-28
Ni 9.0
(1-3%)O2 as the shielding gas. SG X2 Mo 3.0
CrNiMoN 22 9 3 Elongation
Welding current N 0.15
28%
DC(+) Wire composition
Charpy V
+20°C 100 J
-20°C 85 J
-60°C 60 J
79
80

composition % A V

SGX15
DB
TÜV
43.039.10 C
Si
<0.2
1.0
Yield stress
450 MPa
0.8 50-140 16-22
1.0 80-190 16-24
An austenitic stainless, 18% Cr, 8% Ni, 7% Mn elec- CrNiMn 18 8 UDT Mn 6.5
Werkstoff Nr. 1.2 180-280 20-28
trode for the GMAW of dissimilar types of steel like 18- Cr 18.5 Tensile strength
8 steel to carbon steel and for joining steels which are 1.4370 640 MPa 1.6 230-350 24-28
Ni 8.5
difficult to weld. OK Autrod 16.95 is usually welded Wire composition
with Ar/(1-3%)O2 as the shielding gas. Elongation
Welding current 41%
DC(+) Charpy V
+20°C 130 J

ER308L
CO
DnV 308L MS (-60°C)
C
Si
<0.02
0.4
Yield stress
450 MPa
1.0 1000
1.2 1000
A stainless “ER308L” rod for the GTAW of corrosion- BS 2901 TÜV Mn 1.8 1.6 1000
resistant steels containing approximately 19Cr10Ni 308S92 UDT Cr 20.0 Tensile strength
and austenitic corrosion-resistant steels such as AISI DIN 8556 645 MPa 2.0 1000
Ni 10.0
301, 304, 304L. OK Tigrod 16.10 is normally welded SGX2 CrNi 19 9 2.4 1000
Wire composition
with pure Ar as the shielding gas. Werkstoff Nr. Elongation 3.2 1000
4.0 1000
DC(-)
Charpy V
+20°C 170 J
-196°C 90 J

ER347Si
TÜV
UDT
C
Si
0.04
0.8
Yield stress
440 MPa
1.2 1000
1.6 1000
An Nb-stabilized, 20%Cr, 10%Ni (“ER347Si”) rod for BS 2901 Mn 1.5 2.0 1000
the GTAW of stainless steel corresponding to AISI 347 347S97 Cr 20.0 Tensile strength
and AISI 321. The weld metal has good resistance to DIN 8556 640 MPa 2.4 1000
Ni 10.0
intergranular corrosion. OK Tigrod 16.11 is normally SGX5 CrNiNb 19 9 Nb 0.7 3.2 1000
welded with pure Ar as the shielding gas. Werkstoff Nr. Elongation
Wire composition 4.0 1000
DC(-) Charpy V
+20°C 90 J

composition % A V

ER316L
CO
DnV 316L MS (-60°C)
C
Si
0.01
0.4
Yield stress
470 MPa
1.2 1000
1.6 1000
A stainless “ER316L” rod for the GTAW of corrosion- BS 2901 TÜV Mn 1.8 2.0 1000
resistant steel containing approximately 18Cr12Ni3Mo, 316S92 UDT Cr 19.0 Tensile strength
austenitic corrosion-resistant and acid-resistant steels DIN 8556 650 MPa 2.4 1000
Ni 12.0
of the AISI 316L type. OK Tigrod 16.30 is normally SGX2 Mo 2.6 3.2 1000
welded with pure Ar as the shielding gas. CrNiMo 19 12 Elongation
Wire composition 4.0 1000
Werkstoff Nr. 32%
Welding current
1.4430
DC(-) Charpy V
+20°C 140 J
-60°C 120 J
-196°C 60 J

ER318Si
CO
TÜV
C
Si
0.07
0.8
Yield stress
460 MPa
1.2 1000
1.6 1000
An Nb-stabilized, stainless, 19% Cr, 12% Ni, 3% Mo DIN 8556 UDT Mn 1.3 2.0 1000
(“ER318Si”) rod for the GTAW of Ti and Nb-stabilized SGX5 Cr 19.0 Tensile strength
stainless steel of the 18Cr12Ni3Mo type, such as AISI CrNiMoNb 19 12 615 MPa 2.4 1000
Ni 12.0
316Ti. OK Tigrod 16.31 is normally welded with pure Werkstoff Nr. Mo 2.8 3.2 1000
Ar as the shielding gas. 1.4576
Nb 0.7 Elongation 4.0 1000
Welding current 35%
Wire composition
DC(-) Charpy V
+20°C 100 J

ER309L
C
Si
0.01
0.4
Yield stress
430 MPa
1.2 1000
1.6 1000
A stainless, 24%Cr, 13% Ni (“ER309L”) rod for the BS 2901 Mn 1.6 2.0 1000
GTAW of similar alloys in wrought and cast forms. Also 309S92 Cr 24.0 Tensile strength
used for ordinary 18Cr8Ni steels where there are DIN 8556 590 MPa 2.4 1000
Ni 13.0
severe corrosion conditions. Specially recommended SGX2 CrNi 24 12 3.2 1000
Wire composition
for joining dissimilar steels such as 18Cr8Ni steels to Werkstoff Nr. Elongation 4.0 1000
mild steel. OK Tigrod 16.53 is normally welded with 1.4332 40%
pure Ar as the shielding gas.
+20°C 160 J
-60°C 130 J
-110°C 90 J
81
82

composition % A V

ER385
TÜV C
Si
0.01
0.4
Yield stress
320 MPa
1.2 1000
1.6 1000
A fully austenitic, stainless, 20% Cr, 25% Ni, 4.5% Mo, DIN 8556 Mn 1.8 2.0 1000
1.5% Cu rod for the GTAW of steels of the same type. SGX2 Cr 20.0 Tensile strength
Deposits a weld metal with very good corrosion-resist- CrNiMoCu 20 25 540 MPa 2.4 1000
Ni 25.0
ance properties. OK Tigrod 16.55 is normally welded Werkstoff Nr. 3.2 1000
Mo 4.5
with pure Ar as the shielding gas. 1.4519 Elongation
Cu 1.5
Welding current 37%
Wire composition
DC(-) Charpy V
+20°C 120 J

ER2209
CO
UDT
C
Si
<0.02
0.5
Yield stress
600 MPa
1.6 1000
2.0 1000
A corrosion-resistant, 23% Cr, 9% Ni, 3% Mo rod for BS 2901 Mn 1.6 2.4 1000
the GTAW of austenitic-ferritic, duplex, stainless steels. 22.8.3S92 Cr 23.0 Tensile strength
OK Tigrod 16.86 is usually welded with pure Ar as the DIN 8556 765 MPa 3.2 1000
Ni 9.0
shielding gas. SG X2 Mo 3.0
CrNiMoN 22 8 Elongation
Welding current N 0.15
28%
DC(-) Wire composition
Charpy V
+20°C 100 J
-20°C 85 J
-60°C 60 J
OK Tigrod 16.88 GTAW DIN 8556

SGX2
TÜV C
Si
0.01
0.4
Yield stress
670 MPa
1.2 1000
1.6 1000
A corrosion-resistant, 25%Cr, 10%Ni, 4%Mo-low C rod CrNiMoN 25 10 Mn 0.4 2.0 1000
for the GTAW of austenitic-ferritic, super duplex, stain- Cr 25.0 Tensile strength
less steels. OK Tigrod 16.88 is normally welded with 850 MPa 2.4 1000
Ni 10.0
pure Ar as the shielding gas. Mo 4.0 3.2 1000
Welding current N 0.25 Elongation
30%
DC(-) Wire composition
Charpy V
+20°C 150 J
-40°C 115 J

composition % A V

SGX15
TÜV
UDT
C
Si
<0.2
1.0
Yield stress
450 MPa
1.2 1000
1.6 1000
An austenitic stainless, 18% Cr, 8% Ni, 7% Mn rod for CrNiMn 18 8 Mn 6.5
Werkstoff Nr. 2.0 1000
the GTAW of dissimilar types of steel like 18-8 steel to Cr 18.5 Tensile strength
carbon steel and for joining steels which are difficult to 1.4370 640 MPa 2.4 1000
Ni 8.5
weld. OK Tigrod 16.95 is normally welded with pure Ar 3.2 1000
Wire composition
as the shielding gas. Elongation
Welding current 41%
DC(-) Charpy V
+20°C 130 J

ER308L
C
Si
0.02
0.4
2.0
2.4
OK Autrod 16.10 is an extra-low carbon, stainless wire BS 5465 Mn 1.8 3.0
designed for submerged arc welding of austenitic 308 S 92 Cr 20.0
stainless steels, such as AISI 301, 304, 304L and DIN 8556 3.2
Ni 10.0
equivalent types of the 19Cr10Ni type. UPX2 CrNi19 9 Wire composition 4.0
OK Autrod 16.10 can be used in combination with OK Werkstoff Nr.
Flux 10.92 or OK Flux 10.93. 1.4316

ER347
C
Si
0.06
0.4
2.0
2.5
OK Autrod 16.11 is a Nb-stabilized, stainless wire suit- DIN 8556 Mn 1.3 3.0
able for submerged arc welding of austenitic stainless UPX5 CrNiNb 19 9 Cr 19.5
steels of 18Cr8Ni type, which are stabilized with Nb or Werkstoff Nr. 4.0
Ni 9.5
Ti. 1.4551 Nb 0.8
OK Autrod 16.11 can be used in combination with OK
Wire composition
Flux 10.92 or OK Flux 10.93.
83
84

composition % A V

ER316L
C
Si
0.02
0.4
2.0
2.5
OK Autrod 16.30 is an extra-low carbon, stainless wire BS 5465 Mn 1.8 3.0
for submerged arc welding of corrosion-resistant steels 316 S 92 Cr 19.0
of the 18Cr12Ni3Mo type, such as steels of the AISI DIN 8556 4.0
Ni 12.0
316 and 316L types or somewhat lower-alloyed types. UPX2 Mo 2.7
OK Autrod 16.30 can be used in combination with OK CrNiMo 19 12
Wire composition
Flux 10.92 or OK Flux 10.93. Werkstoff Nr.
1.4430

ER309 L
C
Si
0.02
0.4
2.4
3.0
OK Autrod 16.53 is a stainless steel, over-alloyed wire BS 5465 Mn 1.5 3.2
for submerged arc welding. Suitable for joining stain- 309 S 92 Cr 24.0
less steel to mild steel and for “buffer layers”. DIN 8556 4.0
Ni 13.0
OK Autrod 16.53 can be used in combination with OK UPX2 CrNi 24.12 Wire composition

ER2209
C
Si
0.02
0.4
2.4
3.0
OK Autrod 16.86 is a submerged arc welding wire of Werkstoff Nr. Mn 1.5 3.2
the 22Cr9Ni3Mo type with an extra-low carbon con- ≈1.4462 Cr 23.0
tent, for welding austenitic-ferritic duplex stainless 4.0
Ni 9.0
steels. Mo 3.0
OK Autrod 16.86 can be used in combination with OK N 0.15
Flux 10.93.
Wire composition

composition % A V
OK Autrod 16.88 SAW C

Si
0.02
0.4
2.5
3.0
OK Autrod 16.88 is a submerged arc wire of the Mn 0.4 4.0
25Cr10Ni4Mo type with extra-low carbon content for Cr 25.0
welding austenitic-ferritic, super-duplex stainless Ni 10.0
steels. Mo 4.0
OK Autrod 16.88 can be used in combination with OK N 0.25
Wire composition
OK Band 11.62 SAW AWS A5.9

EQ347
C
Si
0.02
0.3
OK Band 11.62 is a stainless strip for submerged arc DIN 8556 Mn 1.8
strip surfacing and together with OK Flux 10.05 it pro- UPX5 CrNiNb 19 9 Cr 19.5
duces a 347 type of weld deposit. The strip is normally Werkstoff Nr. Ni 10.0
supplied in 60x0.5 mm, but other widths are also avail- 1.4551 Nb 0.6
able on request.
Strip composition

EQ316L
C
Si
0.02
0.3
strip surfacing and together with OK Flux 10.05 it pro- UPX2 Cr 18.5
duces a 316L type of weld deposit. The strip is nor- CrNiMo 19 12 Ni 13.0
mally supplied in 60x0.5 mm, but other widths are also Werkstoff Nr. Mo 2.8
available on request. 1.4430
Strip composition
85
86

composition % A V

EQ309L
C
Si
0.02
0.3
strip surfacing and together with OK Flux 10.05 it pro- UPX2 CrNi 24 12 Cr 23.7
duces a 309L-type of weld deposit. The strip is nor- Werkstoff Nr. Ni 13.0
mally supplied in 60x0.5 mm, but other widths are also 1.4332 Strip composition
available on request.
OK Band 11.71 ESW AWS A5.9

(EQ309L)
C
Si
0.015
0.2
OK Band 11.71 is a stainless strip for single layer elec- Werkstoff Nr. Mn 1.8
troslag strip surfacing. Together with OK Flux 10.10 it (1.4332) Cr 22.0
produces a 308L type of weld deposit. The strip is nor- Ni 11.0
mally supplied in 60x0.5 mm, but other widths are also Strip composition

(EQ309LNb)
C
Si
0.015
0.2
produces a 347 type of weld deposit. The strip is nor- Ni 11.0
mally supplied in 60x0.5 mm, but other widths are also Nb 0.6
Strip composition

composition % A V

(EQ309LMo)
C
Si
0.015
0.2
produces a 316L type of weld deposit. The strip is nor- Ni 13.0
mally supplied in 60x0.5 mm, but other widths are also Mo 3.0
Strip composition
87
88

OK Flux 10.05 SAW OK Band 11.62 0.02

Nb
0.7 1.1 19.2 10.3 0.1
0.35
Type Basic OK Band 11.63 0.02 0.7 1.1 17.5 13.0 2.8
OK Flux 10.05 is an agglomerated flux for OK Band 11.65 0.02 0.7 1.2 22.0 13.0 0.05
submerged arc strip cladding. It is recom-
mended for cladding with Cr, CrNi and Cr-
NiMo types of stainless strips. The slag
removal and overlapping with this flux are
excellent.
Basicity index 1.1
Classifications
EN 760 SA Z 2 DC
OK Flux 10.10 ESW OK Band 11.71 0.02 0.5 1.2 20.0 11.0 -
OK Band 11.72 0.02 0.5 1.3 20.0 11.0 -
Type Basic Nb 0.4
OK Flux 10.10 is an agglomerated flux, OK Band 11.73 0.02 0.5 1.3 19.0 13.0 3.0
designed for electroslag strip surfacing. This
flux is particular suitable for strip surfacing
with stainless strips of the Cr, CrNi and Cr-
NiMo types, with or without Nb-stabilization.
The weldability, bead appearance and slag
removal of OK Flux 10.10 are excellent.
Basicity index 4.0
Classifications
DIN 32522 BFB 6 63356 DC 17 B 1-16
Product Wire/Strip Approvals Typical all weld Typical properties all weld metal

OK Flux 10.92 SAW OK Autrod 16.10 • • 0.03 0.9 1.0 20.0 10 0.5 365 580 -60
-196
60
50
Type Neutral OK Autrod 16.11 • 0.04 0.75 0.9 19.8 9.7 - 470 640 -60 55
OK Flux 10.92 is an agglomerated Cr alloy- Nb 0.5 -110 40
ing flux which is designed for butt welding of OK Autrod 16.30 316 L • • 0.02 0.8 1.0 19.0 12.0 2.7 385 590 -70 55
stainless steels. It can also be used for strip TM
cladding with austenitic stainless welding
strips. The chromium alloying effect of OK OK Autrod 16.53 SS/CMn 0.02 0.8 1.1 24.0 13.0 - 410 575 -20 50
Flux 10.92 compensates for Cr losses in the OK Autrod 16.86 0.02 0.8 0.9 22.0 8.5 3.0 600 740 +20 32
arc during welding. N 0.08
Basicity index 1.0
Classifications
EN 760 SA CS 2 Cr DC
OK Flux 10.93 SAW OK Autrod 16.10 • 0.03 0.6 1.4 20.0 10.0 0.75 400 560 +20
-40
100
75
Type Basic -60 65
OK Flux 10.93 is a basic non-alloying -110 55
agglomerated flux for submerged arc butt -196 40
welding of stainless steels, high-alloyed OK Autrod 16.11 0.03 0.5 1.1 19.2 9.6 - 455 635 -60 85
CrNi, CrNiMo steels and especially Duplex Nb 0.5 -110 60
stainless steels. -196 30
Density ≈1.0 kg/dm3 OK Autrod 16.30 • 0.03 0.6 1.4 18.5 11.5 2.5 390 565 +20 100
Basicity index 1.7 -40 95
-60 90
Classifications -110 75
EN 760 SA AF 2 DC -196 40
OK Autrod 16.53 0.03 0.6 1.5 24.0 12.5 0.5 430 570 +20 90
-60 70
-110 60
-196 35
OK Autrod 16.86 • 0.03 0.8 1.3 22.0 9.0 2.8 630 780 +20 140
N 0.15 -20 125
-40 110
-60 80
89
90
Aluminium alloys
composition % A V

E1100
Al 99.0 2.5 350 50-70 24
3.2 350 70-90 24
Type Alkali salt DIN 1732
4.0 350 90-120 24
EL-Al99.5
OK 96.10 is an electrode for welding pure aluminium
and wrought aluminium alloys.
Welding current
DC+
12

EL-AlMn1
Al
Mn
98.7
1.2
2.5 350 50-70 24
3.2 350 70-90 24
Type Alkali salt 4.0 350 90-120 24
OK 96.20 is an electrode for welding rolled, weldable
aluminium alloys, such as aluminium-magnesium and
aluminium-manganese alloys.
Welding current
DC+
1234

EL-AlSi12
Al
Si
88
12
2.5 350 50-70 24
3.2 350 70-90 24
Type Alkali salt 4.0 350 90-120 24
An electrode for welding cast aluminium alloys. Also
suitable for welding rolled aluminium alloys or joining
them to cast items.
Welding current
DC+
1234
Aluminium alloys
composition % A V

ER1100
Si
Mn
<0.2
0.03
Yield stress
35 MPa
0.8 60-120 20-24
1.0 90-180 22-26
A pure aluminium, Al99.5, electrode for the GMAW of BS 2901 Zn 0.03 1.2 120-200 22-28
unalloyed aluminium. OK Autrod 18.01 is usually 1050A Fe 0.4 Tensile strength
DIN 1732 1.6 150-280 24-30
welded with pure Ar as the shielding gas. Al ≥99.5 75 MPa
SG-Al99.5 2.4 250-370 26-32
Welding current SS
Wire composition
Elongation
DC(+) 144017 33%

ER4043
DB 61.039.05 Si
Mn
5.0
0.02
Yield stress
55 MPa
0.8 80-120 20-24
1.0 90-180 22-26
A silicon-alloyed aluminium electrode, type AlSi5, for BS 2901 Zn 0.05 1.2 130-220 22-28
the GMAW of AISi and AlMgSi alloys containing up to 4043A Fe 0.2 Tensile strength
7% Si. OK Autrod 18.04 is usually welded with pure Ar DIN 1732 165 MPa 1.6 170-320 24-30
Al bal.
as the shielding gas. SG-AlSi5 Wire composition 2.4 270-380 26-30
SS Elongation
Welding current
144225 18%
DC(+)

SG-Al99.5Ti
TÜV
UDT
Si
Mn
<0.2
0.03
Yield stress
40 MPa
0.8 60-120 20-24
1.0 90-180 22-26
A pure aluminium Al99.5Ti electrode for the GMAW of Werkstoff Nr. Ti 0.15 1.2 120-200 22-28
unalloyed aluminium. The small titanium addition 3.0805 Zn 0.03 Tensile strength
reduces crack sensitivity. OK Autrod 18.11 is usually 90 MPa 1.6 150-280 24-30
Fe <0.4
welded with pure Ar as the shielding gas. Al+Ti ≥99.5 2.4 250-370 26-32
Welding current Elongation
Wire composition
35%
DC(+)
91
92
Aluminium alloys
composition % A V

SG-AlMg3
TÜV
UDT
Si
Zn
<0.2
<0.1
Yield stress
110 MPa
0.8 80-120 20-24
1.0 90-180 22-26
A magnesium-alloyed, AlMg3 electrode for the GMAW Werkstoff Nr. Mg 3.0 1.2 130-200 22-28
of aluminium alloys with up to 3% magnesium. OK 3.3536 Fe <0.2 Tensile strength
Autrod 18.13 is usually welded with pure Ar as the 230 MPa 1.6 170-300 24-30
Al bal.
shielding gas. 2.4 270-380 26-32
Wire composition
23%
DC (+)

ER5356
ABS
BV
Si
Mn
<0.2
0.15
Yield stress
120 MPa
0.8 80-120 20-24
1.0 90-180 22-26
A magnesium-alloyed, AlMg5 electrode for the GMAW BS 2901 DB 61.039.01 Mg 5.0 1.2 130-200 22-28
of sea-water corrosion-resistant AlMg alloys with up to 5356 DnV AlMg5 (5056) Fe <0.2 Tensile strength
5% Mg. More crack-resistant than AlMg alloys which DIN 1732 265 MPa 1.6 170-300 24-30
TÜV Al bal.
have a lower Mg content. OK Autrod 18.15 is usually SG-AlMg5 UDT 2.4 250-370 26-32
Wire composition
welded with pure Ar as the shielding gas. Elongation
Welding current 26%
DC(+)

ER5183
DB
DnV
61.039.03
AlMg4.5Mn
Si
Mn
<0.2
0.6
Yield stress
140 MPa
0.8 80-120 20-24
1.0 90-180 22-26
A magnesium- and manganese-alloyed AlMg4.5Mn BS 2901 (5083) (Ar) Mg 4.8 1.2 130-200 22-28
electrode for the GMAW of alloys with the same com- 5183 LR (Ar/He) Fe <0.2 Tensile strength
position. This wire produces better strength to the base DIN 1732 TÜV 290 MPa 1.6 170-300 24-30
Al bal.
metal than a wire of the AlMg5 type. OK Autrod 18.16 SG-AlMg4.5Mn UDT 2.4 250-370 26-32
Wire composition
is usually welded with pure Ar as the shielding gas. Werkstoff Nr. Elongation
DC(+) Charpy V
+20°C 30 J
Aluminium alloys
composition % A V

ER1100
Si
Mn
<0.2
0.03
Yield stress
35 MPa
1.6 1000
2.0 1000
A pure aluminium, Al99.5 rod for the GTAW of unal- BS 2901 Zn 0.03 2.4 1000
loyed aluminium. OK Tigrod 18.01 is normally welded 1050A Fe <0.4 Tensile strength
DIN 1732 3.2 1000
with pure Ar as the shielding gas. Al ≥99.5 75 MPa
SG-Al99.5 4.0 1000
Welding current SS
Wire composition
Elongation 5.0 1000
AC 144017 33%

ER4043
DB 61.039.06 Si
Mn
5.0
0.02
Yield stress
55 MPa
1.6 1000
2.0 1000
A silicon-alloyed aluminium rod, type AlSi5, for the BS 2901 Zn 0.05 2.4 1000
GTAW of AlSi and AlMgSi alloys containing up to 7% 4043A Fe 0.2 Tensile strength
Si. OK Tigrod 18.04 is usually welded with pure Ar as DIN 1732 165 MPa 3.2 1000
Al bal.
the shielding gas. SG-AlSi5 Wire composition 4.0 1000
SS Elongation
Welding current 5.0 1000
144225 18%
AC

ER4047
Si
Mn
12.0
<0.1
Yield stress
80 MPa
1.6 1000
2.0 1000
A silicon-alloyed aluminium rod, type AlSi12, for the BS 2901 Zn 0.05 2.4 1000
GTAW of AlSi and AlMgSi cast alloys containing more 4047A Fe <0.2 Tensile strength
than 7% Si. OK Tigrod 18.05 is normally welded with DIN 1732 170 MPa 3.2 1000
Al bal.
pure Ar as the shielding gas. SG-AlSi12 4.0 1000
Wire composition
SS Elongation
Welding current 5.0 1000
144262 12%
AC
93
94
Aluminium alloys
composition % A V

SG-Al99.5Ti
TÜV
UDT
Si
Mn
<0.2
0.03
Yield stress
40 MPa
1.6 1000
2.0 1000
A pure aluminium Al99.5Ti rod for the GTAW of unal- Werkstoff Nr. Ti 0.15 2.4 1000
loyed aluminium. The small titanium addition reduces 3.0805 Zn 0.03 Tensile strength
crack sensitivity. OK Tigrod 18.11 is normally welded 90 MPa 3.2 1000
Fe <0.4
with pure Ar as the shielding gas. Al+Ti ≥99.5 4.0 1000
Wire composition
35%
AC

ER5356
DB
DnV
61.039.02
AlMg5 (5056)
Si
Mn
<0.2
0.15
Yield stress
120 MPa
1.6 1000
2.0 1000
A magnesium-alloyed, AlMg5 rod for the GTAW of sea- BS 2901 TÜV Mg 5.0 2.4 1000
water, corrosion-resistant, AlMg alloys with up to 5% 5356 UDT Fe <0.2 Tensile strength
Mg. More crack-resistant than AlMg alloys which have DIN 1732 265 MPa 3.2 1000
Al bal.
a lower Mg content. OK Tigrod 18.15 is normally SG-AlMg5 4.0 1000
Wire composition
welded with pure Ar as the shielding gas. Elongation 5.0 1000
Welding current 26%
AC

ER5183
DB
DnV
61.039.04
AlMg4.5Mn
Si
Mn
<0.2
0.6
Yield stress
140 MPa
1.6 1000
2.0 1000
A magnesium- and manganese-alloyed AlMg4.5Mn BS 2901 (5083) Mg 4.8 2.4 1000
rod for the GTAW of alloys with the same composition. 5183 TÜV Fe <0.2 Tensile strength
This rod produces better strength to the base metal DIN 1732 UDT 290 MPa 3.2 1000
Al bal.
than a rod of the AlMg5 type. OK Tigrod 18.16 is nor- SG-AlMg4.5Mn 4.0 1000
Wire composition
mally welded with pure Ar as the shielding gas. Werkstoff Nr. Elongation
AC Charpy V
+20°C 35 J
Nickel-based alloys
composition % A V
OK 92.26 SMAW AWS A5.11-90

ENiCrFe-3
ABS ENiCrFe-3 CVN
50J at -196°C
C
Si
<0.1
0.6
Yield stress
410 MPa
2.5 300 45-70 22
3.2 350 70-105 23
Type Basic DIN 1736 Mn 6.0 4.0 350 90-130 24
EL-NiCr15FeMn Cr 16.0 Tensile strength
A nickel-based electrode for welding nickel alloys such 5.0 350 120-170 25
as Inconel 600 and similar Inconel alloys, cryogenic
2.4620 Nb 2.0
steels, martensitic to austenitic steels, dissimilar
steels, heat-resistant steels, castings of limited welda- Fe 6.0 Elongation
bility and so on. 40%
1234 6 +20°C 100 J

-196°C 80 J

E23-UM-250-CKT
C
Si
0.06
0.7
Yield stress
515 MPa
2.5 300 65-110 18
3.2 350 110-150 18
Type Rutile-basic Mn 0.7 4.0 350 160-200 20
Mo 16.5 Tensile strength
OK 92.35 is a nickel-based, super-alloy electrode of 5.0 350 190-250 20
Cr 15.5 750 MPa
the NiCrMoW type. OK 92.35 deposits an extremely
tough work hardening weld metal, resistant to attacks W 3.8
by the most used acids. The weld metal is also resist- Fe 5.5 Elongation
ant to high temperatures. Ni 57.0 17%
Welding current
DC(+), AC OCV 70 V
12
OK 92.45 SMAW AWS A5.11-90

ENiCrMo-3
TÜV C
Si
0.03
0.4
Yield stress
480 MPa
2.5 265 50-80 23
2.5 300 50-80 23
Type Basic DIN 1736 (1985) Mn 0.4 3.2 350 70-110 25
EL-NiCr20 Mo9 Nb Cr 22.0 Tensile strength
OK 92.45 is a NiCrMoNb-based electrode for welding 4.0 350 100-140 27
nickel alloys of the same or similar type like Inconel
2.4621 Mo 9.5
625, for example, and for welding 5Ni and 9Ni steel.
OK 92.45 is also suitable for welding UNS S31254 Nb 3.3 Elongation
steel. Fe 3.0 40%
1234 6 +20°C 70 J
-196°C 50 J
95
96
Nickel-based alloys
composition % A V

ENiCrMo-6
ABS AWS A5.11,
ENiCrMo-6
C
Si
<0.08
0.7
Yield stress
450 MPa
2.5 300 80-120 20
3.2 350 100-150 21
Type Basic Mn 3.0 4.0 350 120-180 22
OK 92.55 is an all-positional, basic coated electrode 5.0 350 160-240 23
Ni 70.0 710 MPa
which deposits a NiCr-based alloy with additions of
Mo, W and Nb. The electrode is specifically designed Mo 6.5
for welding of 9Ni steels for cryogenic applications Nb 1.3 Elongation
down to -196°C. W 1.5 40%
Welding current Fe 4.0
Charpy V
DC+(-), AC OCV 70 V Test temps Impact values
1234 6 +20°C 95 J
-60°C 90 J
-196°C 80 J

ERNiCrMo-3
UDT C
Cr
≤0.03
22.0
Yield stress
500 MPa
0.8 70-190 20-27
1.0 100-200 21-27
A nickel-based, corrosion- and heat-resistant, 22% Cr, DIN 1736 Mo 9.0 1.2 160-280 24-30
9% Mo, 3.5% Nb electrode for the GMAW of high- SG-NiCr21Mo9Nb Fe 1.5 Tensile strength
alloyed steel, heat-resistant steel, corrosion-resistant Werkstoff Nr. 800 MPa 1.6 200-350 25-32
Nb+Ta 3.5
steel, 9% Ni steels and similar steel with high notch 2.4831 Ni bal.
toughness at low temperatures. Also for joining dissim- Elongation
Wire composition
ilar metals of the types mentioned. OK Autrod 19.82 is 38%
usually welded with pure Ar as the shielding gas.
+20°C 130 J
-105°C 120 J
-196°C 110 J

ERNiCr-3
UDT C ≤0.05
Nb+Ta 2.5
Yield stress
425 MPa
0.8 70-190 20-27
1.0 100-200 21-27
A nickel-based, corrosion- and heat-resistant, 20% Cr, DIN 1736 Mn 3.0 1.2 160-280 24-30
3% Mo, 2.5% Nb electrode for the GMAW of high- SG-NiCr20Nb Cr 20.0 Tensile strength
alloyed steel, heat-resistant steel, corrosion-resistant Werkstoff Nr. 700 MPa 1.6 200-350 25-32
Ni bal.
steel, 9% Ni and similar steels with high notch tough- 2.4806 Wire composition
ness at low temperatures. Also for joining dissimilar Elongation
metals of the type mentioned. OK Autrod 19.85 is usu- 44%
ally welded with pure Ar as the shielding gas.
+20°C 150 J
-196°C 145 J
Nickel-based alloys
composition % A V

ERNiCrMo-3
UDT C
Cr
≤0.03
22.0
Yield stress
550 MPa
1.6 1000
2.0 1000
A nickel-based, corrosion- and heat-resistant, 22% Cr, DIN 1736 Mo 9.0 2.4 1000
9% Mo, 3.5% Nb rod for the GTAW of high-alloyed SG-NiCr21Mo9Nb Fe 1.5 Tensile strength
steel, heat-resistant steel, corrosion-resistant steel, Werkstoff Nr. Nb+Ta 3.5 820 MPa
9% Ni steels and similar steel with high notch tough- 2.4831 Ni ≥60.0
Wire composition
metals of the types mentioned. OK Tigrod 19.82 is nor- 35%
mally welded with pure Ar as the shielding gas.
+20°C 130 J
-105°C 120 J
-196°C 110 J

ERNiCr-3
UDT C
Mn
≤0.05
3.0
Yield stress
425 MPa
1.6 1000
2.0 1000
A nickel-based, corrosion- and heat-resistant, 20% Cr, DIN 1736 Cr 20.0 2.4 1000
3% Mn, 2.5% Nb rod for the GTAW of high-alloyed SG-NiCr20Nb Nb+Ta 2.5 Tensile strength
steel, heat-resistant steel, corrosion-resistant steel, Werkstoff Nr. Ni ≥67.0 700 MPa
9% Ni steels and similar steels with high notch tough- 2.4806 Wire composition
metals of the types mentioned. OK Tigrod 19.85 is 44%
usually welded with pure Ar as the shielding gas.
+20°C 150 J
-196°C 145 J
OK Autrod 19.81 SAW DIN 1736

UP NiCr23Mo16
C
Si
0.01
0.1
2.4
OK Autrod 19.81 is a Nb-free, Ni-Cr-Mo wire for weld- Mn 0.5

ing high-alloyed steels of the 20Cr25Ni4-6Mo type and Cr 23
nickel-based alloys of a similar type. The wire can also Mo 15
be used for welding these steels with dissimilar steels. Ni bal.
The weld metal has very good corrosion resistance in
Wire composition
both oxidizing and reducing media.
97
98
Nickel-based alloys
composition % A V

ERNiCrMo-3
C
Si
≤0.03
0.2
1.6
2.0
OK Autrod 19.82 is a corrosion- and heat-resistant, DIN 1736 Mn 0.5 2.4
nickel-chromium wire for submerged arc welding of UP-NiCr21Mo9Nb Cr 22.0
high-alloyed steel, heat-resistant steel, corrosion- Mo 9.0
resistant steel, 9Ni steels and similar steel with high Nb+Ta 4.0
notch toughness at low temperatures. Fe 2.0
OK Autrod 19.82 can be combined with OK Flux 10.16.
Ni bal.
Wire composition

ERNiCr-3
C
Si
≤0.05
0.5
1.6
2.0
OK Autrod 19.85 is a corrosion- and heat-resistant, DIN 1736 Mn 3.0 2.4
nickel-chromium wire for submerged arc welding of UP NiCr20Nb Cr 20.0
high-alloyed steel, heat-resistant steel, corrosion- Mo 2.0
resistant steel, 9Ni steels and similar steel with high Nb+Ta 2.0
notch toughness at low temperatures. Fe 1.0
OK Autrod 19.85 can be combined with OK Flux 10.16.
Ni bal.
Wire composition

ERNiCrMo-3
C
Si
0.02
0.02
OK Band 11.92 is a nickel-based strip for submerged DIN 1736 Mn 0.5
arc strip cladding. Together with OK Flux 10.16 it pro- UPNiCr21Mo9Nb Cr 22
duces a weld overlay with good corrosion resistance Werkstoff Nr. Ni bal.
and high temperature properties. 2.4831 Mo 9
Nb 3.9
Ti 0.4
Strip composition
Product Wire/Strip Approvals Typical all weld Typical properties all weld metal
Nickel-based alloys
OK Flux 10.16 SAW OK Autrod 19.81 0.02 0.2 0.7 18.0 bal. 17.0 490 730 +20
-60
80
75
OK Flux 10.16 is an agglomerated, all-min- OK Autrod 19.82 0.01 0.3 0.3 21.0 bal. 9.0 425 700 -140 100
eral, non-alloying flux for submerged arc Nb 3.5 Fe 2.0 -196 80
welding. OK Flux 10.16 is specially OK Autrod 19.85 0.01 0.3 3.2 19.0 bal. 2.0 360 600 +20 140
designed for butt welding with nickel-based Nb 2.3 Fe 1.0 -196 100
alloy wire, and cladding with nickel-based
alloy strips. The well-balanced flux composi- OK Band 11.92 0.02 0.2 1.2 21 bal. 9
tion minimizes silicone transfer from the flux Nb 3.9
to the welding metal, and thus minimizes
risk of hot cracking when welding with
nickel-based alloys. OK Flux 10.16 can only
be used on DC.
Basicity index 2.4
Classifications
EN 760 SA AF 2 DC
99
100

composition % A V

EL-CuSn7
Mn
Sn
0.4
7.0
Yield stress
235 MPa
2.5 350 60-90 22
3.2 350 90-125 24
Type Basic Werkstoff Nr. Cu 92.0 4.0 350 125-170 25
2.1025 Tensile strength
A tin-bronze electrode for welding Cu and its alloys, 5.0 350 170-230 25
330-390 MPa
preferably tin-bronzes. Also suitable for cladding steels
and for minor repair work in cast iron.
Elongation
Welding current 25%
DC(+)
1234

ECuSi-C
Si
Mn
3.0
1.0
2.5 350 55-95 25
3.2 350 85-130 28
Type Basic DIN 1733 Cu 92.0 4.0 350 110-165 28
EL-CuSi3
OK 94.55 is a copper-silicon (silicon-bronze) electrode. 5.0 350 150-220 28
Werkstoff Nr.
For corrosion- and wear-resistant cladding on steel
2.1461
and bronze and for welding copper and copper alloys.
Welding current
DC(+)
1234
OK Autrod 19.12 GMAW (A944)12lSBT0 -8lSBm
A copper electrode for the GMAW of pure and low-

alloyed copper. OK Autrod 19.12 is usually welded with
pure Ar as the shielding gas.
Welding current
DC(+)
Copper-based alloys
composition % A V

ERCuSi-A
Si
Mn
3.0
1.0
Yield stress
160 MPa
0.8
1.0
A copper, 3% silicon-alloyed electrode for the GMAW BS 2901 Cu bal. 1.2
of copper-silicon and copper-zinc base metals and C9 Wire composition Tensile strength
similar. Can also be used for hardfacing ferritic-perlitic DIN 1733 300 MPa 1.6
steels. OK Autrod 19.30 is usually welded with pure Ar SG-CuSi3
as the shielding gas. Werkstoff Nr. Elongation
DC(+) Charpy U
+20°C 25 J

ERCuAl-A1
Mn
Al
0.4
7.9
Yield stress
175 MPa
0.8
1.0
An aluminium-bronze (CuAl8) electrode for the GMAW BS 2901 Ni 0.2
1.2
of rolled and cast aluminium-bronze alloys. The alloy is C28 Cu bal. Tensile strength
noted for its high strength, good wear resistance and DIN 1733 420 MPa 1.6
Wire composition
very good corrosion resistance, particulary in salt SG-CuAl8
water. OK Autrod 19.40 is usually welded with pure Ar Werkstoff Nr. Charpy U
as the shielding gas. 2.0921 Test temps Impact values
DC(+) -20°C 70 J
101
102
Cast iron
composition % A V

ENi-CI
C
Si
1.0
0.6
Yield stress
100 MPa
2.5 300 55-110 20
3.2 350 80-140 20
Type Basic DIN 8573 Mn 0.8 4.0 350 100-190 21
E Ni-BG 11 Fe 4.0 Tensile strength
A nickel-cored electrode for welding normal grades of 5.0 350 150-260 22
Ni 94.0 300 MPa
cast iron. The weld metal is soft and easily machina-
ble. Deposition is performed on cold or slightly pre-
heated material. Elongation
The electrode is suitable for joining cast iron for the 12%
rectification of casting and the repair of broken parts.
Welding current
DC(+-), AC OCV 50 V
123456

ENiFe-CI
C
Si
1.7
0.7
Yield stress
300 MPa
2.5 300 55-75 21
3.2 350 75-100 23
Type Basic-special DIN 8573 Mn 0.6 4.0 350 85-160 24
E NiFe-1-BG 11 Fe 46.0 Tensile strength
A nickel-iron-cored electrode for joining normal grades 5.0 350 130-225 24
Ni 50.0 375 MPa
of cast iron, such as grey, ductile and malleable irons.
It is also suitable for the rectification and repair of
these grades and for joining them to steel. Deposition Elongation
is performed on cold or slightly preheated cast iron. 12%
The weld metal is stronger and more resistant to impo-
rities than the nickel-cored type.
Welding current
DC(+-), AC OCV 50 V
123456

ENiFe-CI
C
Si
1.0
0.6
Yield stress
380 MPa
2.5 300 60-100 22
3.2 350 80-150 23
Type Basic DIN 8573 Mn 0.7 4.0 350 100-200 23
E NiFe-1-BG 11 Fe 44.0 Tensile strength
An electrode of the nickel-iron type for welding normal 5.0 350 150-250 23
Ni 52.0 560 MPa
grades of cast iron and for joining them to steel.
The electrode has very good current-carrying capacity. Al 0.3
The electrode produces a weld metal stronger and Nb 0.2 Elongation
more resistant to solidification cracking than that of the >15%
nickel electrode type.
Welding current
DC(+), AC OCV 45 V
123456
Cast iron
composition % A V
OK Tubrodur 15.66 FCAW AWS

ENiFe-CI
C
Si
1.0
0.6
Tensile strength
500 MPa
1.2 220-250 28-30
Type Rutile (Chemistry) Mn 0.4

DIN 8573 Ni 50.0 Elongation
OK Tubrodur 15.66 is a flux-cored, tubular wire for the MF NiFe-1 Fe bal. 12%
welding of cast iron. The weld metal is of a nickel iron
composition to maximize flexibility not only for welding
cast iron itself, but also to steel and a wide range of
other ferrous and non-ferrous materials. Shielding gas:
Ar + 2% O2.
Welding current
DC(+)
1 3
103
104
Dissimilar materials
composition % A V

(E307-15)
ABS
TÜV
Stainless C
Si
0.1
0.5
Yield stress
430 MPa
2.0 300 35-60 23
2.5 300 50-80 23
Type Basic DIN 8556 (1986) Mn 6.0 3.2 350 70-100 24
E 18 8 Mn 6 B 20+ Cr 18.5 Tensile strength
OK 67.45 is an 18-8-6Mn-austenitic, stainless steel 4.0 350 100-140 24
EN 1600 Ni 8.5 620 MPa
electrode for welding dissimilar steels, 13Mn steels
E 18 8 Mn B 42 5.0 350 150-200 25
with reduced weldability and for cladding carbon
ISO 3581 Elongation
steels. Can also be used as a buffer layer prior to hard
surfacing. E 18.8 Mn B 40%
NEN-ISO 3581
Welding current E 18.8 Mn B Charpy V
EZ 18.8 Mn B 20
1234 6 +20°C 70 J

(E307-25)
C
Si
0.1
1.0
Yield stress
420 MPa
2.5 350 90-115 25
3.2 450 120-165 34
Type Zirconium-basic DIN 8556 (1986) Mn 7.0 4.0 450 150-240 40
E 18 8 Mn B36 160 Cr 18.0 Tensile strength
OK 67.52 is a synthetic, high-recovery electrode of the 5.0 450 200-340 48
EN 1600 Ni 9.0 630 MPa
18Cr8Ni6Mn type for welding dissimilar steels, 13Mn
E 18 8 Mn B83
steels, steels with reduced weldability and for cladding
ISO Elongation
carbon steels.
E 18.8 Mn BX 45%
Welding current NEN-ISO 3581
DC(+), AC OCV 70 V E 18.8 Mn BX Charpy V
1234 +20°C 70 J

E309L-17
CO
SFS E 23.12
C
Si
<0.03
0.8
Yield stress
470 MPa
2.0 300 30-60 27
2.5 300 50-90 28
23.12.L AR Cr 24.0 Tensile strength
OK 67.60 is an over-alloyed stainless electrode for 3.2 350 90-120 29
DIN 8556 (1986) Ni 13.0 590 MPa
welding stainless to mild steel and low-alloy steel, for
E 23 12 L R 23 4.0 350 130-180 31
surfacing of mild steel and for welding the root runs in
clad steel. The electrode has excellent weldability in all 4.0 450 130-180 31
positions except vertical down, on as well AC as DC. 1.4332 32%
EN 1600 5.0 350 160-240 32
Welding current E 23 12 L R 32 Charpy V 5.0 450 160-240 32
DC(+) AC OCV 55 V ISO 3581 Test temps Impact values
E 23.12 L R
1234 6 +20°C 50 J
-10°C 40 J
composition % A V

E309MoL-17
CO
CWB E309MoL-16
C
Si
<0.03
0.8
Yield stress
500 MPa
2.0 300 30-60 27
2.5 300 50-90 28
Type Rutile-acid BS 2926 DB 30.039.05 Mn 0.8
3.2 350 90-120 29
23.12.2 AR DnV 309 Mo Cr 23.0 Tensile strength
OK 67.70 is an over-alloyed, stainless steel electrode 4.0 350 130-180 30
CSA 48.2 M1980 LR SS/CMn, 316L, Ni 13.0 620 MPa
for use as a buffer layer in welding acid-resistant clad
E309MoL-16 316LN Mo 2.7 4.0 450 130-180 30
steels and stainless steels to other types of steel. OK
DIN 8556 (1986) RINa E 309Mo Elongation
67.70 has outstanding welding properties on both AC 5.0 350 160-240 32
and DC. The electrode can be used in all positions E23 13 2 L R 23 SFS E 23.12.2 35%
Werkstoff Nr. 5.0 450 160-240 32
except vertical down. SS 14 33 17
1.4459 TÜV Charpy V
Welding current EN 1600 Test temps Impact values
DC(+), AC OCV 55 V E 23 12 3 L R 32 +20°C 60 J
ISO 3581
1234 6 E 23.12.2 R
-60°C 30 J
UNI 8098
E X23 12 L M 2 R 6

E312-17
C
Si
0.12
0.7
Yield stress
610 MPa
2.0 300 35-60 22
2.5 300 50-85 24
DIN 8556 Ni 9.5 790 MPa
ferritic-austenitic duplex weld metal with approx. 40%
E 29 9 R 23 5.0 350 150-240 28
ferrite. Resistant to stress corrosion and highly insensi-
tive to dilution. Good scaling resistance up to 1150°C.
OK 68.81 is used for joining dissimilar steels, steels 1.4337 25%
with reduced weldability and buffer layers prior to hard- EN 1600
facing. Applications: rolls, forging dies, hot-work tools, E 29 9 R 32 Charpy V
dies for plastics and so on. ISO 3581 Test temps Impact values
E 29.9 R +20°C 30 J
Welding current
DC(+), AC OCV 60 V
1234 6
(E312-17)
C
Si
<0.15
1.0
Yield stress
500 MPa
2.0 300 30-60 26
2.5 300 60-90 25
DIN 8556 Ni 10.0 750 MPa
ferritic-austenitic duplex weld metal with approx. 30-
E 29 9 R 23 5.0 350 140-230 30
35% ferrite. Resistant to stress corrosion and highly
insensitive to dilution. Good scaling resistance up to
1150°C. OK 68.82 is used for joining steels with 1.4337 25%
reduced weldability and buffer layers prior to hard sur- EN 1600
facing, dissimilar steels, rolls, alforging dies, hot-work E 29 9 R 12 Charpy V
tools, dies for plastic and so on. ISO 3581
E 29.9 R
NFA 81-343
DC(+), AC OCV 55 V EZ 29.9
UNI 8098
1234 6 E X29 9M 2 R 6
105
106
composition % A V
OK Tubrodur 14.71 FCAW DIN 8555

SG 8-200
C
Si
0.07
0.5
Yield stress
400 MPa
1.6 250-350 28-34
2.4 350-450 28-34
Type Rutile Mn 6.0
A stainless, 18.8.6Mn, self-shielded, tubular wire for
Ni 9.0 640 MPa
cladding and joining of 13% Mn-steels and steels of
limitied weldability. It is also useful for buffer layers
prior to hardfacing. Elongation
35%
Welding current
DC(+) Charpy V
1 3 +20°C 70 J
-20°C 60 J
-60°C 40 J
Product Classification Typical Typical properties Ø Length Welding Arc
Hardfacing
composition % A V

E1-UM-300
C
Si
0.1
<0.7
Weld metal hardness, a w
≈30 HRC
Machinability
Good
2.5 350 60-90 20
3.2 450 100-140 21
Type Basic Mn 0.7
Impact resistance 4.0 450 140-190 22
Cr 3.2 Tempering resistance
OK 83.28 is a chromium-alloyed electrode for hardfac- Very good 5.0 450 190-260 23
ing and cladding tracks, shafts, rolls, rails and rail Temp°C HRC(1h) HRC(24h)
crossing sections, details in rolling mills, e.g. grooved 100 33 33 6.0 450 230-320 23
Metal-to-metal wear resistance
rollers and clutches and big cog wheels of cast steel. 300 33 33 Very good
Another application is joining of hardenable steels. 400 34 34
Welding current 500 35 28
600 27 17
DC(+), AC OCV 70 V
700 18
1234 6

E1-UM-300
C
Si
0.1
0.5
≈30 HRC
Machinability
Good
3.2 450 110-180 26
4.0 450 160-240 30
Type Zirconium-basic Mn 0.7
OK 83.29 is a high-recovery electrode for cladding and Very good 5.0 450 230-330 42
hardfacing rolls, points, crossings, wheel conveyors Temp°C/1h HRC
etc, i.e. the same applications as OK 83.28. 100 34 5.6 450 270-380 46
300 34
Welding current Very good
500 33
DC(+), AC OCV 70 V 600 20
12 700 17

E6-UM-55-G
C
Si
0.4
0.4
50-60 HRC
Machinability
Grinding only
2.0 300 40-90 24
2.5 350 60-120 28
Type Rutile-acid Mn 0.5
Abrasion resistance 3.2 350 90-160 30
OK 83.50 is a hardfacing electrode for repair welding Very good 4.0 450 125-210 33
worn parts on agricultural equipment, forestry tools, Mo 0.6 Temp°C/1h HRC
loading machines and so on. Transformers with low 200 56 5.0 450 160-260 37
open-circuit voltage can be used (> 45 volt). 300 54 6.0 450 180-320
Welding current 400 53
500 52
DC(+), AC OCV 45 550 51
123 600
650
44
41
700 34
107
108
Hardfacing
composition % A V

E2-UM-60
C
Si
0.7
4.0
58-63 HRC
Machinability
Grinding only
3.2 450 100-140 23
4.0 450 140-190 25
Type Basic Mn 0.4
OK 83.65 deposits a hard, wear-resistant weld metal. Very good 6.0 450 250-370 27
Good resistance to oxidation up to about 875°C. Suita- Temp°C/1h HRC
ble for hardfacing machine parts exposed to wear from 100 61
stone, coal, sand, soil, and so on such as dredging 200 60
machines, feeder screws, crusher and tractor parts. 300 59
500 55
DC(+), AC OCV 70 V
600 55
1234 6 700 40

E5-UM-45-R
C
Si
0.12
0.5
40-46 HRC
Machinability
Cemented carbide tool can be
2.5 350 70-110 22
used 3.2 350 100-160 24
3.2 450 100-160 24
OK 84.42 is a hardfacing electrode depositing a corro- Metal-to-metal wear resistance 4.0 450 140-220 24
sion-resistant, martensitic-ferritic stainless steel. Suita- Temp°C/1h HRC
Very good
ble for hardfacing, shafts, wheel conveyors, racks and 100 45 5.0 450 220-310 31
pinions, links and pins and valve seats of cast steel. 200 44 Abrasion resistance
Welding current 300 44 Good
400 45
DC(+), AC OCV 70 V
500 46 High temp. wear resistance
1234 6 600
700
41
34
Very good
Corrosion resistance
Very good

E6-UM-55-GR
C
Si
0.25
0.5
50-56 HRC
Machinability
Grinding only
2.5 350 70-110 22
3.2 350 100-160 24
A general-purpose, hardfacing electrode depositing a Very good 4.0 450 140-220 25
corrosion-resistant fully martensitic steel. The elec- Temp°C/1h HRC
trode is suitable for hardfacing, shafts, racks and pin- 100 52 5.0 450 220-310 31
High temp. wear resistance
ions, links and pins, valve seats of cast steel, mixer 200 50 Very good
arms, feed gear, knives, loading buckets and track roll- 300 50
ers. 400 52 Corrosion resistance
Welding current 500 55 Very good
600 47
DC(+), AC OCV 70 V
700 35
1234 6
Hardfacing
composition % A V

E6-UM-55-G
C
Si
0.7
0.6
53-59 HRC
Machinability
Grinding only
2.5 350 75-110 23
3.2 350 110-150 23
Type Basic Mn 0.7
OK 84.58 is a hardfacing electrode depositing a semi- Very good 4.0 450 145-200 24
corrosion-resistant martensitic steel. Full hardness is Temp°C/1h HRC
obtained even in the first bead, irrespective of the cool- 100 55 5.0 450 190-270 26
ing rate. Suitable for hardfacing parts exposed to abra- 200 55 6.0 450 250-370 28
Good
sive and impact wear, such as farm equipment, 300 52
forestry tools, loading machines and mixers. 400 50 Corrosion resistance
Welding current 500 54 Good
600 46
DC(+), AC OCV 65 V
700 31
1234 6

E10-UM-60-Z
C
Si
4.5
0.8
59-63 HRC
Machinability
Grinding only
2.5 350 90-120 24
3.2 350 115-170 24
Electrode producing a weld metal with coarse chro- Excellent 5.0 450 150-300 26
mium carbides in an austenitic matrix. Suitable for sur- Temp°C/1h HRC
facing worn parts exposed to abrasion; earth-moving 100 58 High temp. wear resistance
machines, mixers, feeder screws, dust exhausters, 300 58 Good
crushers and from wear by coal, ore and other miner- 400 58
als. Also in corrosive environments and/or elevated 490 58 Corrosion resistance
temperatures. 600 58 Excellent
DC(+), AC OCV 50 V
12

E10-65-GZ
C
Si
5.0
2.0
62-66 HRC
Abrasion resistance
Excellent
3.2 450 90-120 20
4.0 450 110-220 23
Type Acid Mn 0.7
High temp. wear resistance 5.0 450 190-290 23
Cr 23.0 Machinability
OK 84.80 is a high-recovery electrode which deposits Very good
Mo 7.0 Grinding only
a high density of wear-resistant carbides in an auste-
nitic matrix, resistant to extreme abrasion up to 700°C. Nb 7.0 Corrosion resistance
Typical applications include exhaust fans, ash ploughs, W 2.0 Excellent
conveyor screws and sinter plant components. V 1.0
Welding current
DC(+), AC OCV 65 V
12
109
110
Hardfacing
composition % A V

E10-UM-60-GP
C
Si
3.0
2.0
60-62 HRC
Machinability
Grinding only
2.5 350 70-100 17
3.2 350 100-150 17
Type Basic-special Cr 6.0
OK 84.84 is a hardfacing electrode depositing a weld V 5.0
Very good
metal with a high volume fraction of fine carbides in a Ti 5.0
martensitic matrix. It is designed for protection of com- Abrasion resistance
ponent subjected to severe abrasive wear. Typical Excellent
applications: earth-drilling equipment, hammers,
scrapes and knives, shovel buckets and shovel teeth.
Welding current
DC(+-), AC OCV 45 V
12345

E 3-UM-50-ST
C
Si
0.35
1.0
42-50 HRC
Machinability
Grinding only
2.5 350 70-110 22
3.2 350 100-150 23
Type Basic Mn 1.0
OK 85.58 is a hardfacing electrode for the repair weld- Good 5.0 350 180-250 25
ing of hot-working tools, hot trimming tools, punches W 8.0 Temp°C HRC(1h)
and so on. The weld metal hardness can be increased Co 2.0 100 51 High temp. wear resistance
by hardening and tempering, or by tempering alone. Nb 0.8 200 51 Very good
The weld metal can be step-hardened. To avoid crack- 300 52
ing, the preheat and interpass temperature should be 400 53
at least 300°C and preferably 500°C. 500 53
DC(+), AC OCV 70 V 600 53
650 45
1234 6 700 35

E4-UM-60-S
C
Si
0.9
1.5
56-62 HRC
Machinability
Grinding only
2.5 350 80-110 23
3.2 350 100-150 23
Type Basic Mn 1.3
OK 85.65 deposits a molybdenum-alloyed, high-speed Very good 5.0 350 180-240 25
steel. Suitable for metal cutting tools, punching tools, Mo 7.5 Temp°C HRC(1h) HRC(2x1h)
drills, stamping machines. Welded cutting edges can V 1.5 20 60 60
be put into use without tempering. For shaping W 1.8 100 60 60 Very good
machine tools and large cutting tools, untempered 300 60 60
weld metal is recommended. 400 58 58
To avoid cracking, the working temperature should be 550 62 66
at least 300°C and preferably 400-500°C. 700 40 40
Welding current
DC(+), AC OCV 70 V
123
Hardfacing
composition % A V

E7-UM-200-K
C
Si
1.1
0.8
180-200 HB
Machinability
Grinding
3.2 450 95-135 23
4.0 450 130-180 23
Type Basic Mn 13.0
Weld metal hardness, w h
OK 86.08 deposits an austenitic manganese steel Excellent
44-48 HRC
alloy which work-hardens under impact and compres-
sive stresses. The electrode is primarily used for sur- Metal-to-metal wear resistance
facing and building up manganese steel components Very good
such as crusher, jaws and hammers. The interpass
temperature should be kept as low as possible.
Welding current
DC(+), AC OCV 70 V
1234 6

E7-UM-200-K
C
Si
0.8
0.4
200-220 HB
Machinability
Grinding
3.2 450 125-160 21
4.0 450 160-220 23
Cr 4.5 Weld metal hardness, w h
OK 86.20 deposits a tough, crack-resistant, austenitic- Excellent 6.0 450 230-380 26
Ni 3.5 37-41 HRC
manganese steel alloyed with Ni and Cr. The alloy
work-hardens under impact and compressive stresses.
The electrode is used for surfacing and building up
manganese-steel components such as bulldozer teeth,
dredger buckets and rail crossings.
The interpass temperature should be kept as low as
possible.
Welding current
DC(+-), AC OCV 60 V
12
EFeMn-A
C
Si
0.8
0.2
160-180 HB
Machinability
Grinding
3.2 450 100-150 28
4.0 450 145-205 32
Type Zirconium-basic Mn 14.0
Ni 3.5 Weld metal hardness, w h
OK 86.28 is a high-recovery electrode and deposits a Excellent
42-46 HRC
tough, crack-resistant, austenitic-manganese steel
alloy alloyed with Ni. The alloy work-hardens under
impact and compressive stresses.
Applications: Surfacing and building up Mn-steel com-
ponents, such as bulldozer teeth, dredger buckets and
rail crossings.
The interpass temperature should be kept as low as
possible.
Welding current
DC(+/-), AC OCV 70 V
12
111
112
Hardfacing
composition % A V

E23-UM-250-CKT
C
Si
0.06
0.7
240-260 HV
Machinability
Fair
2.5 300 65-110 18
3.2 350 110-150 18
High temp. wear resistance 4.0 350 160-200 20
Mo 16.5 Weld metal hardness, w h
OK 92.35 is a nickel-based, super-alloy electrode of Excellent 5.0 350 190-250 20
Cr 15.5 40-45 HRC
the NiCrMoW type. OK 92.35 deposits an extremely
tough work hardening weld metal, resistant to attacks W 3.8 Corrosion resistance
by the most used acids. The weld metal is also resist- Fe 5.5 Very good
ant to high temperatures. Ni 57.0
Welding current
DC(+), AC OCV 70 V
12

ECoCr-C
C
Si
2.2
1.2
≈55 HRC
Machinability
Grinding only
3.2 350 90-130 30
4.0 350 120-170 30
Type Rutile-acid DIN 8555 Mn 1.0
E20-UM-55-CTZ Abrasion resistance 5.0 350 150-200 28
Cr 30.0 Hot hardness
A high-recovery, surfacing electrode depositing a Co- Excellent
Cr-W alloy high in carbon. The deposit is the hardest of W 12.5 600°C 800°C
the standard Co-base range. Fe 3.0 ≈44 HRC ≈34 HRC High temp. wear resistance
Typical applications: Co 48.0
Excellent
• hot rolls, hot rolling guides, drawing blocks.
• kneadling rolls, screw presses.
• hot shear blades, glass cutters, hot scrapers, pump
and press casings, burner nozzles. Excellent
Welding current
DC(+), AC OCV 65 V
123
ECoCr-A
C
Si
1.0
0.9
≈42 HRC
Machinability
By cemented carbide tools
2.5 350 65-80 25
3.2 350 90-130 30
E20-UM-40-CTZ Cr 28.0 Hot hardness
A high-recovery, surfacing electrode depositing a Co- Very good 5.0 350 150-200 30
Cr-w alloy with a medium-high carbon content. W 4.5 300°C 600°C
Typical applications: Fe 3.0 ≈35 HRC ≈29 HRC
• hot shear blades, guide rolls. Co 60.0 Excellent
• kneading equipment, steam nozzles, mechanical
sealings, bushings.
• blanking dies, press mandrels, trimming dies,
exhaust valves. Excellent
Welding current
DC(+), AC OCV 65 V
123
Hardfacing
composition % A V

E20-UM-300-CTZ
C
Si
0.3
0.9
≈30 HRC
Machinability
3.2 350 90-130 30
4.0 350 120-170 30
Type Rutile-acid Mn 1.0
A high-recovery, surfacing electrode depositing a Co- Good
Mo 5.5 ≈45 HRC
Cr-Mo-Ni alloy with a low carbon content.
Typical applications: Ni 3.0 Abrasion resistance
• water hot shear blades, mandrels, ingot gripper teeth. Fe 2.0 Hot hardness
Very good
• valves for hot steam and combusiton engines, slip- Co 58.0 300°C
ping and sealing surfaces. ≈280 HB Corrosion resistance
• buffer layers when using OK 93.01, OK 93.06, OK
93.13. Excellent
Welding current
DC(+), AC OCV 65 V
123
ECoCr-B
C
Si
1.4
1.0
≈46 HRC
Machinability
3.2 350 90-130 30
4.0 350 120-170 30
E20-UM-50-CTZ Cr 28.0 Hot hardness
A high-recovery, surfacing electrode depositing a Co- Very good
Cr-W alloy with a fairly high carbon content. W 8.5 300°C 600°C
Typical applications: Fe 3.0 ≈37 HRC ≈32 HRC High temp. wear resistance
• hot rolls, hot rolling guide, drawing blocks. Co 56.0 Excellent
• kneading rolls, screw presses.
• hot shear blades, sliding guides, mixers, feeder
screws. Cutting edges of knives for wood, paper, plas-
tic and carpets. Excellent
Welding current
DC(+), AC OCV 65 V
123
MF 10-55-GTZ
C
Si
3.5
0.4
50-60 HRC
Abrasion resistance
Excellent
1.6 200-400 30-36
2.4 350-450 30-36
Type Basic Mn 0.8
OK Tubrodur 14.70 is a self-shielded, Cr-carbide type Very good
flux-cored wire. The weld metal is extremely resistant
to abrasive wear by gritty fine grain materials such as V 0.4 Corrosion resistance
earth, ore, clay, etc. Good
Typical applications are the hardfacing of bucket lips,
auger points, mining and earthmoving equipment,
scraper blades etc. Maximum 2-3 layers should be
deposited.
Welding current
DC- Ø 1,6, DC+ Ø 2,4
1 3
113
114
Hardfacing
composition % A V

MF 1-350
C
Si
0.2
1.0
32-40 HRC
Impact resistance
Good
1.6 290 33
2.4 325 33
Type Rutile Mn 1.4
OK Tubrodur 15.40 is a CO2-shielded, flux-cored wire Very good
Good
for hardfacing depositing a manganese-chromium-
molybdenum-alloyed weld metal. It is used for the sur-
facing of wheel runners, wheels and rollers for con-
veyor belts, wheels for mine trucks, rolls and shafts.
Welding current
DC(+)
1 3

MF1-300
C
Si
0.12
0.5
28-36 HRC
1.6 320 26
2.4 360 28
Type Basic Mn 1.5
OK Tubrodur 15.41 is a self-shielded, flux-cored wire Cr 3.5
for semi-automatic hardfacing giving a chromium-man- Al 1.4
ganese-alloyed weld metal with a hardness of 28-36
HRC. It is ideal for on-site rebuilding of rollers, shafts,
wheels and worn parts of CMn railway tracks, point
frogs etc.
Welding current
DC(+)
1 3

MF 1-400
C
Si
0.15
0.5
35-45 HRC
Machinability
Fair
1.6 300 30
2.4 360 28
Type Basic Mn 1.5
OK Tubrodur 15.42 is a self- or CO2-shielded, flux- Cr 4.5
cored wire for GMAW hardfacing. It is designed for sur- Ni 0.5
facing of wheel runners, track links, billet rolls, wheels Mo 0.5
and rollers for conveyor belts, wheels for mine trucks, Al 1.4
rolls and shafts, where a hardness of 35-45 HRC is
desired.
Welding current
DC(+)
1 3
Hardfacing
composition % A V

MF 1-350
C
Si
0.15
0.5
30-40 HRC
Impact resistance
Good
1.2 150-220 24-30
1.6 200-230 25-30
Type Basic Mn 1.1
OK Tubrodur 15.43 is a self-shielded, flux-cored, tubu- Very good
Ni 2.3 Good
lar wire principally developed for the on-site rebuilding
of worn CMn railway and tram track. The weld deposit Mo 0.5
is of the CrNiMo type and has excellent compressive Al 1.4
strength with a hardness of 30-40 HRC.
Welding current
DC(+)
1 3

MF 6-55
C
Si
0.4
0.3
55-60 HRC
Impact resistance
Fair
1.6 300 26
2.4 400 28
Type Rutile Mn 1.3
Abrasion resistance
OK Tubrodur 15.52 is a self- or CO2-shielded, flux- Very good
cored wire for hardfacing with a hardness of 55-60
HRC. Designed for hardfacing of feed screws, mixer
blades and vessels, ring grooves on diesel motor pis-
tons.
Welding current
DC(+)
1 3

MF 7-200K
C
Si
0.9
0.4
200-250 HV
Machinability
Grinding
1.6 260 26
Type Rutile Mn 13.0

Impact resistance
Ni 3.0 Weld metal hardness, w h
OK Tubrodur 15.60 is a self-shielded, flux-cored wire of Excellent
400-500 HV
the austentic manganese type. The work hardening
characteristics and extremely tough crack-resistant
weld metal ensure that OK Tubrodur 15.60 is the ideal
solution for rebuilding 13Mn steels, normally found in
crusher jaws, swing hammers and numerous parts of
earth moving, mining and quarrying equipment.
Welding current
DC(+)
1 3
115
116
Hardfacing
composition % A V

MF7-200-GKPR
C
Si
0.3
0.5
200-250 HV
Machinability
Grinding
1.6 280 27
2.4 380 26
Type Rutile Mn 13.5
Impact resistance
OK Tubrodur 15.65 is a flux-cored wire for self- or CO2- Excellent
Ni 1.75 400-500 HV
shielding, depositing a martensitic-austenitic work
hardening deposit. OK Tubrodur 15.65 can be used for Mo 0.8 Abrasion resistance
rebuilding of mild, low-alloy and 13Mn steels. The weld V 0.65 Good
metal combines excellent abrasion and impact resist-
ance and is suitable for such applications as crusher
jaws and hammers, railway point frogs, ripper teeth
and wear plates.
Welding current
DC(+)
1 3
MF 5-45-RTZ
C
Si
0.15
0.3
45-51 HRC
Abrasion resistance
Good
1.6 260 29
2.4 360 28
Type Metal-cored Mn 1.2
OK Tubrodur 15.73 is a versatile, flux-cored, hardfac- Very good
Ni 2.5 By cemented carbide tools
ing wire which deposits a martensitic 13Cr alloy steel
deposit, especially suitable for applications involving Mo 1.5
wear at elevated temperatures. These will include V 0.25
Very good
shafts, valve seats, rolls and other parts subjected to Nb 0.25
wear, and/or corrosion at high temperatures. Gas mix
80% Ar+20% CO2 is recommended.
Welding current
DC+(-)
1 3

MF-GF-10-60-GP
C
Si
1.6
0.5
55-60 HRC
Impact resistance
Good
1.6 150-300 22-32
Type Basic Mn 1.5

Abrasion resistance
A tubular, self-shielded, flux-cored wire which deposits Very good
Mo 1.5 Grinding
a martensitic weld metal containing a high volume of
titanium carbides. This wire has been developed for Ti 5.0
maximum resistance to abrasive wear under load and
moderate impact. The deposit is normally crack-free
and maintains good hot hardness.
Welding current
DC(+)
1 3
Hardfacing
composition % A V
OK Tubrodur 15.86 FCAW AWS

Nearest E CoCr-A
C
Si
1.0
1.1
40-43 HRC
Impact resistance
Fair
1.2 110-300 17-30
1.6 150-350 17-30
Type Metal-cored (Chemistry) Mn 1.0
DIN 8555 Machinability Metal-to-metal wear resistance
OK Tubrodur 15.86 is a tubular wire designed to Cr 28.0
Nearest MF20-GF- Fair Good
deposit a cobalt-based alloy for a wide range of surfac- Ni 2.5
40-CTZ
ing applications. These include erosion, abrasion, heat W 4.0 Abrasion resistance
and corrosion resistance. It is suitable for exhaust Fe 4.5 Excellent
valves, chemical valves, forging dies and a host of Co bal.
components in the power generation, plastics, paper
and rubber industries.
Good
Welding current
DC+ Corrosion resistance
Excellent
1 3

MSG-6-GZ-C-60G
C
Si
0.45
3.0
50-60 HRC
Abrasion resistance
Very good
0.8 40-170 16-22
1.0 80-280 18-28
A copper-coated, low-alloyed electrode for gas metal Mn 0.4
High temp. wear resistance 1.2 120-350 20-33
arc hardfacing when a highly wear-resistant weld Cr 9.0 Machinability
metal is required. Due to the high Cr content, about Grinding only Very good 1.6 225-480 26-38
Wire composition
9%, the weld metal displays relatively good resistance
to general corrosion. The weld metal is resistant to sof-
tening up to about 550°C. Used for hardening for
example loading machines, road machines, mixers,
shovel teeth, different tools and wear parts. OK Autrod
13.91 can be welded with Ar/20CO2 or pure CO2 as
the shielding gas.
Welding current
DC(+)
OK Tubrodur 15.42 SAW DIN 8555

UP1-GF-BAB 167-
C
Si
0.13
0.5
35-45 HRC
Impact resistance
Good
3.0 400 25
4.0 550 30
Type Basic 400 Mn 1.2
Machinability Abrasion resistance
OK Tubrodur 15.42 is a flux-cored wire for SAW hard- Cr 4.0
Fair Good
facing in conjunction with OK Flux 10.71, giving a CrM- Mo 0.75
nMo-alloy deposit with an as welded hardness of 35-
44 Rockwell C. OK Tubrodur 15.42 is designed for sur-
facing of wheel runners, track links, billet rolls, wheels
and rollers for conveyor belts, wheels for mine trucks,
rolls and shafts, where a hardness of 35-45 Rockwell
C is desired.
Welding current
DC+(-)
117
118
Hardfacing
composition % A V

UP6-GF-BAB 167-
C
Si
0.45
0.65
55-65 HRC
Abrasion resistance
Very good
3.0 400 25
4.0 550 30
Type Rutile 60-GP Mn 1.75
OK Tubrodur 15.52 is a flux cored wire for SAW hard-
facing in conjuction with OK Flux 10.71. OK Tubrodur
15.52 is designed for hardfacing of feed screws, mixer
blades and vessels, ring grooves on diesel motor pis-
tons.
Welding current
DC+(-)

UP5-GF-BFB 165-
C
Si
0.15
0.3
45-51 HRC
Abrasion resistance
Good
3.0 400 28
4.0 500 30
Type Metal-cored 45-GRTZ Mn 1.2
Machinability High temp. wear resistance
OK Tubrodur 15.73 is a metal-cored, hardfacing wire Cr 13.0
By cemented carbide tools Very good
which deposits a martensitic 13Cr alloy steel for use Ni 2.5
with OK Flux 10.37. It is for applications involving wear Mo 1.5
at elevated temperatures. V 0.2
Very good
Typical applications: steel mill concast rolls, valve
seats and components subject to wear, fatigue and
corrosion at high temperatures.
Welding current
DC+(-)
Hardfacing
OK Flux 10.37 SAW OK Tubrodur

15.73
0.10 0.4 0.8 12.8 2.5 1.4
Type Basic
Agglomerated, aluminate-flouride, basic flux
designed primarily for surfacing of continu-
ous casting rollers, using cored wires with
single- or twin-arc technique. The flux has
excellent slag removal and can tolerate high
interpass temperatures.
Basicity index 1.7
Classifications
EN 760 SA AF 2 DC
OK Flux 10.96 SAW OK Autrod 12.10 0.08 1.4 1.1 5.0 - -
Type Neutral
OK Flux 10.96 is a Cr-alloying agglomer-
ated flux intended for hardfacing with hard-
ness up to 40 HRC in combination with mild
steel electrodes. OK Flux 10.96 is specifi-
cally designed for hardfacing in combination
with OK Autrod 12.10 which gives a weld
metal hardness of 35-40 HRC.
The flux consumption and the chromium
content of the deposit in the weld metal
increase with increasing arc voltage. Thus
the hardness and the hardenability of the
weld metal also increase as the arc voltage
increass. Wheel beds for cranes loading
wagons, shafts, caterpillar tracks and links
are typical areas of application. Hardfacing
with OK Flux 10.96 can be done on AC or
DC.
Basicity index 0.7
Classifications
EN 760 SA CS 3 Cr DC
119
Spool types
Spool 03
03-0 25 kg
03-2 30 kg
Wire basket spool to be fitted to ESAB’s

0416 492 880 or 0153 872 880 coil hold-
ers.
This spool is also suitable for coil holders
0416 492 880 holder steel with crossed arms.
0153 872 880 holder plastic
Spool 07
07-0 30 kg
07-3 25 kg
This spool can be fitted to ESAB’s

0416 492 880 or 0153 872 880 coil
holders.
This spool is also suitable for coil holders
0416 492 880 holder steel with crossed arms.
0153 872 880 holder plastic
Spool 08
08-0 30 kg

0416 492 880 or 0153 872 880 coil
holders.
This spool is not suitable for coil holders
with crossed arms.
0416 492 880 holder, steel
0153 872 880 holder, plastic
120
Spool types
Spool 09
09-0 15 kg

0416 492 880 or 0153 872 880 coil
holders.
This spool is not suitable for coil holders
with crossed arms.
0416 492 880 holder steel
0153 872 880 holder, plastic
Spool 16
16-0 100 kg

0671 155 480 coil holder.
0671 155 480, holder
Spool 24
Plastic spool. Layer wound.
DIN 8559: D 300
24-0 5 kg
24-1 10 kg
24-3 12 kg
24-5 6 kg
24-8 12.5 kg

MIG/MAG welding machines, as well as
machines of other makes with a hub
diameter of 51 mm.
121
Spool types
Spool 25
Plastic spool. Random wound.
DIN 8559: D 300
25-0 15 kg
25-1 13 kg
25-2 10 kg
25-3 12 kg
25-4 11.3 kg

MIG/MAG welding machines, as well as
machines of other makes with a hub
diameter of 51 mm.
Spool 30
30-0 catch weight
30-1 700 kg
30-2 1,000 kg
Random-wound spool with cardboard

former. Four lifting eyelets. Decoiling
stand needed.
Spool 34
DIN 8559: D 760
34-0 300 kg
34-1 270 kg
The spool is made of wood. Non-returna-

ble. Decoiling stand needed.
122
Spool types
Spool 40
40-1 250 kg
40-X catch weight
Spool 46
Plastic spool. Random wound
DIN 8559: D 200
46-0 5 kg
46-2 2 kg
46-3 4.5 kg
46-D 3 spools, 4.7 kg
Spool 51
51-0 75 kg
The wire is coiled on a sheet metal

former. This spool can be fitted to ESAB’s
spool holder 0671 155 480.
0671 155 480, holder
123
Spool types
Spool 58
58-X catch weight
Spool 75
Wire basket. Painted or plastic coated.
Layer wound.
DIN 8559: K 300
75-1 6 kg
75-4 7 kg
Adapter: XD 42010000, two adapters needed
* Adapter with one locking device: 0000 004 200

** Adapter with an extra locking device: 2155 400 000
Spool 76
Wire basket. Random wound.
DIN 8559: K 300
76-0 15 kg
76-1 18 kg
76-3 16 kg
76-4 13 kg
Adapter: XD 42010000, two adapters needed
Spool 77
Wire basket. Layer wound.
DIN 8559: K 300
* Adapter with one locking device: 0000 004 200 77-0 15 kg

** Adapter with an extra locking device: 2155 400 000 77-1 18 kg
124
Spool types
Spool 86
DIN 8559: D 500
86-0 150 kg
The spool is made of wood. Non-returna-

ble. Decoiling stand needed.
Spool 92 —
Marathon Pac®
92-0 350 kg
92-X catch weight
Accessories:
1. Plastic hood 0441 196 002
2. Wire conduits:
1.8 m F102 437 881
3.0 m F102 437 882
4.5 m F102 437 883
8.0 m F102 437 884
12.0 m F102 437 885
Connectors:
3. for plastic cone F102 442 880
4. for feeding unit F102 440 880
(see spool 93)
Spool 93 —
Marathon Pac®
93-0-200 kg, 93-2-250 kg
93-X-catch weight
Accessories:
1. Wire conduit attachment
F102 433 880
2. Wire feed conduits
l=1.8 m F102 437 881
l=3.0 m F102 437 882
l=4.5 m F102 437 883
l=8.0 m F102 437 884
l=12.0 m F102 437 885
3. Connector wire feed unit
F102 440 880
4. Lifting yoke F102 410 880
5. Trolley F102 365 880
125
Packaging
Stick electrodes
Rutile and low-hydrogen electrodes are packed in cardboard
packs with polyethylene shrink wrapping which are then packed
in outer boxes made of corrugated board in units of 3 or 6 (Figs.
1 & 2).
Stainless and low-alloyed electrodes are packed in polyethylene
boxes with a resealable lid (Fig. 3).
Most stainless, low-alloyed and low-hydrogen electrodes are
also available in VacPac® (see next page).
Tig rods
Tig rods are available in packs made of corrugated board
(Fig. 4).
Flux powder
Flux powder is normally supplied in 25 kg paper bags with an
inner bag made of polyethylene.
126
Packaging
Marathon Pac® — for increased

profitability
The concept
Marathon Pac® is the result of continuous product development. It is a bulk pack for
200-350 kg of solid or flux-cored welding wire. Outstanding for welding robots and
other mechanized welding stations. Unlike other similar packs, the welding wire in Mar-
athon Pac® has been wound using a special technique. The wire is straight and comes
out of the gun without twisting or warping.
Higher productivity
Every Marathon Pac® contains more than thirteen 15 kg spools. Stoppages for spool
changes and maintenance requirements are reduced by almost 90% — the arc-time
factor is increased. Marathon Pac® also makes unmanned shifts or production with lim-
ited manning possible.
Improved welding quality

Marathon Pac® reduces repairs and rejects resulting from welding defects. You do not
need to accelerate a heavy spool, just the free wire, the result is more reliable, rapid
starts and less wear on the feed unit. The straight, untwisted wire offers major benefits
when welding narrow joints, weaving in heavy material and welding thin plates where
the wire must be precisely positioned to avoid welding defects.
VacPac®
No rebaking
The specially-designed packaging eliminates moisture pick-up. This results in unlimited
storage time and dry, factory-fresh electrodes direct from the package without rebak-
ing.
Reduced cost — improved control

ESAB VacPac® reduces costs by eliminating rebaking procedures. The vacuum indi-
cates no leakage which guarantees dry electrodes, thereby providing easy control and
improved quality assurance. The date and time of issue can be recorded on the pack-
age.
Small handy packages

Most low-hydrogen and stainless electrodes are available in VacPac®.
Depending on dimensions, the electrodes are available in packages of approximately 1
or 2.5 kg providing quantities suitable for one working shift.
127
Packaging
Big Bag
To make it easier for bulk users to handle flux, fluxes can now be supplied in standard
packages of 800 kg Big Bag. Big Bag offers six-fold security in terms of weight and has
base dimensions of 75 x 75 cm. It has a height of 100 cm.
The sack is made of coated fabric and has an emptying unit in the base, which is
opened to a diameter of 20 cm using a rope. The sack can be re-sealed during empty-
ing, should this prove necessary. Big Bag can be lifted on four strong lifting loops by a
fork-lift truck or overhead crane and emptied directly into a specially-designed flux con-
tainer. The empty sack can be used again.
Features:
• saves time
• user friendly
• minimised dust generation
• friendly to the environment
• eliminates one pallet
• reduces waste
128
MMA equipment
Transformers
Bantam
The Bantam transformer has been developed and produced in
new materials in an ergonomic, practical design.
Few components guarantee a minimum of maintenance. This
transformer is double-insulated for personal safety.
A thermal switch provides protection from overload damage. It is
ideal for repair and maintenance and other light welding work.
Delivery includes
Mains lead, welding and return cables, electrode holder, work
piece clamp, welding screen, slag hammer/wire brush.
Bantam
Mains supply, V/Hz 230/50-60

Fuse, slow, A 16
Mains cable, Ø mm2 2x1.5
Setting range, A 35-120
Open circuit voltage, V 50
Weight, kg 13
Ordering information
Bantam 0469 749 880
ESAB has a range of industrial transformers for Europe and for export.
Contact your nearest ESAB representative for more information.
129
MMA equipment
Rectifiers
LHP 200/250/300/400 LHF 250/400/630/800

The power arc DC is an economical range of movable core rec- The LHF 250/400/630/800 rectifiers are designed to meet the
tifiers, robustly designed to suit industrial users, farmers, repair highest expectations in terms of robustness and operational
shops or anyone else wanting high DC welding current with performance and reliability. The alu/zinc sheet-metal casing is
good welding properties at a relatively low cost. Reliable and corrosion-resistant and the transformers and switches have
easy to maintain. Equipped with on/off contactor and overload been specially chosen to withstand the toughest conditions.
protection. The current is set using a knob on the front panel. Dynamic characteristics, current range, “anti-stick” function and
CE approved for Europe. power capacity make the LHF a tool for contractors and fabrica-
tors who require top performance. LHFs are also good for TIG
Delivery includes scratch starts or with TIG add-on units. The 630 and 800 have
Wheels, handles as a 3 m long mains cable. been optimized for carbon arc gouging.
Delivery includes
Two OKC welding cable connectors.
LHP 200 LHP 250 LHP 300 LHP 400 LHF 250 LHF 400 LHF 630 LHF 800
Mains supply, V/Hz 400/50 400/50 400/50 400/50 Mains supply, V/Hz 400/50 400/50 400/50 400/50
Fuse, slow, A 16 16 25 25 Fuse, slow, A 16 25 50 63
Mains cable, Ø mm2 4x1.5 4x1.5 4x2.5 4x4 Mains cable, Ø mm2 4x1.5 4x4 4x10 4x10
Max output at 35% duty 170 235 270 370 Max output at 35% duty 250 400 630 800
cycle, A cycle, A
Max output at 100% duty 100 140 160 230 Max output at 60% duty 200 315 500 630
cycle, A cycle, A
Setting range, A 30-195 35-250 35-285 45-375 Max output at 100% duty 160 250 400 500
Open circuit voltage, V 59-67 60-68 65-75 69-79 cycle, A
Weight, kg 56 65 81 107 Setting range, A 8-250 8-400 8-630 8-800
Open circuit voltage, V 78-84 80-87 65-72 69-76
Weight, kg 160 195 235 275
Ordering information Ordering information

LHP 200, 230/400/440 V, 50/60 Hz 0457 270 880 LHF 250* 0319 782 882
LHP 250, 230/400/440 V, 50/60 Hz 0457 271 880 LHF 400* 0319 783 882
LHP 300, 230/400/440 V, 50/60 Hz 0457 272 880 LHF 400 Offshore* 0319 783 886
LHP 400, 230/400/440 V, 50/60 Hz 0457 273 880 LHF 630* 0319 950 882
LHF 630 Offshore* 0319 950 886
LHF 800 Offshore* 0319 951 884
LHF 400 w V/A-meter and time control fan 0468 680 880
LHF 630 w V/A-meter and time control fan 0468 680 881
For remote controls, see page 168
* 220/400/415/500 V, 50 Hz, 220/440/550 V, 60 Hz
130
MMA equipment
Inverters
Miniarc 90i Caddy 110/150

A Caddy Professional 140 made for 115 V. The newest Caddy model designed to continue the tradition of
excellent welding properties in an ergonomic package for weld-
Delivery includes ers on the move.
Welding and return cables complete with electrode holder and Particularly suitable for maintenance and repair welding in
return clamp, mains cable and American manual. places which are difficult to reach. Designed for use with 20 m
long mains cables from nominal voltage. Built-in air filter.
Delivery includes
Welding and return cables complete with electrode holder and
return clamp, mains cable.
LHN 90 LHO 110 LHO 150
Mains supply, V/Hz 115/50-60 Mains supply, V/Hz 230/50-60 230/50-60

Fuse, slow, A 25 Fuse, slow, A 10 16
Mains cable, Ø mm2 3x2.5 Mains cable, Ø mm2 3x1.5 3x1.5
Max output at 35% duty cycle, A 90 Max output at 35% duty cycle, A 110 140 (25% 150 A)
Open circuit voltage, V 53-75 Max output at 60% duty cycle, A 95 110
Weight, kg 11 Max output at 100% duty cycle, A 80 90
Open circuit voltage, V 90 90
Weight, kg 6.5 6.5

LHN 90, 1-ph, 115 V 0469 594 880 LHO 110, 230 V 0456 540 880
LHO 150, 230 V 0456 545 880
131
MMA equipment
Inverters
Caddy Professional 140/200 Caddy Professional 250

An inverter range specially designed for professional welders A high-capacity inverter designed for professional welders work-
with rigorous requirements. Built-in automatic arc force and the ing with thick materials. For example, when welding thick beams
Arc plus function secures professional performance. High oper- on building sites or repairing heavy machinery with 5 mm elec-
ating voltage permits long mains cables. The remote control is trodes. Same casing and features as the Caddy Professional
useful when welding pipes or when welding in damp and con- 200.
fined areas. They also have a built-in filter and varnished printed
circuit boards for a long service life. Excellent scratch start TIG Delivery includes
performance. 3 m mains cable, welding and return cables complete with elec-
trode holder and return clamp.
Delivery includes
Welding and return cables complete with electrode holder and
return clamp, mains cable.
LHN 140 LHN 200 LHN 250
Mains supply, V/Hz 230/50-60 400/50-60 Mains supply, V/Hz 400/50-60

Fuse, slow, A 16 10 Fuse, slow, A 16
Mains cable, Ø mm2 3x1.5 4x1.5 Mains cable, Ø mm2 4x2.5
Max output at 35% duty cycle, A 140 200 Max output at 35% duty cycle, A 250
Setting range, A 3-140 5-200 Setting range, A 4-250
Open circuit voltage, V 50-75 50-75 Open circuit voltage, V 50-80
Weight, kg 11 11 Weight, kg 11

LHN 140, 230 V, 1-ph, 50/60 Hz 0468 020 880 LHN 250, 3-ph, 400 V 0457 516 880
LHN 200, 400 V, 3-ph, 50/60 Hz 0468 220 880 TIG torch HW-20 ARV 0588 000 714
TIG torch HW-20 ARV 0588 000 714 PHA 1, remote control, 10 m cable 0367 657 881
PHA 1, remote control, 10 m cable 0367 657 881 PHB 1, remote control 0367 317 880
PHB 1, remote control 0367 317 880 Connection cable, 5 m 0367 144 881
Connection cable, 5 m 0367 144 881 Connection cable, 10 m 0367 144 882
Connection cable, 10 m 0367 144 882 For further remote controls, see page 168
For further remote controls, see page 168
132
MMA equipment
Inverters
Power Inverter 315

The Power Inverter 315 rectifier is designed for the toughest
conditions. The light weight, corrosion protection and powerful
welding properties make this machine an outstanding rectifier
for both repairs and production. The low minimum current rate
makes it suitable for welding even in thin material, as well as
advanced TIG welding in combination with a Tigaid unit.
Delivery includes
The LHL 315 is delivered with 5 m of mains cable and OKC-con-
nectors.
LHL 315

Fuse, slow, A 16
Max output at 35% duty cycle, A 315
Weight, kg 28
LHL 315, 400 V, 50/60 Hz 0366 700 880
Trolley 0367 450 880
TIG-add-on unit 0369 136 882
For remote controls and cables, see page 168
133
Whenever welding is important,
ESAB is an important partner.
134
135
TIG equipment
Caddy Tig 150

The Caddy Tig 150 is a lightweight TIG/MMA unit. It weighs only
6.5 kg, making it easy to take to places which are difficult to
reach.
The RK-START™ feature means that you start at a minimum
current, 13 A, and jump to the pre-set current. Starts are
smoother and there is less risk of tungsten enclosures.
With the Caddy Tig 150, you can weld with manual pulsing,
which improves the control of the weld pool and makes it easier
to weld in this material.
Delivery includes
3 m of mains cable, 3 m of return cable with OKC and return
clamp.
LTT 150

Fuse, slow, A 16
Weight, kg 6.5
LTT 150 with OKC connection 0457 329 880
136
TIG equipment
Handy Tig 150 Handy Tig 180 AC/DC

The Handy Tig 150 is suitable equipment for craftsmen and The Handy Tig 180 is suitable equipment for craftsmen and
repair and maintenance. It is an inverter, which means that the repair and maintenance. It is easy to adjust and use.
weight is low and the unit is easy to carry around. The unit is designed with the PCF technique which permits
The design is smart. Only necessary functions that are easy to more power from the voltage supply than conventional inverters.
reach on the front panel. The sturdy handle makes it easy to It is less sensitive to unstable voltage supply.
carry and the practical shelf gives you space to put away tools It weighs just 11.5 kg, making the Handy Tig 180 easy to carry
and so on. around.
Delivery includes Delivery includes

3 m of mains cable, 2 m of gas hose with 2 hose clamps, 3 m of 3.5 m of mains cable, 1.8 m of gas hose with 2 hose clamps,
return cable with OKC and return clamp. 4 m of return cable with OKC and return clamp.
LTU 150 DTF 180
Mains supply, V/Hz 230/50-60 Mains supply, V/Hz 230/50-60

Fuse, slow, A 16 Fuse, slow, A 16
Mains cable, Ø mm2 3x1.5 Mains cable, Ø mm2 3x1.5
Max output at 25% duty cycle, A 150 Max output at 25% duty cycle, A 180
Setting range, A 3-150 Setting range, A 3-180/10-180
Open circuit voltage, V 75 (TIG AC/DC)
Weight, kg 17 Open circuit voltage, V 75
Weight, kg 11.5

LTU 150, OKC connection 0457 330 880 DTF 180, OKC connection 0457 377 880
FS 002, remote control 0349 090 886
137
TIG equipment
Power Tig 160/200/255 LTG 400

The Power Tig 160/200/255 portable welding rectifiers with out- The LTG 400 thyristor-controlled rectifier has all the features
standing welding performance are ideal for assembly and main- that are needed for professional TIG DC and MMA welding
tenance welding. They are easy to use and reliable in operation. applications. Arc striking with either HF or LIFTARC™ is possi-
The current range from 3 to 160/200/255 A means that the ble and pulse function as well as foot control can easily be con-
machine can be used for the majority of TIG welding proce- nected for simultaneous use.
dures. A perfect start is guaranteed with a choice of HF or Prepared for an external water cooler by the built-in supply
LIFTARC™ starting. socket and switch.
The robust casing with wheels and the standard platform for a
Delivery includes cooling unit and gas bottle make the units reliable and practical.
5 m of mains cable, 2 m of gas hose with 2 hose clamps and
5 m of return cable. Delivery includes
5 m of mains cable, 1 OKC cable connector, 4 wheels and a
platform for gas-bottle/water-cooling unit, 5 m of return cable.
LTR 160 LTR 200 LTR 255 LTG 400
Mains supply, V/Hz 230/50-60, 1 400/50-60 400/50-60 Mains supply, V/Hz 400/50
Fuse, slow, A 16 10 10 Fuse, slow, A 25
Mains cable, Ø mm2 3x2.5 4x1.5 4x1.5 Mains cable, Ø mm2 4x4
Max output at 35% duty cycle, 160 200 250 Max output at 35% duty cycle, A 400
TIG, A Max output at 60% duty cycle, A 315
Max output at 60% duty cycle, 110 150 180 Max output at 100% duty cycle, A 250
MMA, A Setting range, A 5-400
Max output at 100% duty cycle, 80 115 140 Open circuit voltage, V 65-75
MMA, A Slope up, s 0.1-15
Slope down, s 0.1-10 0.1-10 0.1-10 Slope down, s 0.1-15
Gas post-flow, s 5-20 5-20 5-20 Gas post-flow, s 1-25
Open circuit voltage, V 70 70 70 Two stroke/four stroke •/•
Current range TIG DC 3-160 3-200 3-250 Weight, kg 205
Current range MMA DC 3-160 3-200 3-250
Weight, kg 23 23 23
LTR 160, 230 V, 1 ph, central connection 0456 840 880 LTG 400, 230/400/415/500 V, 50 Hz, 230/440/550 V,
LTR 160, 230 V, 1 ph, OKC connection 0456 840 881 60 Hz, central connection 0466 970 880
LTR 200, 400 V, 3 ph, central connection 0456 840 882 LTG 400, 230/400/415/500 V, 50 Hz, 230/440/550 V,
LTR 200, 400 V, 3 ph, OKC connection 0456 840 883 60 Hz OKC-connector 0466 970 881
LTR 255, 400 V, 3 ph, central connection 0456 840 884 Analogue voltmeter/ampmeter LTG 400 0467 216 881
LTR 255, 400 V, 3 ph, OKC connection 0456 840 885 Digital voltmeter/ampmeter LTG 400 0467 217 880
Trolley for 5 l gas bottle 0468 530 880 For remote controls/TIG torches, see pages 168/ 144
Trolley for 10-50 l gas bottle 0456 804 880
Handle bar, protects panel 0468 305 880
Welding cable, compl., 5 m 0468 539 880
PHA 5 pulse unit 0367 970 880
138 For TIG torches, see page 144
TIG equipment
Twintig 250 AC/DC Aristotig 255 AC/DC

The Twintig 250 AC/DC power source is a powerful thyristor- The Aristotig 255 AC/DC is an inverter-based power source for
based TIG and MMA power source for production welding. TIG and MMA processes. In both DC and AC mode, this TIG
Square wave balanced AC mode for optimized weld pool control machine produces a safe start and a stable arc. Materials of all
and oxide penetration. MMA performance of top class in both types can be welded with the highest quality.
modes and in the case of TIG DC a pulse control provides addi- The Aristotig 255 has a built-in pulse device, which provides
tional opportunities for improving weld quality. The 2/4 stroke improved control of the weld pool. Using true square wave pro-
mode is convenient for welders. Connecting the PHA 5 pulse duces deeper penetration. At the same time, it is possible to
unit makes it possible to carry out two pulsed welding sets. weld without continuous HF and thus work in electronically sen-
sitive areas. The trigger operation can be selected as two-stroke
Delivery includes or two four-stroke options, one of which permits switching
5 m of mains cable, 1 OKC cable connector, 4 wheels, a plat- between two pre-programmed current settings.
form for gas-bottle/water-cooling unit and 5 m of return cable.
Delivery includes
5 m of mains cable, 2 m of gas hose with 2 hose clamps, 1 OKC
cable connector and 5 m of return cable.
DTB 250 AC/DC DTE 255
Mains supply, V/Hz 400/50 Mains supply, V/Hz 400/50-60 (3-phase)

Mains cable, Ø mm2 3x6 Mains cable, Ø mm2 4x1.5
Max output at 35% duty cycle, MMA, A 200 Max output at 50% duty cycle, TIG, A 250
Max output at 60% duty cycle, MMA, A 145 Max output at 60% duty cycle, MMA, A 200
Max output at 100% duty cycle, MMA, A 95 Pulse frequency, Hz 0.3-300 DC 100 AC*
Max output at 20% duty cycle, TIG, A 250 AC balance, % 50-80
Max output at 35% duty cycle, TIG, A 200 Slope up, s 0-10
Max output at 100% duty cycle, TIG, A 95 Slope down, s 0-10
AC balance, % 40-60 Gas pre-flow, s 0.3 (0-5)
Slope up, s 0.5-10 Gas post-flow, s 0-30
Slope down, s 0.5-10 Open circuit voltage, V 70-90 (DC)
Gas post-flow, s 0.5-30 Setting range, A 5-250 (MMA/TIG AC/DC)
Open circuit voltage, V 71 DC, 65 AC Weight, kg 45
Current range TIG DC 5-250 * Fixed
Current range MMA DC 20-200
Weight, kg 145
DTB 250 AC/DC central connection 230/400/500 V, DTE 255 with central connection 0301 035 880
50 Hz 220/440/550 V, 60 Hz 0467 925 880 DTE 255 with OKC connection 0301 035 881
DTB 250 AC/DC OKC-connector 230/400/500 V, Cooling unit, OCF 2 D 0457 216 881
50 Hz 220/440/550 V, 60 Hz 0467 925 881 Trolley 0301 100 880
Analog instrument kit, volt/ampmeter 0466 643 880
Digital instrument kit ampmeter 0466 644 880
Water-cooling kit 0349 129 883
For remote controls/TIG torches, see pages 168/ 144 139
TIG equipment
Aristotig 160/200/255 DC Aristotig 315

The Aristotig 160/200/255 DC, that is based on inverter technol- The Aristotig 315 power source is an inverter-based rectifier for
ogy, increases productivity and quality. The memory will hold up TIG and MMA welding. A V/A-meter is optional. Both HF and
to four sets of welding parameters. Settings are easy to enter, LIFTARC™ striking can be selected. A pulsed arc can easily be
are very accurate and can quickly be stored in memory. added by connecting the PHA 5 pulse unit. The modularized
Current pulsing in the TIG mode can be set in either micro pulse design makes integrated water cooling and/or auto-transformer
or long pulse durations. The new pulse characteristic creates a possible to add.
more concentrated arc with less local input. TIG striking by
either LIFTARC™ or HF. The operator can choose manual or Delivery includes
automatic arc-force. Arc-plus function software controls the 5 m of mains cable and 2 OKC cable connectors.
MMA performance in a totally new way.
Delivery includes
5 m of mains cable, 2 m of gas hose with 2 hose clamps and 1
OKC cable connector and 5 m of return cable.
LTN 160 LTN 200 LTN 255 LTL 315 LTL 315 W
Mains supply, V/Hz 230/50-60 400/50-60 400/50-60 Mains supply, V/Hz 400/50-60 400/50-60
Fuse, slow, A 16 10 10 Fuse, slow, A 16 16
Mains cable, Ø mm2 3x2.5 4x1.5 4x1.5 Mains cable, Ø mm2 4x1.5 4x1.5
Max output at 35% duty cycle, A 160 200 250 Max output at 35% duty cycle, A 315 315
Slope up, s 0-10 0-10 0-10 Slope up, s 0.1-10 0.1-10
Slope down, s 0-10 0-10 0-10 Slope down, s 0.1-10 0.1-10
Gas pre-flow, s 0-25 0-25 0-25 Gas pre-flow, s 0.1-5 0.1-5
Gas post-flow, s 0-25 0-25 0-25 Gas post-flow, s 0.1-25 0.1-25
Open circuit voltage, V 70 70 70 Open circuit voltage, V 67 67
Current range TIG DC 3-160 3-200 3-250 Setting range, A 5-315 5-315
Current range MMA DC 3-140 3-200 3-250 Weight, kg 45 63
Weight, kg 23 23 23
LTN 160, 230 V 1 ph, central connection 0468 300 880 LTL 315, 400 V 50/60 Hz, central connection 0369 400 880
LTN 160, 230 V 1 ph, OKC-connector 0468 300 881 LTL 315, 400 V 50/60 Hz, OKC-connector 0369 400 882
LTN 200, 400 V 3 ph, central connection 0468 300 882 LTL 315 W, 400 V 50/60 Hz, central con. water-cooling 0369 399 880
LTN 200, 400 V 3 ph, OKC-connector 0468 300 883 LTL 315 W, 400 V 50/60 Hz, OKC-con. water-cooling 0468 660 880
LTN 255, 400 V 3 ph, central connection 0468 300 884 Digital Volt/Ampmeter 0369 042 880
LTN 255, 400 V 3 ph, OKC-connector 0468 300 885 For remote control/TIG torches, see pages 168/ 144
Handle bar, protects panel 0468 305 880
Welding cable, compl. 5 m 0468 539 880
For remote controls/TIG torches, see pages 168/ 144
For trolleys, see page 158
140
TIG equipment
Torches & components
Tigaid 315 AC/DC G-Tech

The Tigaid 315 AC/DC is a useful tool for converting MMA Tungsten-electrode grinder with a unique enclosed wet-grinding
machines, transformers and rectifiers for TIG applications. system.
Tigaid controls the supply of current, HF ignition and gas flow. • Automatic collection of the polluted grinding dust
When steplessly and electronically-controlled MMA power • No separate dust extraction system required
sources are used, it is possible to obtain current setting and • All grinding is on the rim of the diamond wheel and ensures
slope functions, as well as current pulsing by adding the PHA. correct electrode grain direction — along the electrode axis
• Longer life for the electrode point
Tigaid 315 • Concentrated welding arc
• No oxidation of the tungsten electrode when wet grinding
Mains supply, V/Hz 230, 50/60 • Better TIG welding with a stable arc and consistent level of
Fuse, slow, A 10 penetration
Mains cable, Ø mm2 3x1.5 • 220/240 V single-phase
Slope up, s 0.1-10
Slope down, s 0.1-10
Gas pre-flow, s 0.1-5.0
Gas post-flow, s 1.0-60
Weight, kg 15

Tigaid 315 AC/DC, 110/220/240 V, 50/60 Hz, OKC- G-Tech TIG electrode grinder 0700 009 880
connector 0369 136 882 Side wall seal 0700 009 001
Tigaid 315 AC/DC, 110/220/240 V, 50/60 Hz, central Diamond disc 0700 009 002
connection 0369 136 880 Inspection cover 0700 009 003
Connection kit for self-cooled torch and power source Fluid 250 ml 0700 009 004
with remote control socket type Burndy 0467 348 880 Return bottle 250 ml 0700 990 005
Connection kit for water-cooled torch and power Handle electrode holder 0700 009 006
source with Burndy socket 0467 348 881 Electrode clamp 1.0 mm 0700 009 007
Connection kit for air-cooled torch and welding Electrode clamp 1.6 mm 0700 009 008
transformer 0467 348 882
Electrode clamp 2.4 mm 0700 009 009
For remote controls/TIG torches, see pages 168/ 144
T-piece 0700 009 012
Spacer piece 0700 009 013
Electrode holder stainless 0700 009 014
Fluid 5000 ml 0700 009 015
Acc. box 0700 009 016
Waste container 0700 009 017
Acc. box complete 0700 009 020
141
TIG equipment
Heliarc HW 24, 80 A/ Heliarc HW 17, 150 A

HW 20 ARV, 140 A The HW 17 torches are the industrial standard for reliability and
durability.
The HW 24 torch is designed specifically for small, confined • Flexible head (HW 17F) provides added versatility.
spaces where accessibility is the primary concern. • Economical silicon rubber body (HW 17R) with gas valve
• Miniature head provides maximum accessibility. included (HW 17RV).
• Excellent visibility. • Gas lens available for improved shielding and greater weld
• Gas lens available for improved shielding and greater weld quality.
quality.
The Heliarc HW 20 ARV torch is a compact, air-cooled version
Delivery includes
of the HW 20 water-cooled torch.
Switch, cable cover, collet/body Ø 2.4 mm.
• Compact body provides greater access to permit welding in
confined spaces.
• Economical silicon rubber body includes gas valve.
• Gas lens available for improved shielding and greater weld
quality.
Delivery includes
Switch, cable cover, collet/body HW 24 Ø 1.0 mm, HW 20 ARV
Ø 2.4 mm.

HW 24, lead 3.8 m, CC 0588 000 713 HW 17R (rubber), lead 3.8 m, CC 0588 000 724
HW 24, lead 3.8 m, OKC 0588 000 712 HW 17R (rubber), lead 7.6 m, CC 0588 000 725
HW 20 ARV (rubber valve), lead 3.8 m, OKC 25 mm2 0588 000 714 HW 17R (rubber), lead 3.8 m, OKC 0588 000 722
HW 20 ARV SW (rubber valve, switch), lead 3.8 m, HW 17R (rubber), lead 7.6 m, OKC 0588 000 723
OKC 25 mm2 0588 000 776 HW 17RV (rubber valve), lead 3.8 m, OKC 0588 000 726
HW 17RV (rubber valve), lead 7.6 m, OKC 0588 000 727
HW 17F (flex head), lead 3.8 m, CC 0588 000 730
HW 17F (flex head), lead 7.6 m, CC 0588 000 731
HW 17F (flex head), lead 3.8 m, OKC 0588 000 728
HW 17F (flex head), lead 7.6 m, OKC 0588 000 729
142
TIG equipment
Heliarc HW 26, 220 A Heliarc HW 20, 250 A/

The HW 26 torches have an advanced torch design which pro- HW 18, 400 A
vides greater current capacity.
• Patented ribbed handle for efficient heat dissipation and The HW 20 torches have a compact, water-cooled design for
secure torch grip. higher current applications.
• Flexible head (HW 26F) provides added versatility. • Compact body for welding in confined spaces.
• Economical silicon rubber body (HW 26R) with gas valve • Torch head is cooled for increased efficiency.
included (HW 26RV). • Gas lens available for improved shielding and greater weld
quality.
The HW 18 torches have a compact water-cooled design for
Delivery includes
higher current applications in confined spaces.
Ready-to-use with switch, cable cover, collet/body Ø 2.4 mm.
• Ideal for production welding.
• Light weight - reduces operator fatigue.
• Gas lens available for improved shielding and greater weld
quality.
Delivery includes
Ready-to-use with switch, cable cover, collet/body HW 18
Ø 3.2 mm, HW 20 Ø 2.4 mm.

HW 26R (rubber), lead 3.8 m, CC 0588 000 740 HW 20 (HFC), lead 3.8 m, CC 0588 000 746
HW 26R (rubber), lead 7.6 m, CC 0588 000 741 HW 20 (HFC), lead 7.6 m, CC 0588 000 747
HW 26R (rubber), lead 3.8 m, OKC 0588 000 738 HW 20 (HFC), lead 3.8 m, OKC 0588 000 744
HW 26R (rubber), lead 7.6 m, OKC 0588 000 739 HW 20 (HFC), lead 7.6 m, OKC 0588 000 745
HW 26R (rubbervalve), lead 3.8 m, OKC 0588 000 742 HW 18 (HFC), lead 3.8 m, CC 0588 000 750
HW 26R (rubbervalve), lead 7.6 m, OKC 0588 000 743 HW 18 (HFC), lead 7.6 m, CC 0588 000 751
HW 26F (flex head), lead 3.8 m, OKC 0588 000 774 HW 18 (HFC), lead 3.8 m, OKC 0588 000 748
HW 26F (flex head), lead 7.6 m, CC 0588 000 775 HW 18 (HFC), lead 7.6 m, OKC 0588 000 749
143
TIG equipment
Collets, collet bodies & nozzles HW 24
Size Collet Collet Collet body Collet body
standard, pos 1a gas lens, pos 1b standard, pos 2a gas lens, pos 2b
Ø 0.5 0157 121 003 0157 121 007 0157 121 011 0157 121 015
Ø 1.0 0157 121 004 0157 121 008 0157 121 012 0157 121 016
Ø 1.5 0157 121 005 0157 121 009 0157 121 013 0157 121 017
Ø 2.4 0157 121 006 0157 121 010 0157 121 014 0157 121 018
No Size Nozzle Nozzle

standard, pos 3a gas lens, pos 3b
Ø 4.0 0157 121 028 -
4 Ø 6.4 0157 121 029 0157 121 032
5 Ø 8.0 0157 121 030 0157 121 033
6 Ø 9.8 0157 121 031 0157 121 034
7 Ø 11.2 - 0157 121 039
8 Ø 12.7 - 0157 121 040
Collets, collet bodies & nozzles HW 17, 18 & 26

Size Collet Collet body Collet body Collet body
pos 1 standard, pos 2a gas lens, pos 2b XL gas lens, pos 2c
Ø 0.5 0157 123 009 0157 123 080 0157 123 020 -
Ø 1.0 0157 123 010 0157 123 015 0157 123 021 -
Ø 1.6 0157 123 011 0157 123 016 0157 123 022 -
Ø 2.4 0157 123 012 0157 123 017 0157 123 023 0157 123 085
Ø 3.2 0157 123 013 0157 123 018 0157 123 024 0157 123 086
Ø 4.0 0157 123 014 0157 123 019 0157 123 025 0157 123 087
No Size Nozzle Nozzle Nozzle

standard, pos 3a gas lens, pos 3b XL gas lens, pos 3c
4 Ø 6.4 0157 123 052 0157 123 057 -
5 Ø 8.0 0157 123 053 0157 123 058 -
6 Ø 9.8 0157 123 054 0157 123 059 0157 123 088
7 Ø 11.2 0157 123 055 0157 123 060 -
8 Ø 12.7 0157 123 056 0157 123 061 0157 123 089
10 Ø 15.9 0588 000 442 - 0588 000 438
short Ø 17.5 - 0588 000 439 -
12 Ø 19.0 0588 000 441 - 0157 123 098
short Ø 24.0 - - 0588 000 437
Collets, collet bodies & nozzles HW 20, 20 ARV

Size Collet Collet body Collet body
pos 1a standard, pos 2a gas lens, pos 2b
Ø 0.5 0365 310 027 0365 310 036 0157 121 015
Ø 1.0 0365 310 028 0365 310 037 0157 121 016
Ø 1.6 0365 310 029 0365 310 038 0157 121 017
Ø 2.4 0365 310 030 0365 310 039 0157 121 018
Ø 3.2 0365 310 091 0365 310 090 0157 121 041
No Size Nozzle Nozzle

standard, pos 3a gas lens, pos 3b
4 Ø 6.4 0365 310 044 0157 121 032
5 Ø 8.0 0365 310 045 0157 121 033
6 Ø 9.8 0365 310 046 0157 121 034
7 Ø 11.2 0365 310 047 0157 121 039
8 Ø 12.7 0365 310 048 0157 121 040
10 Ø 15.9 0588 000 440 -
Electrodes
Type Colour Mode Ø 0.5 Ø 1.0 Ø 1.6 Ø 2.4 Ø 3.2 Ø 4.0
Tungsten, pure Green AC - 0151 574 008 0151 574 009 0151 574 010 0151 574 011 0151 574 012
Thoriated 2% Red DC 0151 574 016 0151 574 001 0151 574 002 0151 574 003 0151 574 004 0151 574 005
Zirconiated White DC - 0151 574 017 0151 574 018 0151 574 019 0151 574 020 0151 574 021
Lanthaniated Black AC/DC 0151 574 029 0151 574 030 0151 574 031 0151 574 032 0151 574 033 0151 574 034
Ceriated Grey AC/DC - 0151 574 036 0151 574 037 0151 574 038 0151 574 039 -
Accessories Central conn. OKC conn.
Extension cable 200 8 gas 0369 700 880 0466 705 880
200 16 gas 0369 700 881 0466 705 882
400 8 water 0369 700 882 0466 705 881
400 16 water 0369 700 883 0466 705 883
144
MIG/MAG equipment
Compacts
LKA Original LKB 265

The Esab Originals 150/180/240 MIG/MAG compacts have A full-grown compact power source in the Power Mig range. The
been developed with a unique design to give the user a maxi- power sources are suited for production welding in both light
mum of advantages in MIG/MAG welding with or without shield- and medium duty industries. It has 10 voltage steps, a built-in
ing gas in unalloyed steel. Aluminium and stainless steel can wire feeder and potentiometers to set the wire feed speed, spot-
also be welded. The value for money these compacts offer welding and adjustment of burnback time.
means that DIY, farmers, repair shops and light production
users will be able to meet most of their needs by using these Delivery includes
Originals for repair and occasional production applications. 4.5 m PSF 250 welding torch, 4.5 m return lead with clamp, gas
bottle platform and 3 m mains cable.
Delivery includes
Mains cable, welding torch, return lead with clamp, gas hose
with clamps, contact tips for 0.6/0.8 mm wire, wheels and plat-
form for gas bottle.
LKA 150 LKA 180-1 LKA 180-3 LKA 240 LKB 265
Mains supply, V/Hz 230/50 230/50 230/400/50 400/50 Mains supply, V/Hz 400/50
Max output at 20% duty 100 113 117/126 200 Max output at 30% duty cycle, A 265
cycle, A Max output at 60% duty cycle, A 190
Max output at 60% duty - 75 65/75 120 Max output at 100% duty cycle, A 150
cycle, A Wire feed, m/min 1.9-19
Wire feed, m/min 2.5-15 1-15 1-15 1-15 Wire Ø, unall. solid 0.6-1.0
Wire Ø, unall. solid 0.6-0.8 0.6-0.8 0.6-0.8 0.6-1.0 Wire Ø, SS 0.6-1.0
Wire Ø, SS 0.6-0.8 0.6-0.8 0.6-0.8 0.6-1.0 Wire Ø, Al 1.0
Wire Ø, Al 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Wire Ø, CW 0.8-1.0
Wire Ø, CW 0.8-0.9 0.8-0.9 0.8-0.9 0.8-0.9 Interval/spot welding -/•
Interval/spot welding - /• /• /• Open circuit voltage, V 15-38
Open circuit voltage, V 28 33 33 37 Weight, kg 92
Weight, kg 36 53 53 56

LKA 150 230 V, 1 ph 0469 375 880 LKB 265, 400-415V 0455 470 880
LKA 180 230 V, 1 ph 0469 560 880 LKB 265, 230/400-415/500, 230-440V 0455 470 881
LKA 180 400 V, 3 ph 0469 440 880 V/A instrument 0456 008 880
LKA 180 230/400 V, 3 ph 0469 565 880
LKA 240 400 V, 3 ph 0469 450 880
LKA 240 230/400 V, 3 ph 0469 570 880
145
MIG/MAG equipment
Compacts
LKB 320
A compact power source in the Power Mig range, for production
welding in light and medium duty industry. LKB 320 has built-in
wire feeder and 2/4 stroke function with gas pre- and post-flow,
potentiometers to set the wire feed speed and burnback time. It
has 4x10 voltage steps.
Delivery includes
4.5 m PSF 315 welding torch, 4.5 m return lead with clamp, gas
bottle platform and 5 m mains cable.
LKB 320
Mains supply, V/Hz 400/50

Wire feed, m/min 1.9-19
Wire Ø, unall. solid 0.6-1.2
Wire Ø, SS 0.6-1.2
Wire Ø, Al 1.0-1.2
Wire Ø, CW 0.8-1.2
Interval/spot welding -
Open circuit voltage, V 16-40
Weight, kg 112
LKB 320, 400-415V 0455 480 880
LKB 320, 230/400-415/500, 230-440 0455 480 881
V/A instrument 0456 008 880
146
MIG/MAG equipment
A10-LAX 320/380 LAW 410/510

Two power sources in the A10 system with 4x10 voltage steps. The LAW 410 and 510 MIG/MAG power sources belong to the
They have a simple and robust design and can be used at A10 range. The welders are designed for heavy use, in- and out-
almost any production site. LAX 380 has a thermostat-controlled doors. They are equipped with large wheels, sturdy lifting eye-
fan and is available with or without water-cooling. Both have lets and the carriage is specially designed to be lifted with a
separate wire feed units, MEK 2 or MEK 4. There is a large fork-lift truck. The power sources LAW 410 and 510 offer a wide
number of modules and accessories in the A10 system to fit current range and work excellently with mixed gas and CO2
your needs. shielding gases. They are optimized for cored and solid wires.
Some models have a built-in water-cooling system. The opera-
Delivery includes tor can weld up to 65 meters away from the power source with
Both are delivered with 4.5 m return lead with clamp, gas bottle an intermediate feeder and extension cables. To be close to the
platform, 5 m mains cable and a guide pin for the wire feeder. welder the voltage control, wire feed speed control and crater fill
function are located on the wire feeder.
Delivery includes
5 m of mains cable, wheels, return cable with clamp, cable con-
nectors, gas bottle platform and a guide pin for the wire feeder.
LAX 320 LAX 380 LAX 380 W LAW 410 LAW 510
Mains supply, V/Hz 400/50 400/50 400/50 Mains supply, V/Hz 400/50 400/50
Fuse, slow, A 16 20 20 Fuse, slow, A 25 35
Mains cable, Ø mm2 4x2.5 4x2.5 4x2.5 Mains cable, Ø mm2 4x4 4x6
Max output at 30% duty cycle, A 320 - - Max output at 45% duty cycle, A 400 -
Max output at 50% duty cycle, A - 380 380 Max output at 60% duty cycle, A 350 500
Max output at 100% duty cycle, A 195 280 280 Setting range, A 60-400 60-500
Open circuit voltage, V 16-40 17-45 17-45 Open circuit voltage, V 54-57 57-61
Weight, kg 110 143 157 Weight, kg 200 225

LAX 320, 400-415V 0455 490 880 LAW 410, 400/415 V, 50 Hz 0457 091 880
LAX 320, 230/400-415/500, 230-440V 0455 490 881 LAW 410 W, 400/415 V, 50 Hz 0457 091 882
LAX 380, 400-415V 0455 500 880 LAW 410, 230/400-415/500 V, 50 Hz, 230/440-460 V,
LAX 380, 230/400-415/500, 230-440V 0455 500 881 60 Hz 0457 091 881
LAX 380 W, 400-415V, water 0455 500 882 LAW 410 W, 230/400-415/500 V, 50 Hz, 230/440-
LAX 380 W, 230/400-415/500, 230-440V, water 0455 500 883 460 V, 60 Hz 0457 091 883
V/A instrument for LAX 320 0456 008 881 LAW 510, 400/415 V, 50 Hz 0457 095 880
V/A instrument for LAX 380 0456 008 882 LAW 510 W, 400/415 V, 50 Hz 0457 095 882
For extension cables, see page 157 LAW 510, 230/400-415/500 V, 50 Hz, 230/440-460 V,
60 Hz 0457 095 881
LAW 510 W, 230/400-415/500 V, 50 Hz,
230/440-460 V, 60 Hz 0457 095 883
V/A instrument LAW/MEK 0455 173 881
For extension cables, see page 157 147
MIG/MAG equipment
Multipurpose
LUA 400 Aristo 320/450

The LUA 400 thyristor-powered inverter is a rectifier for multi- Powerful equipment with a unique control system – the CAN bus
purpose welding. MIG/MAG, MMA and TIG methods are all system.
built-in as static and dynamic characteristics. Additional compo- All the welding parameters are stored in a box, which is easily
nents can easily be added according to specific needs. Short- accessible and logically and clearly presented on a large display.
pulse for MIG/MAG welding using PAD 3 extends the working The Aristo 320/450 contains 146 pre-programmed synergic
range on both aluminium and stainless steel. Safe and accurate lines. It is also possible to store and recall 95 different own weld-
starts and a minimum of spatter are also significant benefits pro- ing datas. You can copy all the welding datas to the PC-card. The
vided by the LUA. operator can then move the card from one power source to
another. Features such as pulsing, hot start and crater fill
Delivery includes ensures perfect welding results.
5 m of mains cable, return lead with clamp and 1 OKC connec-
tor. Delivery includes
5 m of mains cable, return lead with clamp, guide pin for the wire
feeder and gas bottle shelf.
LUA 400 LUD 450 LUD 320
Mains supply, V/Hz 400/50-60 Mains supply, V/Hz 400/50 400/50

Fuse, slow, A 20 Fuse, slow, A 25 20
Mains cable, Ø mm2 4x2.5 Mains cable, Ø mm2 4 4
Max output at 35% duty cycle, A 400 Max output at 45% duty cycle, A/V 450/38 -
Max output at 60% duty cycle, A 315 Max output at 60% duty cycle, A/V 425/37 320/32.8
Max output at 100% duty cycle, A 250 Max output at 100% duty cycle, A/V 360/34 270/31.0
Current range MIG 30-400 Current range MIG 15-450 15-320
Current range MMA DC 30-400 Current range MMA DC 16-450 16-320
Current range TIG DC 15-400 Current range TIG DC 4-450 4-320
Open circuit voltage, V 65-75 Open circuit voltage, V 65-80 65–80
Weight, kg 48 Weight, kg 110 110
LUA 400, 400 V, 50/60 Hz 0367 044 880 LUD 320 MIG/MAG, MMA, 400-415 V 0456 600 880
LUA 400, 230/400 V, 50/60 Hz, 415/500 V, 50 Hz, LUD 320 MIG/MAG, MMA, water, 400-415 V 0456 600 881
440/550 V 60 Hz, with autotransformer 0367 044 882 LUD 320 MIG/MAG, MMA, Multi V 0456 600 882
LUD 320 MIG/MAG, MMA, water, Multi V 0456 600 883
LUD 320 Universal, water, 400-415 V, TIG central 0456 600 885
LUD 320 Universal, water, Multi V, TIG central 0456 600 887
LUD 320 Universal, water, 400-415, TIG OKC 0456 600 884
LUD 320 Universal, Multi V, water, TIG OKC 0456 600 886
LUD 450 MIG/MAG, MMA, water, 400-415 V 0456 300 881
LUD 450 MIG/MAG, MMA, water, Multi V 0456 300 883
LUD 450 Universal, water, 400-415 V, TIG central 0456 300 885
LUD 450 Universal, Multi V, water, TIG central 0456 300 887
LUD 450 Universal, water, 400-415, TIG OKC 0456 300 884
LUD 450 Universal, Multi V, water, TIG OKC 0456 300 886
148 Control box PUA1 0456 290 880
MIG/MAG equipment
Wire feeders & components
MEK 25 MEH 44 B
MEK 25 is an intermediate wire feed unit which is used together The feeder units MEH 44 Basic is microprocessor controlled
with ESAB's well-known MEK feeding system to achieve long and feature infinitely variable wire feed speed. The electronics
distance welding (max. 60 m). MEK 25 gives excellent and trou- automatically compensate, by using a tachometer, for any fluc-
ble-free wire feeding with all types of wire electrodes and, above tuations in the mains supply, temperature, friction etc. This
all, with cored wire. This is due to the unit's system of a 4 feed means that the wire speed always remains constant and always
roll mechanism. MEK 25 can be combined with cable bundles in provides the correct welding current. The feed roller to MEH 44
three different lengths: 12.5 m, 19 m and 25 m. The cable bun- have three different grooves.
dles are also available equipped with hoses and hose connec-
tors for water-cooling. MEK 25 is fitted for MEK 4 and the Aristo Delivery includes
2000 system. MEH 44 is delivered with a 3 meter control cable with Burndy
connector as well as a 95 mm2 welding lead.
MEK 25 MEH 44 B
Mains supply, V/Hz 42/50 42/50

Wire feed, m/min 1-18 1.5-25
Max spool dimension/weight, Ø mm/kg - 440/30
Wire Ø, unall. solid 0.8-1.2 0.8-2.4
Wire Ø, SS 0.8-1.2 0.8-1.6
Wire Ø, Al - 1.0-2.4
Wire Ø, CW 0.8-1.6 0.9-2.4
Interval/spot welding - -
Weight, kg 7.5 19

MEK 25 intermediate feeder, Burndy 0455 295 880 MEH 44 Basic 0466 955 880
Water connection kit 0469 487 880 A9E connection kit 0467 820 880
Gas flow meter 0469 427 880 For assembly components, see page 155
PAE 2 remote control with Burndy plug 0467 277 880
For extension cables, see page 157
149
MIG/MAG equipment
MEK 4/4 S MEK 4 SP

The MEK 4/4 S wire feeders are part of the A10 MIG/MAG The MEK SP together with the LAW 410 power source creates a
range and are adapted for the LAW power sources. They are strong and efficient combination when it comes to pulsing. Man-
rugged, portable and encapsulated, minimised to carry 18 kg machine communication is easy. The pulse function is controlled
spools. By optional components they can be trollied, suspended using just one knob, the pulse ON/OFF switch. When the switch
or counterbalanced for maximum versatility. Extension cables on the front is in the pulse mode, there are 7 pre-programmed
allow for any production layout. There are quick-lock connec- synergic lines to choose between. When the pulse mode is not
tions for gas, control power, water and remote control for short- in use, there are an additional 12 pre-programmed synergic
est set-up time. All settings are made on the feeder unit. lines on the menu. The optional programming box, PAH 1, offers
Features as 2/4-stroke, pre- and post-gas flow, adjustable burn- an opportunity to make and store your own synergic lines.
back time, creep start and crater filling are standards. Features such as 2/4 stroke, pre- and post-gas flow, adjustable
With the synergic version MEK 4 S, there is a possibility to store burn-back time, creep start and crater filling are standard.
3 different sets of welding parameters, which then can be cho-
sen using an optional remote control on the welding gun. Fur-
ther to the three stored programs, there are 12 synergic lines to
choose from. Using the remote control on the gun, the synergic
lines can be steplessly adjusted.
MEK 4/MEK 4 S MEK 4 SP

Wire feed, m/min 1.9-25 1.9-25
Max spool dimension/weight, Ø mm/kg 300/18 300/18
Wire Ø, unall. solid 0.6-1.6/1.0*-1.2* 0.6-1.6/1.0*-1.2*
Wire Ø, SS 0.6-1.6/1.0*-1.2* 0.6-1.6/1.0*-1.2*
Wire Ø, Al 1.0-1.6/1.2*-1.6* 1.0-1.6/1.2*-1.6*
Wire Ø, CW 0.8-1.6/1.2*-1.6* 1.2-1.6/1.2*-1.6*
Weight, kg 14 14
* MEK 4 S pre-programmed synergic lines * MEK 4 SP pre-programmed pulsed synergic lines. Synergic
line for continuous welding same as for MEK 4 S.
MEK 4 0469 962 880 MEK 4 SP 0456 815 881
MEK 4 with digital V/A instruments 0469 962 881 PAH 1, programming box 0455 525 880
MEK 4 with water connection 0469 962 882
MEK 4 with water connection and digital V/A
instruments 0469 962 883
MEK 4 S, synergic 0455 175 880
MEK 4 S, synergic water 0455 175 881
Counterbalance 0469 792 881
Wheel kit 0469 786 880
Suspension device 0469 789 880
PAH 1 programming box 0455 525 880
150
MIG/MAG equipment
MEK 20/20 C MEK 2

The MEK 20 Yardfeeder is encapsulated and weighs only 12.5 The MEK 2 is part of the A10 system and has been adapted for
kg. It carries 5 kg spools and uses 4-wheel drive. Using exten- the LAX power sources. It is a stable, encapsulated wire feeder,
sion cables and the MEK 20, the welder can work up to 40 m minimized to carry 18 kg spools. The MEK 2 can be mounted on
from the power source. the power source, suspended, counterbalanced or put on a trol-
The MEK 20 Yardfeeder is designed for every standard welding ley to provide maximum versatility. Extension cables make it
situation and takes most wires on 5 kg spools. possible to lift the MEK 2 off the power source and carry it to the
work site.
The MEK 2 has 2-wheel drive, creep start, adjustable backburn
time and tachometer control of wire feed speed to ensure even
and reliable wire feed. It is available with or without water-cool-
ing.
MEK 20/20 C MEK 2

Wire Ø, SS 0.6-1.6 0.6-1.2
Wire Ø, Al 1.0-1.6 1.0-1.2
Wire Ø, CW 0.8-1.6 0.8-1.2
Weight, kg 12.5 13

MEK 20 0457 235 880 MEK 2 0455 590 881
MEK 20, water 0457 235 881 MEK 2, water 0455 590 883
MEK 20 C 0456 980 880 Counterbalance 0469 792 881
MEK 20 C, water 0456 980 881 Trolley 0469 786 880
Protection frame 0457 203 880 Suspension 0469 789 880
For extension cables, see page 157 For extension cables see page 157
151
MIG/MAG equipment
MEK 4 C MEK 44 C
The MEK 4 C wire feeder is adapted for the Aristo 2000 power The MEK 44 C wire feeder is adapted for the Aristo power
sources. It is rugged, portable and encapsulated and has been sources. It is robust and has two motors and a four-wheel drive
minimized to carry 18 kg spools. Optional components enable it stand. Voltage and temperature deviations are compensated for
to be trollied, suspended or counterbalanced for maximum ver- electronically, thereby ensuring a constant welding current and a
satility. Extension cables between the power source and wire precise wire-feed speed. The wire speed is set steplessly from
feed unit permit the use of any production layout. All adjust- 1.5 to 25 m/min.
ments are made from the control box PUA1. All adjustments are made from the control box PUA1.
MEK 4 C MEK 44 C

Wire Ø, SS 0.6-1.6 0.8-1.6
Wire Ø, Al 1.0-1.6 1.0-2.4
Wire Ø, CW 0.8-1.6 0.8-2.4
Weight, kg 14 19

MEK 4 C 0456 400 880 MEK 44 C 0456 800 880
MEK 4 C, water-cooled 0456 400 881 MEK 44 C, water-cooled 0456 800 881
Control box PUA1 0456 290 880 Control box PUA1 0456 290 880
For assembly components, see page 155
152
MIG/MAG equipment
MLC 30/30C/302 MEH 25

The MLC 30 wire feeder is a part of the A9 push-pull system. MEH 25 is an intermediate wire feed unit which combined with
The electrical feed device in the wire feeder pushes the wire an A10 system's wire feed unit can give you a working range of
through the welding gun at the same time as the PKB welding up to 60 m from the power source's placement. MEH 25 gives
gun provides the main feed power, through the pneumatically excellent and trouble-free wire feeding with all types of wire
operated turbine motor. electrodes and with cored wires. This is due to the unit's system
The push-pull system produces smooth and even wire feeding, of a 4 feed roll mechanism. MEH 25 can be combined with cable
excellent for soft wires (such as aluminium) or fine wire dimen- bundles in three different lenghts: 12.5 m, 19 m and 25 m. The
sions. Hoses of up to 16 m in length can be used. cable bundles are also available equipped with hoses and hose
The MLC 302 wire feeder is an encapsulated feeder, for dusty connectors for water cooling. Remote sockets for both Cannon
environments, with the same feature as the MLC 30. and Burndy connection are available. MEH 25 is adapted for
MEH 44, MED 304 and MEH 20.
Delivery includes
3 m of control cable, welding lead 70 mm2.
MLC 30/30C MLC 302 MEH 25
Mains supply, V/Hz 42/50 42/50 42/50

Wire feed, m/min 0-18 0-18 1-18
Max spool dimension/weight, Ø mm/kg 300/18 300/18 -
Wire Ø, unall. solid 0.6-1.6 0.6-1.6 0.8-1.2
Wire Ø, SS 0.6-1.6 0.6-1.6 0.8-1.2
Wire Ø, Al 0.8-1.6 0.8-1.6 -
Wire Ø, CW 0.8-1.6 0.8-1.6 0.8-1.6
Interval/spot welding - - -
Weight, kg 10/16 18 7.4

MLC 30 0157 466 880 MEH 25 intermediate feeder, Cannon 0469 420 880
MLC 30C 0457 040 880 MEH 25 intermediate feeder, Burndy 0469 420 881
MLC 302 0467 540 880 Water connection kit 0469 487 880
For extension cables, see page 157 Gas flow meter 0469 427 880
For assembly components, see page 155 PAE 2 remote control with Cannon plug 0467 277 881
PAE 2 remote control with Burndy plug 0467 277 880
153
MIG/MAG equipment
MED 304
The MED 304 encapsulated feeder is electronically controlled
with stepless wire feed settings. Deviations in mains voltage,
temperature, friction etc are electronically countered with a
tachometer, thus supplying correct feed speed and welding cur-
rent at all times. MED 304 feeder rollers have three separate
tracks, allowing different wire thicknesses to be fed off the same
rollers.
Delivery includes
Welding lead 70 mm2.
MED 304

Wire feed, m/min 0-18
Max spool dimension/weight, Ø mm/kg 300/18
Wire Ø, unall. solid 0.8-2.4
Wire Ø, SS 0.8-1.6
Wire Ø, Al 1.0-2.4
Wire Ø, CW 0.9-2.4
Interval/spot welding -
Weight, kg 21
MED 304 4-wheel drive feeder 0369 595 880
Analogue instrument < 400 A 0466 810 880
Analogue instrument > 400 A 0466 810 881
Adapter unit PKE-MED 0365 942 880
Gas/wire inching kit 0466 625 880
Protection frame 0467 014 880
For assembly components, see page 155
154
MIG/MAG equipment
Assembly possibilities for wire feeders
Counterbalance
device/mast
The feeder unit is assembled with a Ordering information
spring unit which lifts the welding gun and Counterbalance for MLC 0156 683 880
hose with adjustable force. The lifting Counterbalance for MED 44 0156 682 880
force is independent of the weight of the Counterbalance for MEH 30 0467 815 880
wire spool. The device can be rotated Counterbalance for MEH 44
and MEK 44 C 0467 816 880
through 360°.
Mast for MLC, MED, MEH 0156 746 880
Counterbalance for MEK 4
and MEK 2 0469 792 881
Counterbalance MEK spiral 0456 693 880
Turning piece
The feeder unit can be rotated on the Ordering information
power source through 360°. Turning piece for MLC, MED,
MEH 0156 681 880
Turning piece for MEH 44 0156 681 882
Turning piece for MEK 44 C,
MLC 30C 0156 681 883
Trolley
Increases the working radius from the Ordering information
power source. Can be further extended Trolley for MLC, MED, MEH,
with an extension unit between the feeder MEK 44 C 0332 650 880
and the power source. The trolley has four Trolley for MEK 4 and MEK 2 0469 786 880
wheels and can also be placed to pivot on
the power source.
Suspension device
Using this device, the feeder unit can be Ordering information
suspended in a swinging arm. Suspension device for MLC,
MED, MEH, MEK 44 C 0156 730 880
Isolated device,
max 300 mm Ø bobin 0456 909 880
Suspension device for MEK 4
and MEK 2 0469 789 880
Other ancillary
equipment for
MIG/MAG welding
Boom extension, 3 m 0152 571 001 Voltage pot kit for MEH 44 B 0467 650 880
Boom extension, 6 m 0152 571 002 As for extension cables, see
Spool protector, 30 cm 0157 482 880 page 157
Water cooling kit for MEH,
MED 0365 943 881
155
MIG/MAG equipment
Layout guide
1 2
200-350 kg
4,5 m
4,5 m
35 m
4,5 m
Ø 300 mm
35 m
4,5 m
25 m
35 m
4,5 m
25 m
Ø 200 mm
35 m 4,5 m
156
MIG/MAG equipment
Extension cables
MIG/MAG Extension cables Wire Torches Extension cables to Inter- Torches

power feeder intermediate feeder mediate
source feeder
1.7 m 0469 836 880, 400 Amp/air

8.0 m 0469 836 881, 400 Amp/air
16.0 m 0469 836 882, 400 Amp/air
25.0 m 0469 836 883, 400 Amp/air
35.0 m 0469 836 884, 400 Amp/air
1.7 m 0469 836 885, 400 Amp/W

8.0 m 0469 836 886, 400 Amp/W
16.0 m 0469 836 887, 400 Amp/W 12.5 m 0469 961 880, Air
25.0 m 0469 836 888, 400 Amp/W 1) 19.0 m 0469 961 881, Air
LUA MEK 4
35.0 m 0469 836 889, 400 Amp/W PSF 25.0 m 0469 961 882, Air PSF
LAW MEK 4 S2)
System MEK 25 System
LAR MEK 4 SP
1.7 m 0469 836 890, 500 Amp/air 2000 12.5 m 0469 961 883, W 2000
LAX MEK 23)
8.0 m 0469 836 891, 500 Amp/air 19.0 m 0469 961 884, W
16.0 m 0469 836 892, 500 Amp/air 25.0 m 0469 961 885, W
25.0 m 0469 836 893, 500 Amp/air
35.0 m 0469 836 894, 500 Amp/air
1.7 m 0469 836 895, 500 Amp/W

8.0 m 0469 836 896, 500 Amp/W
16.0 m 0469 836 897, 500 Amp/W
25.0 m 0469 836 898, 500 Amp/W
35.0 m 0469 836 899, 500 Amp/W
1.7 m 0456 528 880, 500 Amp/air

8.0 m 0456 528 881, 500 Amp/air
16.0 m 0456 528 882, 500 Amp/air 12.5 m 0469 961 880, Air
25.0 m 0456 528 883, 500 Amp/air 19.0 m 0469 961 881, Air
MEK 4 C
35.0 m 0456 528 884, 500 Amp/air PSF 25.0 m 0469 961 882, Air PSF
MEK 44 C
LUD System MEK 25 System
MEK 20 C
1.7 m 0456 528 885, 500 Amp/W 2000 12.5 m 0469 961 883, W 2000
MLC 30C
8.0 m 0456 528 886, 500 Amp/W 19.0 m 0469 961 884, W
16.0 m 0456 528 887, 500 Amp/W 25.0 m 0469 961 885, W
25.0 m 0456 528 888, 500 Amp/W
35.0 m 0456 528 889, 500 Amp/W
1)
If MEK 4 is connected to LAR or LUA, there will be no crater filling or V/A-meter functions. 2) Only in combination with LAW.
3)
In combination with LAR, LUA or LAX.
MIG/MAG Wire feeder Cable for PKB push/pull PKB push/pull torches
power source
5 m 0468 790 880, 250 Amp

LUA 10 m 0468 790 881, 250 Amp
LAW MLC 30 16 m 0468 790 882, 250 Amp PKB 250, 0152 700 881
LAR MLC 302 5 m 0468 790 883, 400 Amp PKB 400, 0152 470 881
LAX 10 m 0468 790 884, 400 Amp
16 m 0468 790 885, 400 Amp
Power source Extension cables Wire feeder Torches
8.0 m 0367 733 880, 400 Amp/air

16.0 m 0367 733 881, 400 Amp/air
25.0 m 0367 733 882, 400 Amp/air
LAW
35.0 m 0367 733 883, 400 Amp/air MEH 20
LUA PSF System
MEH 44
LAR 2000
8.0 m 0367 733 884, 500 Amp/water MED 304
LAX
16.0 m 0367 733 885, 500 Amp/water
25.0 m 0367 733 886, 500 Amp/water
35.0 m 0367 733 887, 500 Amp/water
157
MIG/MAG equipment
Trolleys
Semi trolley Maxi trolley Maxi trolley 2
MMA trolley for Trolley for

LUA Aristotig 160/200
Esab has a wide range of different trolleys to facilitate the welding and to increase the working radius.
LTO 160 LTP 450 DTD LTN 160 LTL LHL LUA
250 LTS 320 250 200 315 315 400
MMA trolley
0365 187 880
•
Wheel kit
0367 450 880
•
Wheeled frame
0369 580 880
•
Semi trolley
0369 580 884
• •
Maxi trolley 1
0369 580 885
• •
Maxi trolley 2
0369 580 886
• •
TIG trolley
0466 600 880
•
Trolley for big bottle
0468 320 880
•
Trolley for small bottle
0468 530 880
•
Trolley
0301 005 145
•
Trolley
0456 804 880
•
Trolley
0457 221 880
•
158
MIG/MAG equipment
PKB PKE
The A9A is a push-pull system consisting of a torch, PKB 250 The A9E is a push-pull system consisting of a torch, PKE 200
and 400, an MLC 30/302 wire feeder and welding hoses of dif- and PKE 400. They can be connected to a wire feeder and is
ferent lengths and dimensions. The torch is powered by air and powered by an electric motor. The feed speed can be set step-
the feed speed is set steplessly by a knob on the torch. The trig- lessly by a potentiometer. PKE 200 is air-cooled while PKE 400
ger permits creep starts and speed reductions during welding. is water-cooled.
The hose connection supplies current, wire, shielding gas and
air in the same connection.
PKB 250 PKB 400 PKE 200 PKE 400
Pressure, bar 5 5 Wire Ø, unall. solid 0.6-1.2 0.6-1.6

Wire Ø, unall. solid 0.6-1.2 0.6-1.6 Wire Ø, SS 0.6-1.2 0.6-1.6
Wire Ø, SS 0.6-1.2 0.6-1.6 Wire Ø, Al 0.8-1.2 0.8-1.6
Wire Ø, Al 0.8-1.2 0.8-1.6 Wire Ø, CW 1.0-1.2 1.0-1.6
Wire Ø, CW 1.0-1.2 1.0-1.6 Max load at 60% duty cycle, A 160 400
Wire feed, m/min 0-18 0-18
Weight, kg 1.2 1.4

PKB 250 welding torch 0152 700 881 PKE 200 4.5 m, Esab connection 0333 366 880
5 m hose for PKB 250 0468 790 880 PKE 200 10 m, Esab connection 0333 366 881
16 m hose for PKB 250 0468 790 882 PKE 400 4.5 m, Esab connection 0333 366 883
PKB 400 welding torch 0152 470 881 PKE 400 10 m, Esab connection 0333 366 884
10 m hose for PKB 400 0468 790 884 PKE 200 4.5 m, Euro connection 0469 990 880
16 m hose for PKB 400 0468 790 885 PKE 200 10 m, Euro connection 0469 990 881
PKE 200 16 m, Euro connection 0469 990 882
PKE 400 4.5 m, Euro connection 0469 990 883
Heat protection 0365 837 880
Adapter set, MEK 4 0456 199 880
Adapter set, MEH 44 0467 820 880
159
MIG/MAG equipment
PSF Cent PSF remote controls

The PSF System 2000 consists of four self-cooled and three The torches in the PSF System 2000 are available with built-in
water-cooled torches with integrated smoke extraction. The remote control. This enables you easily to control your welding
Centrovac torches are equipped with ergonomically-designed parameters. Two options are available; one with a potentiometer
handles. These torches give you good working conditions, which for current/voltage or synergic line adjustment, the other with a
can increase your productivity. The torches can be adapted to switch for changing three preset settings (voltage/wire feed
the Carryvac vacuum units or the high-vacuum system. speed).
PSF 250 C PSF 315 C PSF 400 C PSF 500 C PSF 200 X PSF 400 X PSF 502 W/X PSF 602 W/X
Max load at 60% 225 285 350 440 180 350 440 (100%) 560 (100%)
duty cycle, A
Wire Ø, unall. solid 0.6-1.0 0.8-1.2 0.8-1.6 1.0-2.4 0.6-0.8 0.8-1.6 1.0-2.4 1.0-2.4
Wire Ø, SS 0.6-1.0 0.8-1.2 0.8-1.6 1.0-1.6 0.6-0.8 0.8-1.6 1.0-1.6 1.0-1.6
Wire Ø, Al 1.0 1.0-1.2 1.0-1.6 1.2-2.4 1.0 1.0-1.6 1.2-2.4 1.2-2.4
Wire Ø, CW 1.0 1.0-1.2 1.0-1.6 1.0-2.4 - 1.0-1.6 1.0-2.4 1.0-3.2
Esab connection Euro connection
PSF 250 C, 3 m/4.5 m 0369 804 882/883 Torch with two potentiometers
PSF 315 C, 3 m/4.5 m 0369 805 880/881 PSF 200 X, 3 m/4.5 m, *1 0469 576 882/883
PSF 400 C, 3 m/4.5 m 0369 805 882/883 PSF 400 X, 3 m/4.5 m, *1 0469 577 882/883
PSF 500 C, 3 m/4.5 m 0369 805 884/885 PSF 402 WX, 3 m/4.5 m, *1 0455 422 882/883
PSF 321* CW, 3 m/4.5 m 0466 901 880/881 PSF 502 WX, 3 m/4.5 m, *1 0455 422 884/885
PSF 401* CW, 3 m/4.5 m 0466 901 882/883 PSF 200 X, 3 m/4.5 m, *2 0469 579 882/883
PSF 501* CW, 3 m/4.5 m 0466 901 884/885 PSF 400 X, 3 m/4.5 m, *2 0469 580 882/883
Euro connection PSF 402 WX, 3 m/4.5 m, *2 0455 423 882/883
PSF 250 C, 3 m/4.5 m 0468 410 882/883 PSF 502 WX, 3 m/4.5 m, *2 0455 423 884/885
PSF 315 C, 3 m/4.5 m 0468 411 880/881 Torch with three step program
PSF 400 C, 3 m/4.5 m 0468 411 882/883 PSF 200 XX, 3 m/4.5 m, *3 0469 795 882/883
PSF 500 C, 3 m/4.5 m 0468 411 884/885 PSF 400 XX, 3 m/4.5 m, *3 0469 796 882/883
PSF 321* CW, 3 m/4.5 m 0468 667 880/881 PSF 402 WXX, 3 m/4.5 m, *3 0455 442 882/883
PSF 401* CW, 3 m/4.5 m 0468 667 882/883 PSF 502 WXX, 3 m/4.5 m, *3 0455 442 884/885
PSF 501* CW, 3 m/4.5 m 0468 667 884/885 PSF 200 XX, 3 m/4.5 m, *4 0469 798 882/883
*For technical data see PSF XXX W torches PSF 400 XX, 3 m/4.5 m, *4 0469 799 882/883
PSF 402 WXX, 3 m/4.5 m, *4 0455 443 882/883
PSF 502 WXX, 3 m/4.5 m, *4 0455 443 884/885
*1 Suitable for MED 304, MEH 20/25/44, with 12
pol Burndy.
*2 Suitable for MED 44 A, MEK with 23 pol Burndy.
*3 Suitable for MED 304, MEH 20/25/44, 4 pol
MED 44 A, with 12 pol Burndy together with PAB 6
possibility to chose between 2 programs.
*4 Suitable for MED 44 A, MEK with 23 pol Burndy
with possibility to chose between 2 programs.
160
rovac
MIG/MAG equipment
PSF self-cooled PSF water-cooled

The PSF System 2000 consists of five self-cooled torches, all The PSF System 2000 consists of four water-cooled torches.
with a choice of two different hose lengths. The handles are They are equipped with a slip-on nozzle, which produces
ergonomically curved and, together with some of the differently improved cooling and allows you to adjust the positions of the
angled swan necks, this gives you easy access to difficult (differ- gas nozzle. Also available in Centrovac and remote-control ver-
ent) welding positions. sions.
PSF 160 PSF 250 PSF 315 PSF 400 PSF 500 PSF 302 W PSF 402 W PSF 502 W PSF 602 W
Max load at 60% 160 225 285 350 440 285 (100%) 350 (100%) 440 (100%) 560 (100%)
duty cycle, A
Wire Ø, unall. solid 0.6-0.8 0.6-1.0 0.8-1.2 0.8-1.6 1.0-2.4 0.8-1.2 0.8-1.6 1.0-2.4 1.0-2.4
Wire Ø, SS 0.6-0.8 0.6-1.0 0.8-1.2 0.8-1.6 1.0-1.6 0.8-1.2 0.8-1.2 1.0-1.6 1.0-1.6
Wire Ø, Al 1.0 1.0 1.0-1.2 1.0-1.6 1.2-2.4 1.0-1.2 1.0-1.6 1.2-2.4 1.2-2.4
Wire Ø, CW - 1.0 1.0-1.2 1.0-1.6 1.0-2.4 1.0-1.2 1.0-1.6 1.0-2.4 1.0-3.2
Esab connection Esab connection
PSF 160, 3 m/4.5 m 0366 440 880/881 PSF 402 W, 3 m/4.5 m 0456 055 882/883
PSF 250, 3 m/4.5 m 0366 440 882/883 PSF 502 W, 3 m/4.5 m 0456 055 884/885
PSF 315, 3 m/4.5 m 0366 400 880/881 Euro connection
PSF 400, 3 m/4.5 m 0366 400 882/883 PSF 302 W, 3 m/4.5 m 0455 250 880/881
PSF 500, 3 m/4.5 m 0366 400 884/885 PSF 402 W, 3 m/4.5 m 0455 250 882/883
Euro connection PSF 502 W, 3 m/4.5 m 0455 250 884/885
PSF 160, 3 m/4.5 m 0368 100 880/881 PSF 602 W, 3 m/4.5 m 0455 250 ---/887
PSF 250, 3 m/4.5 m 0368 100 882/883
PSF 315, 3 m/4.5 m 0368 101 880/881
PSF 400, 3 m/4.5 m 0368 101 882/883
PSF 500, 3 m/4.5 m 0368 101 884/885
161
MIG/MAG equipment
Type of welding gun PSF 160 PSF 250 PSF 315 PSF 400 PSF 500
-- PSF 250 C1 PSF 315 C1 PSF 400 C 1 PSF 500 C1
-- PSF 321 CW PSF 401 CW PSF 501 CW PSF 602W
-- PSF 302 W PSF 402W1 PSF 502 W1 PSF 631 CW1
Wear parts -- -- --
PKB 2509 PKB 400 9
Swan neck
PSF 160-500 Std. 45° 0366 324 880 0366 315 880 0366 388 880 0366 389 880 0366 390 880
PSF 321 CW-631 CW Std. 45° -- 0368 795 880 0368 796 880 0368 797 880 0368 798 880
PSF 302 W-602 W Std. 45° -- 0455 242 880 0455 243 880 0455 244 880 0455 676 880
Gas nozzle Threaded Tapered 0366 946-880 0366 946 881 0366 946 882 0366 946 883 0366 946 884
PSF 160-500 Std. 0366 854-880 0366 854 881 0366 854 882 0366 854 883 0366 854 884
PSF 321 CS-631 CW Straight -- 0468 194 881 0468 194 882 0468 194 883 0468 194 884
Gas nozzle Complete Tapered -- 0455 580 880 0455 581 880 0455 582 880 --
PSF 302 W-502 W Std. -- 0455 282 880 0455 283 880 0455 284 880 --
Super-cool -- -- -- 0455 584 880 0455 584 880
Spatter protection Gas Nozzle Threaded 0366 396 001 0366 396 002 0366 396 003 0366 396 004 0366 396 005
Gas Nozzle Sliding 0469 538 001 0469 538 001 0469 539 001 0469 540 001 0469 541 001
Spotwelding acc. 0366 643 880 0366 643 881 0366 643 882 0366 643 883 0366 643 8849
PSF 302-402 W -- 0366 643 882 0366 643 884 0366 643 885 --
Tip adaptor M6 0469 249 001 0366 314 001 0366 394 0012 0366 394 001 --
PSF 302 W M6 -- 0469 249 001 -- -- --
(Helix) M7 -- 0368 310 001 0368 311 301 0368 311 001 --
M8 -- -- 0368 394 0023 0366 394 002 0366 395 001
PSF 602 W M8 -- -- -- -- 0366 394 002
M6 M6 (M6) M8 (M6) M8 M8
Liner 3 m / 4.5 m 3 m / 4.5 m 3 m / 4.5 m 3 m / 4.5 m 3 m / 4.5 m
Steel liner for non-
0.6 - 0.8 0366 549 882/883 0366 549 882/883 0366 549 882/883 0366 549 882/883 --
alloyed and cored
0.9 - 1.0 0366 549 884/885 0366 549 884/885 0366 549 884/885 0366 549 884/885 0366 549 884/885
wires.
1.2 -- 0366 549 886/8876 0366 549 886/887 0366 549 886/8877 0366 549 886/887
Esab/Euro conn.
1.4 -- -- 0366 549 888/8894 0366 549 888/889 0366 549 888/889
1.6 -- -- 0366 549 890/8914 0366 549 890/8918 0366 549 890/891
2.0 -- -- -- 0366 549 892/8935 0366 549 892/893
2.4 -- -- -- 0366 549 894/895
0366 549 894/8955
Liner 0.6 0366 550 880/881 0366 550 880/881 -- -- --
Teflon liner for alu- 0.8 0366 550 882/883 0366 550 882/883 0366 550 882/883 0366 550 882/883 --
minium and stainless 0.9 - 1.0 0366 550 884/885 0366 550 884/885 0366 550 884/885 0366 550 884/885 0366 550 884/885
wires. When using 1.2 -- 0366 550 886/887 0366 550 886/887 0366 550 886/887 0366 550 886/887
aluminium the wear 1.4 -- -- 0366 550 888/8894 0366 550 888/889 0366 550 888/889
insert should be of a 1.6 -- -- 0366 550 890/8914 0366 550 890/891 0366 550 890/891
carbon-teflon type. 2.0 -- -- -- 0366 550 892/8935 0366 550 892/893
Esab/Euro conn. 2.4 -- -- -- 0366 550 894/8955 0366 550 894/895
Please see manual.
Contact tips Cu Cr Zr Special Nib-tip
CO2 Mix/Ar M6 x 27 M8 x 37 M6 x 27
0.6 0.6 -- -- 0468 501 001
0.8 -- 0468 500 003 0468 502 003 0468 501 002
0.9 0.8 0468 500 004 0468 502 004 0468 501 003
1.0 0.9 0468 500 005 0468 502 005 0468 501 004
1.2 1.0 0468 500 007 0468 502 007 0468 501 005
1.4 1.2 0468 500 008 0468 502 008 0468 501 006
1.6 1.4 -- 0468 502 009 0468 501 007
-- 1.6 -- 0468 502 010 --
2.0 2.0 -- 0468 502 011 --
2.4 2.4 -- 0468 502 012 --
Cu-standard Helix
CO2 Mix/Ar M6 x 30 M8 x 40 M7
0.6 -0.6 0455 181 880 -- 0.8 0368 313 881
0.8 -0.8 0455 181 881 0455 182 880 0.9 0368 313 882
1.0 0.9 0455 181 882 0455 182 881 1.0 0368 313 883
1.2 1.0-1.1 0455 181 883 0455 182 882 1.2 0368 313 884
1.6 1.4 -- 0455 182 883 1.4 0368 313 885
1. Equivalent pistol types in fume extracion versions. 2. Std PSF 315. 3. Std PSF 402 W. 4. Only PSF 402 W. 5. Only PSF 502 W. 6. Only PSF 302 W.
7. Std PSF 400. 8. Std PSF 502 W. 9. Not PSF 602 W.
162
Manual plasma cutting equipment
PCM-500i Plasmarc™ PCM-875 Plasmarc™

Best unit in the range for sheet-metal cutting. Cuts by dragging Excellent general-purpose portable unit for a wide range of cut-
the torch on material -- easy for ‘‘beginners’’. Continuous setting ting tasks. Also cuts grills and grating. Cuts 18 mm steel and
for optimal cutting. Fast HF starts even through paint. Also cuts stainless and 20 mm aluminium at 350 mm/min. Continuous set-
grills and grating. Gas pre- and post-flow, trigger lock function ting for optimal cutting, pilot arc and 6 mm stand-off makes it
and warning lamps help to support the operator for the best pos- easy to start cutting in the correct position. Gas pre- and post-
sible operation. flow, trigger lock function and warning lamps help to support the
operator for the best possible operation.
Delivery includes
Complete torch PT 31XL 7.6 m, 3 m mains cable, return cable Delivery includes
with clamp, spare kit box, regulator and gauge. Everything is Torch PT 27 7.6 m, 3 m of mains cable with clamp, spare parts
factory-fitted. kit box, stand-off guide, regulator and gauge. Everything is fac-
tory-fitted.
.
PCM-500i PCM-875
Mains supply, V/Hz 400/50 Mains supply, V/Hz 400/50

Mains cable, Ø mm2 4x4 Mains cable, Ø mm2 4x6
Setting range, A 10-35 Max output at 100% duty cycle, A 50
Open circuit voltage, V 265 Setting range, A 10-60
Air, l/min 120 Open circuit voltage, V 275
Pressure, bar 5.5 Air, l/min 150
Cutting capacity, Fe mm 9/12 Pressure, bar 4.5-5.2
Cutting capacity, SS mm 6.5/12 Cutting capacity, Fe mm 18/22*
Cutting capacity, Al mm 6.5/12* Cutting capacity, SS mm 18/22*
Weight, kg 26 Cutting capacity, Al mm 20/22*
* at 700 mm/min/at 250 mm/min Weight, kg 40
* at 700 mm/min/at 200 mm/min

PCM-500i, package 2x230 V 0558 000 579 PCM-875, package 3x230 V 0558 000 688
PCM-500i, package 3x230 V 0588 000 580 PCM-875, package 3x400 V 0558 000 687
PCM-500i, package 3x400 V 0558 000 581 Torch reel and spare parts kit holder 0558 000 420
Torch reel and spare parts kit holder 0558 000 420 Wheel kit 0558 000 789
Wheel kit 0588 000 789
163
PCM-1000i Plasmarc™ ESP-100i Plasmarc™

Designed for all industrial users who need to have top-class per- ESP-100i Plasmarc™ is the best unit in the range for really
formance in a transportable package. Handles for one- or two- heavy-duty plasma cutting, as well as gouging. Use com-
man transport. The torch reel with spare parts kit holder keeps pressed air or use two different gases – one as the cutting gas
the torch protected and exchangeable parts are always readily and one as the cooling gas. Using argon with 35% hydrogen
available when you are on the move. Also cuts grills and grating. and nitrogen as the cooling gas produces a smoother face cut
Continuous current setting. and the cut is not oxidised when cutting/gouging aluminium and
stainless. Also cuts grills and grating. Continuous current set-
Delivery includes ting.
Torch PT 27 7.6 m, 3 m mains cable, return cable with clamp,
spare kit box, stand off guide, torch reel with spares kit holder, Delivery includes
caster wheels, regulator and gauge. All factory-fitted. Torch PT 25 7.6 m with parts for cutting with compressed air, 3
m of mains cable, return cable with clamp, spare parts kit box,
stand-off guide, wheel kit. All factory-fitted.
PCM-1000i ESP-100i
Mains supply, V/Hz 400/50 Mains supply, V/Hz 400/50

Mains cable, Ø mm2 4x1.5 Mains cable, Ø mm2 4x6
Setting range, A 15-80 Setting range, A 10-100
Open circuit voltage, V 275 Open circuit voltage, V 325
Air, l/min 118 Air, l/min 120
Pressure, bar 4.5 Pressure, bar 4.5
Cutting capacity, Fe mm 16/25* Cutting capacity, Fe mm 30*
Cutting capacity, SS mm 15/25* Cutting capacity, SS mm 30*
Cutting capacity, Al mm 15/25* Cutting capacity, Al mm 30*
Weight, kg 36 Weight, kg 173
* at 700 mm/min/at 200 mm/min * at 375 mm/min

PCM-1000i, package 3x230 V 0558 000 503 ESP-100i 0558 000 691
PCM-1000i, package 3x400 V 0558 000 504 Cylinder rack (for gas bottles) 0558 000 885
Kit for using gas 0558 000 889
164
Plasma torches for compressed air
PT 25 Ordering information
PT 25, 7.6 m torch 0558 000 724
This PT 25 is designed for heavy-duty PT 25, 15 m torch 0558 000 725
cutting and gouging operations. Can use Heat shield 0558 000 730
Nozzle, 100 A 0558 000 727
compressed air or two gases simultane-
Swirl baffle 0558 000 735
ously; one as the cutting gas, the other as Electrode, air/N2 0558 000 732
the cooling gas. Rated at 150 A in contin- Electrode, Ar-H2 0558 000 733
uous operation. Electrode holder 0558 000 731
This torch is used in ESP-100i. O-ring 0558 000 734
PT 27 Ordering information
PT 27, 7.6 m torch 0558 000 487
The PT 27 is a rugged, compact, small- PT 27, 15 m torch 0558 000 490
size, high-capacity torch. Rated at 80 A in Heat shield 0558 000 486
Nozzle 0558 000 363
continuous operation.
Gas diffuser 0558 000 365
Produces clean, exceptionally fine cuts. Electrode 0558 000 364
Normally used with pilot arc and cuts with Valve pin 0558 000 479
a nozzle 6 mm from the cut surface. It is Retaining nut 0558 000 368
used on PCM-875 and PCM-1000i. Replaceable seat 0558 000 478
Torch body 0558 000 477
PT 31XL Ordering information

PT 31XL, 7.6 m torch 0558 000 690
The PT 31XL is the smallest 50 A torch Heat shield 0558 000 509
on the market. Designed for superior Nozzle 0558 000 508
Swirl baffle 0558 000 506
operator comfort. Rated at 50 A in contin-
Electrode 40 A 0558 000 507
uous operation. Specially-designed to Plunger 0558 000 511
make it easy to access places that are dif- Replaceable seat 0558 000 510
ficult to reach. For drag cutting with HF Torch body 0558 000 790
starts.
This torch is used on PCM-500i.
Plasma torch guide Spare parts kit

kit These spare parts kits organizes your
wear parts for more efficient handling.
For straight line, circular or bevel plate edge Includes: electrodes, swirl baffle, nozzles,
preparations. Positional or vertical cutting. heat shield etc.
Available for PT 31XL, PT 27 and PT 25.
Spare parts kit, PT 25 0558 000 742
Torch guide kit, PT 25 0558 000 741 Spare parts kit, PT 27 0558 000 488
Torch guide kit, PT 27 0558 000 493 Spare parts kit, PT 31XL 0558 000 505
Torch guide kit, PT 31XL 0558 000 582
Plasma gouging even high-alloyed ones and aluminium.

Only two parts need to be changed (no
Plasma gouging is an effective way of tools needed) to gouge instead of cut with
removing material, when preparing for the PT 25 and PT 27.
next layer to be welded or for removing
faults. Generally speaking, the advan- Ordering information
tages of using plasma instead of carbon Gouging nozzle, PT 25 0558 000 729
rods are 50% less noise, 50% fewer parti- Gouging guard 0558 000 737
cles in the air, 50% less energy con- Gouging nozzle, PT 27 0558 000 480
sumed, no carbon deposits in the material Plain guide for gouging
nozzle 0558 000 481
and gouging can be done on all materials,
165
Ancillary equipment
Remote controls
PHA 1
Stepless current setting with potentiome- Ordering information
ter. PHA1 with 10 m of cable 0367 657 881
Mounted with cable, 10 or 25 m. PHA1 with 25 m of cable 0367 657 880
PHB 1
Handy and lightweight. One-hand-setting. Ordering information
A planetary gear for accurate and step- PHB 1 excl cable 0367 317 880
less setting from 1-10.
PHA 2
‘‘Hot start’’ function. Two separate current Ordering information
levels can be set. The choice is made PHA 2 excl cable 0367 601 880
using a switch mounted on the electrode
holder.
PHB 2
Stepless setting of welding current, both Ordering information
coarse and fine. The fine setting is gradu- PHB 2 excl cable 0367 318 880
ated as a percentage of the coarse set-
ting.
PHC 2
Robust unit. Coarse setting with 10 steps Ordering information
and fine setting within each coarse step PHC 2 excl cable 0367 620 880
for exact current adjustment.
PAE 2
Sets both current and voltage. Planet Ordering information
gears produce an accurate setting. Two PAE 2 bar with 5 m of cable,
versions available: box or bar. 12-pol 0466 515 882
Delivered with 5 m of cable. PAE 2 box with 5 m of cable,
12-pol 0467 277 880
PAE 2 bar with 5 m of cable,
23-pol 0466 515 880
PAE 2 box with 5 m of cable,
23-pol 0466 801 880
166
Ancillary equipment
Remote controls
PAE 4
Programming unit for five parameter sets Ordering information
(current and voltage). The parameters are PAE 4 with 5 m of cable 0368 920 880
set and protected under a cover. The
choice is then made on the front panel
using a switch.
PAB 6
Remote control of welding current (wire Ordering information
feed) and voltage. Storage of three weld- PAB 6 excl cable 0367 308 880
ing parameter sets. Easy selection using Switch for welding gun 0157 422 881
a switch. Two of the parameter sets can
also be selected using the switch which
can be fitted on the welding gun.
PHA 5
Can be used for pulsing. The two current Ordering information
levels and the pulse times can be set PHA 5 excl cable 0367 970 880
steplessly by potentiometers.
Remote control of current setting is also
possible.
FS 002
Foot pedal for starting and stopping as Ordering information
well as for stepless current setting. Max. FS 002 with 5 m of cable 0349 090 886
current can also be set using a potentiom-
eter. Used mostly for TIG welding.
PHF 1
Simple and lightweight unit for setting the Ordering information
current. PHF 1 with 5 m of cable 0467 053 880
PAD 3
Pulsed arc unit, only for use with LUA 400. Ordering information
Choice between six preprogrammed com- PAD 3 excl cable 0367 502 880
binations of wire and gas. On the front
panel there is a potentiometer for setting
the welding current and a switch for select-
ing the program. At the seventh level, man-
ual setting enables pulse time, amplitude,
current and wire feed adjustments.
167
Ancillary equipment
Remote controls
Recommendation table - combinations of remote controls and power sources plus feeders.
For functional descriptions, see page 166.
Description PAB 6 PAD 3 PAE 2 PAE 4 PAH 1 PHA 1 PHA 2 PHA 5 PHB 1 PHB 2 PHC 2 PHF 1 FS FS 002 + PHA 5 + Aristo Aristo
12/23 002 Tigaid Tigaid con 5-prog
DTB • • • • • • •
DTD • • • • • •
DTF • • • • • • •
LHF • • • • • • •
LHL • • • • • • •
LHN • • • • • • •
LTG • • • • • • •
LTL • • • • • • •
LTN • • • • • •
LTR • • • • • • •
LUA • • • • •
Tigaid • • • • • • •
MED 304 • •/- •
MEK 20 • •/- •
MEH 25 • •/- •
MEH 44 B • •/- •
MEK 25 -/•
MEK 4 -/•
MEK 4 S/SP -/• •
MEK 4 C -/• • •
MEK 44 C -/• • •
MEK 20 C -/• • •
MLC 30 • •/- •
MLC 30 C -/• • •
MLC 302 • •/- •
Connection cables for remote controls:
Connection cables between remote control and power Connection cables between remote control and feeder,
source, MMA, TIG: MIG/MAG:
Cable, 12 poles, 5 m 0367 144 881 Cable, 12 poles, 5 m 0367 144 884
Cable, 12 poles, 25 m 0367 144 883
Extension cable, 25 m 0367 662 880 Extension cable, 23 poles, 8 m 0467 127 880
Extension cable, 23 poles, 16 m 0467 127 881
168
Ancillary equipment
Cooling units
OCE-2 H OCF 2 L/D/M/A

The OCE-2 H water-cooling unit is an efficient, compactly- The OCF 2 cooling unit comes in four versions, designed for use
dimensioned cooling unit designed for use together with water- with Power Tig DC and Aristotig 200/255 (L+A), Aristotig 200/
cooled equipment for arc welding by hand or in automatic 255 AC/DC (D), Mechtig 160/250 (M) and semi-automated
plants. The water tank and pump are made of stainless corro- power sources (A).
sion-resistant material. The water-cooling unit is easily mounted under the power
source, thereby providing flexibility when adapting to customer
requirements.The OCF 2 A can also be used free-standing,
upright.
The maximum working height is 7 m.
OCE-2 H 2L 2D 2M 2A
Mains supply, V/Hz 230/50-60 400/50-60 400/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60

Cooling water, l/min 6.0 4 4 4 4
Max water pressure, bar 2.8 3 3 3 3
External dimensions, LxWxH, mm 320x270x360 515x285x210 510x295x210 515x285x210 515x285x210
Weight, kg 15 22 25 19.5 19.5

OCE-2 H 0414 191 881 OCF 2 L 0457 216 880
Flow guard to OCE-2 H 0414 231 880 OCF 2 D 0457 216 881
OCF 2 M 0457 216 882
OCF 2 A 0457 216 883
169
170
General technical data

Designation Processes Specifications
MMA
TIG
MIG/MAG
Flux cored Metal cored
Pulsed arc
Plasma cut
Current
Phase no:s
(at 100 % rated A)

Active power kW
(at 100 % rated A)

Apparent power kVA
Idling effect W
(at 100 %)
Power factor cos j
(at 100 %)
EfÞciency %
Choke taps
Feed rolls, no and ¯
Ext. remote possibility
Ext. pulse possibility
Ext. program possibility
Sep. carriage possibility
Count.balance possibility
Extension possibility
Enclosure class
Dimensions LxWxH mm
Bantam x AC 1 1.2 2.5 70 0.47 68 IP21 425x185x295
LHN 140 x (x) DC 1 2.4 3.4 25 0.67 77 ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ IP23 472x142x256
LHN 200 x (x) DC 3 4.8 6.1 30 0.55 82 ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ IP23 472x142x256
LHN 250 x (x) DC 3 4.6 7.8 30 0.59 83 ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ IP23 472x142x256
LHL 315 x (x) DC 3 5.8 6.2 90 0.94 83 ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ IP23 560x240x340
LHF 250 x (x) DC 3 6.1 8.2 300 0.75 68 ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ IP23 1300x750x700
LHF 400 x (x) DC 3 10.3 3.8 400 0.95 71 ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ IP23 1300x750x700
LHF 630 x* (x) DC 3 17.9 26.3 600 0.90 75 2 ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ IP23 1300x750x700
LHF 800 x* (x) DC 3 26.8 34.8 650 0.80 79 2 ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ IP23 1300x750x700
LHN 90 x (x) DC 1 1.5 2.1 21 0.71 72 ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ IP23 472x142x256
LHO 110 x (x) DC 1 2.2 3.9 62 0.56 82 ¥ IP23 375x145x280
LHO 150 x (x) DC 1 2.9 5.0 62 0.58 83 ¥ IP23 375x145x280
LHP 200 x (x) DC 3 3.7 4.8 400 0.75 65 IP23 520x600x650
LHP 250 x (x) DC 3 5.3 7.0 500 0.76 68 IP23 520x600x650
LHP 300 x (x) DC 3 6.5 9.3 600 0.68 65 IP23 520x600x650
LHP 400 x (x) DC 3 10.2 15.5 800 0.66 66 IP23 520x600x650
LKA 150 x x DC 1 0.9 1.1 0 0.92 70 1 1/30 IP21 674x374x480
LKA 180 x x DC 1/3 1.3 1.4 20 0.96 70 1 1/30 IP21 777x477x598
LKA 240 x x DC 3 2.2 2.5 30 0.95 76 1 1/30 IP21 777x477x598
LKB 265 x x DC 3 4.7 5.0 50 0.95 73 2 1/30 IP23 770x520x620
LKB 320 x x DC 3 6.2 6.5 50 0.96 77 2 2/30 IP23 770x520x620
LAX 320 x x DC 3 6.2 6.5 50 0.96 77 2 - ¥ ¥ ¥ IP23 770x520x620
LAX 380 x x DC 3 10.4 10.8 130 0.97 75 2 - ¥ ¥ ¥ IP23 800x640x835
LAW 410 W x x (x)* DC 3 13.4 15.4 600/800 0.87 75 2 - ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ IP23 800x640x835
LAW 510 W x x DC 3 20.7 23 760/960 0.90 78 2 - ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ IP23 800x640x835
LUA 400 x (x) x x x DC 3 7.1 9.5 60 0.75 78 - ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ IP23 610x295x420
LUD 320 x x x x x DC 3 8.9 10.1 140 0.88 83 - ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ IP23 910x642x835
LUD 450 x x x x x DC 3 14.8 16.3 140 0.91 82 - ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ IP23 910x642x835
General technical data
Designation Processes Specifications
MMA
TIG
MIG/MAG
Flux cored Metal cored
Pulsed arc
Plasma cut
Current
Phase no:s
(at 100 % rated A)

Active power kW
(at 100 % rated A)

Apparent power kVA
Idling effect W
(at 100 %)
Power factor cos ϕ
(at 100 %)
Efficiency %
Choke taps
Feed rolls, no and Ø
Ext. remote possibility
Ext. pulse possibility
Ext. program possibility
Sep. carriage possibility
Count.balance possibility
Extension possibility
Enclosure class
Dimensions LxWxH mm
LTR 160 x x DC 1 1.4 2.1 30 0.69 75 • • • ** IP23 515x285x415
LTR 200 x x DC 3 1.8 3.4 45 0.54 76 • • • ** IP23 515x285x415
LTR 255 x x DC 3 4.5 7.5 45 0.56 79 • • • ** IP23 515x285x415
LTN 160 x x x DC 1 1.4 2.1 30 0.69 75 • • ** IP23 515x285x415
LTN 200 x x x DC 3 1.8 3.4 50 0.54 76 • • ** IP23 515x285x415
LTN 255 x x DC 3 4.5 7.5 45 0.56 79 • • ** IP23 515x285x415
LTG 400 x x DC 3 11.5 16 490 0.72 65 • • ** IP23 1250x745x965
LTL 315 x x DC 3 4.8 5.2 90 0.98 76 • • • ** IP23 736x323x545
LTU 150 x x DC 1 1.9 3.2 35 0.59 74 ** IP23 430x215x395
LTT 150 x x DC 1 1.9 3.2 35 0.59 74 • IP23 375x145x280
DTB 250 x x AC/DC 3 9 14.3 300 0.63 69 • • ** IP23 1180x745x965
DTD 250 x x x AC/DC 3 9.4 10.0 180 0.94 79 • • ** IP23 470x270x520
DTF 180 x x AC/DC 1 2.2 2.2 25 0.99 75 • IP23 430x138x320
PCM-500i x DC 1/3 4.2 4.4 70 0.94 90 • IP23 490x218x452
PCM-875 x DC 3 8.2 9.0 70 0.92 90 IP23 516x275x465
PCM-1000i x DC 3 11.2 15.9 70 0.70 89 IP23 635x305x457
ESP-100i x DC 3 18.2 26.3 140 0.96 93 IP23 838x546x693
(x) Scratch or HF ald

* Air carbon arc
** Extension cables recommended at LIFTARC™ mode
(x)* with MEK 4 SP
171
172
Welding helmets
Eye-Tech
The Esab Eye-Tech welding helmet is based on excellence in ergonomic design and
the clever use of modern advanced electronics. Comfort and safety means opportuni-
ties for increased productivity and quality. Main features:
• No on/off operation - it is always on.
• Shade levels chosen DIN 9-13 by step-free setting.
• Shade levels adjustable from outside during welding.
• No battery change - solar cells used.
• 4 comfort adjustments in headgear compared with the usual 3.
Eye-Tech 0700 000 880
Sweat-band 0700 000 005
Eye-Tech 1012 Select

The Eye-Tech 1012 Select has a switch for easy changing between shade areas 10-11
and 11-12 to suit your individual requirements.
• Solar cells — no battery changes
• Waterproof, shock-resistant
• Lightweight
• No on/off operation — always on
• Cover shade DIN 10-12
Eye-Tech 1012 Select 0700 000 884
Sweat-band 0700 000 005
Scanorama
Scanorama is fitted with a large absorbing filter disc (150 x 175 mm) which is of density
grade 5. This filter disc provides a large "window" which allows free sight around the fil-
ter glass whilst providing effective protection from light and heat rays. The Scanorama
helmet is approved according to DIN 4647/1 and DIN 58214. It weighs only 395 g.
Scanorama 0366 734 880
Chin protection (bib) 0366 471 880
Sweat-band 0369 768 001
Liftorama
Liftorama is a combination helmet which gives the welder complete protection. After
welding you can lift up the filter glass which is of the ''flip-up'' type. Under the filter glass
(60 x 110 mm) there is a normal clear protective glass which protects the eyes while
grinding the workpiece.
Liftorama 0466 860 880
Sweat-band 0369 768 001
173
Welding helmets
Weldorama
Weldorama has a sight glass (90 x 12 mm) just above the filter glass (60 x 110 mm).
This gives the welder a clear view before welding, thereby simplifying the positioning of
the torch before starting.
Weldorama 0369 290 880
Sweat-band 0369 768 001
Eye-Tech Fresh Air

The Eye-Tech Fresh Air filter unit has electronic airflow regulation which gives the user
a constant airflow of 175 l/min. Double alarm functions, for both low battery voltage and
blocked filter, are indicated by warning lamps and a sound alarm.
The filter is of the THP3 type and removes more than 99.8% of particles larger than 0.4
µm from the air. The unit is light and compact, only 1.1 kg complete with snap-in battery.
Eye-Tech Fresh Air unit complete 0700 002 884
Eye-Tech Fresh Air unit complete, mounted
together with ESAB Eye-Tech helmet 0700 002 885
Face seal 0700 002 019
Prefilter (5 pcs) 0700 002 023
P3 filter (1 pcs) 0700 002 024
Battery 5 hours NiCd (standard) 0700 002 013
HN
Welding helmet made of glassfibre-reinforced polyester with an adjustable head strap.
The welding glass and protective glass is fitted on a liftable frame. There is a piece of
transparent glass in front of the welding glass.
HN Standard 0000 500 596
Head strap 0000 500 645
Hearing protection
The Eye-Tech hearing protection is designed for maximum attenuation in a severe
noise environment. They have broad foam cushions to give low comfortable surface
pressure. The Eye-Tech hearing protection is put in place by a neck band which means
no interference with the helmet.
Eye-Tech hearing protection 0700 001 880
174
Welding helmets
Protective helmet
The protective helmet is lightweight - only 300 g. The vent is placed high on the helmet
to permit optimum air circulation in the whole helmet. The helmet is slotted for the sim-
ple addition of hearing protectors, headset and visors.
Protective helmet 0468 051 880
Eye-Tech adapter set (to connect protective helmet
and visor) 0700 000 004
Rama adapter set (to connect protective helmet,
visor and hearing protection) 0368 975 881
Rama adapter set (to connect protective helmet
and visor) 0368 975 882
175
Welding screens
Welding screen B
Made of glassfibre-reinforced polyester plastic. Equipped with a rubber cassette for
welding glass, size 60 x 110 mm. Weight 310 g.
Including transparent glass 0160 248 881
Welding screen E
Made of glassfibre-reinforced polyamide plastic. Equipped with a rubber cassette for
welding glass, size 60 x 110 mm. Weight 300 g.
Including transparent glass 0332 109 880
Welding screen F
Made of thermoplastic. Equipped with a rubber cassette for welding glass, size
60 x 110 mm. Weight 330 g.
Including transparent and tinted glass 0160 294 880
Rubber cassette 0682 108 103
Magnifying glass
A magnifying glass facilitates welding. The transparent glass is made of polycarbonate
and it is extremely light and resilient, as well as being easy to keep clean.
This glass is available in four dioptres: +1.0, +1.5, +2.0 and +2.5. This corresponds to a
magnification of approximately 25%, 38%, 50% och 63%.
Magnifying glass
size: 51 x 108 mm
Magnification +1.0 0367 951 001
176
Welding screens
Welding lenses
Recommended shade levels

Welding process Current Amps
or related
techniques 5 10 15 20 30 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 350 400 450 500 550
Covered
electrodes 9 10 11 12 13 14
MIG on steel
10 11 12 13 14
MIG on
aluminium 11 12 13 14 15
TIG on all metals
and alloys 9 10 11 12 13 14
MAG
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Plasma cutting
11 12 13
Arc air gouging
10 11 12 13 14 15
Transparent glass 60 x 110 mm
Transparent glass 0291 102 701
Transparent long-term glass (CR 39) 0160 305 001
Welding glass size 60 x 110 mm
9 DIN 0160 292 001
10 DIN 0160 292 002
11 DIN 0160 292 003
12 DIN 0160 292 004
13 DIN 0160 292 005
Gold glass size 60 x 110 mm
9 DIN 0349 501 220
10 DIN 0349 501 221
11 DIN 0349 501 222
12 DIN 0349 501 223
13 DIN 0349 501 224
14 DIN 0349 501 225
15 DIN 0349 501 226
Viewing glass 16 x 100 mm for Weldorama
3 DIN 0160 306 001
Glass for Eye-Tech & Scanorama

Protective glass for Scanorama & Eye-Tech.
Eye-Tech
Front cover glass (set of 10 pc) 0700 000 010
Inside cover glass (set of 5 pc) 0700 000 011
Scanorama
Transparent protective glass 0366 736 001
Tinted protective glass 0366 737 002
Filter glass
9 DIN 0366 194 002
10 DIN 0366 194 003
11 DIN 0366 194 004
12 DIN 0366 194 005
Filter disc, large
5 DIN 0366 737 001
6 DIN 0366 737 003
177
General eye-protection
Astra flip-up
Combined welding and protective goggles. The exterior glass can be folded up. Glass
Ø 50 mm.
Astra flip-up 0000 665 208
Model 206
Light, easy-to-wear welding goggles. Glass Ø 50 mm.
Model 206 0000 665 206
Model 900
Light protective goggles equipped with side guards.
Model 900 splinter-proof 0000 665 201
Protection glass for goggles

Protection glass for goggles Ø 50 mm.
Clear glass 0000 665 600
Clear glass splinter-proof 0000 665 601
Clear glass for Astra flip-up 0000 665 618
Welding glass:
2 DIN 0000 665 602
3 DIN 0000 665 603
4 DIN 0000 665 604
5 DIN 0000 665 605
6 DIN 0000 665 606
7 DIN 0000 665 607
8 DIN 0000 665 608
178
General eye-protection
Vision spectacle
Comfortable protective goggles with integrated side guards.
• Clear-coated, scratch-resistant polycarbonate lens
• Modern lightweight design
• 5-position temple arm length adjustment
• Mechanism for multi-angle adjustment
• Full protection, one-piece lens with integral side shields
Vision spectacle 0700 011 880
Clear coated scratch resistans lens 0700 011 001
179
Electrode holders & clamps
Electrode holder ESAB 200, 400 & 500

Esab's screw-type electrode holder offers many advantages including:
• Excellent current transfer between electrode and holder
• Two hole positions at 45° and 90° for welding in different positions
• Electrode cable held in place by two Allen screws
• All electrode holders are fully insulated to provide maximum safety
ESAB 200, 200 A 0333 249 001
ESAB 400, 400 A 0369 849 880
ESAB 500, 500 A 0369 850 880
ESAB 200 with remote control 0700 006 200
ESAB 400 with remote control 0700 006 400
Electrode holder K200, L300 & M500

Esab's tough, lever-grip electrode holders offer the following advantages:
• Quick and easy electrode changes
• The electrode is held in place by a sturdy, tried and tested spring assembly
• All electrode holders are fully insulated
• Welding cable connected and held in place by a strong Allen screw
K200, 200 A 0682 100 280
L300, 300 A 0682 100 380
M500, 500 A 0682 100 480
Electrode holder Optimus

Closed head. The electrode can be fitted either horizontally or vertically. The electrode
holder is made of glassfibre-reinforced plastic. All Optimus electrode holders are fully
insulated.
Optimus 300, 300 A (60%) 0760 001 300
Optimus 400, 400 A (60%) 0760 001 400
Optimus 600, 600 A (60%) 0760 001 600
Electrode holder Samson

Closed head. Samson is like the "classic" electrode tongs with an open design. The
electrode holder is made of glassfibre-reinforced plastic. All Samson electrode holders
are fully insulated.
Samson 300, 300 A (60%) 0760 002 300
Samson 400, 400 A (60%) 0760 002 400
Samson 500, 500 A (60%) 0760 002 500
180
Earth lead clamp EG 600

The EG 600 is an extremely robust earth lead clamp made of brass. The welding cable
is attached using an hexagonal socket screw. The largest gap is 50 mm. Max 600
amperes.
EG 600 0160 288 001
MK 150, MP 200 & MP 300

The MK 150 is a small, easy-to-use assembly clamp. It is fully galvanised and can be
used as an earth lead clamp for smaller size welding cables. The largest gap is 50 mm.
Max 150 amperes.
The MP 200 and MP 300 are robust earth lead clamps with strong springs for good con-
tact. The largest gap is 50 mm for the MP 200 and 55 mm for the MP 300. Max 200
amperes for the MP 200 and max 350 amperes for the MP 300.
MK 150 0682 103 801
MP 200 0367 558 880
MP 300 0682 103 803
Fematic
Stand for semi-automatic welding with long electrodes. A welder can use and monitor 4
Fematic stands simultaneously. Available in two versions, standard and universal. The
universal version can stand on both the web plate and the flange plate.
Fematic, standard 0000 114 460
Fematic, universal 0000 115 059
Rotatable earth couplings NKK

Clamp head NKK 800 1200 2000
Max loading rating 800 A 1200 A 2000 A
Weight 2.7 kg 4.0 kg 7.3 kg
NKK 800, 800 A 0700 004 001
NKK 1200, 1200 A 0700 004 002
NKK 2000, 2000 A 0700 004 003
181
Earth coupling K2 and GA 800

Clamp head with handle connection.
Clamp head K2 Handle connection GA 800

Max loading rating 1200 A Max loading rating 800 A
Clamping span 43 mm Cable cross-section 70-120 mm
Tommy screw M 16 Weight 0.8 kg
Weight 1.1 kg
Clamp head K2 0700 004 004
Handle connection GA 800 0700 004 005
Pole clamp PZ 3
Pole clamp PZ 3
Max loading rating 2000 A
Clamping span 100 mm
Working radius 70 mm
Spindle Ø Tr 20x4 mm
Weight 4.1 kg
Connection 3xM 16
Suitable current NKK 800, NKK 1200,
coupling NKK 2000
Pole clamp PZ 3 0700 004 006
182
Welder's kit
200 A
1 electrode holder, type K with 5 m rubber coated cable, 16 mm2
1 return clamp, type MK with 5 m rubber coated cable, 16 mm2
1 plastic screen, type F with one tinted glass 10A DIN and one clear glass
1 tinted glass 10A DIN
1 pair of gloves
1 chipping hammer
1 steel brush, 3 rows
250 A
1 electrode holder, type K with 5 m rubber coated cable, 25 mm2
1 return clamp, type MP with 5 m rubber coated cable, 25 mm2
1 plastic screen, type E with one tinted glass 10A DIN and one clear glass
1 pair of gloves
1 chipping hammer
375 A
1 electrode holder, type L with 5 m rubber coated cable, 35 mm2
1 return clamp, type MP with 5 m rubber coated cable, 35 mm2
1 pair of gloves
1 chipping hammer
400 A
1 return clamp, type EG with 5 m rubber coated cable, 50 mm2
1 pair of gloves
1 chipping hammer
600 A
1 return clamp, type EG with 5 m rubber coated cable, 70 mm2
1 pair of gloves
1 chipping hammer
Welder's kit 200 A 0160 302 889
Welder's kit 250 A 0160 302 880
Welder's kit 375 A 0160 302 881
Welder's kit 400 A 0160 302 882
Welder's kit 600 A 0160 302 883
183
Connections & cables
OKC cable connection

Fully insulated with neoprene rubber. Bayonet-type snap connection which locks firmly
to provide safe and effective contact. The cable is fixed with a socket and an Allen
screw.
OKC 25 male 10-25 mm2 0160 360 880
OKC 25 female 10-25 mm2 0160 361 880
OKC 50 male 35-50 mm2 0160 360 881
OKC 50 female 35-50 mm2 0160 361 881
OKC 95 male 70-95 mm2 0160 360 882
OKC 95 female 70-95 mm2 0160 361 882
ZBK cable connection

Fully insulated with neoprene rubber. Sturdy and robust with low contact resistance.
The cable is fixed with a socket and an Allen screw. The two halves of the connection in
a ZBK connection are identical and can therefore be used in any order.
ZBK 25-35 mm2 0265 902 482
ZBK 50-70 mm2 0265 902 481
ZBK 95-120 mm2 0265 902 480
OKC machine contacts

Female contacts.
Type 1, -25 mm2 0160 362 880
Type 2, 50-95 mm2 0160 362 881
OKC angle connection

Two types for 50-95 mm2 male and female cable connections.
Type 1, 1 male, 2 female 0365 557 001
Type 2, 2 male, 1 female 0365 558 001
184
Connections & cables
Welding cable
Esab's welding cable is of high quality and has top-class characteristics. This cable is
approved in accordance with international standards. It comes in two versions, standard
welding cable and highly-flexible welding cable. This cable is extremely resistant to light,
chemicals and mechanical damage. The following current load is recommended for the
individual sectional areas and intermittence factors.
Maximum permissible current (A) Intermittence factor

for sectional cable area mm2 100% 85% 60% 35%
10 100 100 101 106

16 135 136 139 150
25 180 182 190 213
35 225 229 243 279
50 285 293 316 371
70 355 367 403 482
95 430 448 498 606
120 500 524 587 721
Sectional area 16 mm2 external diameter 10 mm 0190 429 801
Highly-flexible welding cable
Sectional area 25 mm2 0000 137 991
Sectional area 35 mm2 0000 137 992
Primary cable
Connection cable (primary cable)
Sectional area 3 x 1.5 mm2 0262 613 403
Sectional area 3 x 6 mm2 0192 106 112
185
Tools and gas regulators
Chipping hammer SH2 and SH3

The SH2 chipping hammer is made of special high-quality steel, user-friendly handle.
The SH3 is a small pick with a chisel and tip. Steel handle with a plastic grip.
Chipping hammer SH2 0000 663 000
Chipping hammer SH3 0683 200 001
Pneumatic chipping hammer HCB

This chipping hammer produces virtually no vibration in the hand as a result of a built-in
balance system which absorbs recoil and counteracts shaking. High impact speed.
Technical specification
Working pressure 6-7 bar
Air consumption approx. 290 l/min
Impact frequency 125 strokes/sec
Weight 2 kg
Three different chisels are available for the HCB. They all have a tungsten-carbide tip, a
long service life and high precision.
Narrow chisel: 15 mm wide for normal de-slagging and cleaning.
Wide chisel: 35 mm wide for removing spatter and deburring after gas cutting.
Chipping hammer HCB 0193 305 001
Chisel 15 x 100 mm 0156 627 001
Chisel 35 x 100 mm 0156 627 002
Chisel 15 x 200 mm 0156 627 006
Chisel 15 x 300 mm 0156 627 007
Sound-damping chisel 0156 627 004
Chisel extension 0156 627 005
Wire brushes
Lightweight, easy-to-use steel brushes made of wood. Two or three rows of bristles.
Two-row steel brush 0686 600 202
Three-row steel brush 0686 600 201
Two-row stainless steel brush 0760 024 500
Three-row stainless steel brush 0760 024 600
186
Fix pliers
Applications:
• Simple removal of burnt welding wire
• Fast, effective cutting of welding wire
• Fast, effective removal of spatter from the gas nozzle and the contact nozzle
• Removal and attachment of contact nozzles, intermediate nozzles and gas nozzles
Fix 1 Ø 12-15 mm 0760 022 100
Fix 2 Ø 15-18 mm 0760 022 200
Welding gauge KB-12

To measure the a-dimension of fillet welds. Leaf measurement 3-12 mm.
Welding gauge KB-12 0689 000 101
Welding gauge KL-1

To measure the a-dimension of fillet welds. Two measurement areas: max. 7 mm and
max. 15 mm.
Welding gauge KL-1 0000 104 424
Welding gauge KL-2

To measure the a-dimension of fillet welds and to measure the leg (small side of a right-
angled triangle) and weld reinforcement height.
Welding gauge KL-2 0000 138 028
187
Minireg
A small regulator for argon which is used with the small semi-automatics. This regulator
is able to regulate the gas flow from 0 to 12 litres/minute and is equipped with a safety
valve. The manometer which shows the content of the bottle is graduated from 0 to 315
bar. Minireg is supplied with a hose base for a hose diameter of 5.0 mm.
Minireg Argon G 203 005 009
Jetcontrol+100
The GR 100 is supplied for use with argon and argon mixtures. The valve is pre-set at a
working pressure of 4.5 bar to make it possible to give a suitable gas setting. The GR
100 has manometers and flow meters. Supplied with a hose base for a hose diameter
of 5.0 mm and 3 extra gaskets.
Jetcontrol+100 - Ar HT G 203 005 304
Jetcontrol+300
The GR 300 is supplied for use with argon and CO2. These regulators have a working
manometer which shows the amount of gas in litres/minute, a content manometer and
single-knob control for the amount of gas. Supplied with a hose base for hose diame-
ters of 5.0, 6.3 and 8.0 mm, overflow nuts and 3 extra gaskets.
Jetcontrol+300 - CO2 HT G 203 007 328
Jetcontrol+300 - Argon HT G 203 007 300
Flow meter
This is a plastic flow meter for argon or CO2 to check the flow from the welding gun. The
measurement pipe should be held to the gas nozzle on the welding gun. Measurement
range 5-25 litres/minute.
Plastic flow meter 0155 716 880
188
Gas save valve

GS 35 is a gas valve that is used for both MIG/MAG and TIG welding. GS 35 is used for
complete control of the gas flow from the start. It can be preset for a desired gas pres-
sure and a maximum gas flow. The GS 35 is connected to existing regulators for argon
and argon mixed gases. Hose connection R3/8".
Gas save valve GS 35 G 203 005 015
189
Clothing
Welding aprons
Welding apron, split, 800 x 570 mm.
Welding apron 0365 608 001
Welding apron, split 0000 501 002
Esab gloves
Esab Heavy Duty glove
Yellow selected shoulder leather, kevlar stitched welted seams, 14 inch length, fully cot-
ton lined, size medium.
Esab Heavy Duty R glove

Grey selected shoulder leather, yellow leather reinforce palm and thumb strap, 14 inch
length, kevlar stitched welted seams, fully cotton lined, size medium.
Esab Soft TIG glove

Light yellow dyed pig leather, 12 inch length with 4 inch cuff, unlined, size medium.
Esab SuperSoft TIG glove

Treated natural grey pig leather, 12 inch length with 4 inch cuff, unlined, size medium.
Esab Heavy Duty glove 0700 005 001
Esab Heavy Duty R glove 0700 005 002
Esab Soft TIG glove 0700 005 003
Esab SuperSoft TIG glove 0700 005 004
190
Chemical sundries
Clean Weld welding spray

A welding spray that is based exclusively on vegetable oil and grease. These sub-
stances are totally harmless and totally biodegradable. CO2 is used as the propellant.
Clean Weld effectively prevents spatter from burning. The spray has good adhesion,
withstands high temperatures and has a good cooling effect.
Clean Weld welding spray, 200 ml 0366 959 001
Clean Weld welding paste

A welding paste which prevents spatter from sticking as it forms a heat-resistant coat.
The hot gas nozzle on the welding torch should be dipped about 20-25 mm into the
paste for effective results. The paste should be applied to tools and fixtures with a paint-
brush. To prevent the torch nozzle becoming blocked, the gun should be hung up with
the nozzle facing downwards after use. This paste is odourless and contains no sol-
vents, silicone or abrasive agents. Net weight: 450 g.
Clean Weld welding paste 0365 560 001
High-Tech weld-protect airspray

Combines uncompromising efficiency with active environmental and health protection.
The High-Tech spray effectively prevents spatter from sticking on the work piece or in
the welding torch. The High-Tech weld-protect airspray is absolutely non-combustible,
no toxic classification, uses no harmfull gases and is safe for the skin. The propellant is
pure air, it is solvent free and gives no indirect air pollution or contribution to the green-
house effect. It is absolutely silicon-free and water-soluble. The unique design of the
can and valve makes it possible to spray in all positions.
High-Tech weld-protect airspray 400 ml 0760 025 500
High-Tech weld-protect liquid

Same spray liquid as above but in 5- or 10-litre plastic cans.
Easily applied using our robust and ergonomic spray bottle.
High-Tech 5 l 0760 025 005
High-Tech 10 l 0760 025 010
Weld-protect spray bottle 400 ml 0000 138 408
191
Arc air gouging
Arc air gouging

Arc air gouging with carbon electrodes and compressed air is the fastest and cheapest
process for cutting/gouging material in conjunction with repairs and the like. A carbon
electrode is used to melt the material and, at the same time, a powerful jet of air blows
away the molten material. The compressed air also cools the carbon electrode. Carbon
electrodes can be used for the arc air gouging of unalloyed and low-alloy steel, stain-
less steel, cast iron and other metals.
A complete set of arc air gouging equipment consists of an arc air gouger, the Flair 600
or Flair 1600, together with a special hose with an integrated current cable with a 350°
rotating connection, monocable.
Flair 600
Arc air torch for carbon up to Ø 13 mm and 4 x 15 mm rectangular carbon.
Flair 600 complete with monocable 0468 253 880
Monocable 2R - 600 A 0468 253 015
Flair 600 without monocable 0468 253 016
Flair 1600
Arc air torch for carbon up to Ø 19 mm and 5 x 20 mm rectangular carbon.
Flair 1600 complete with monocable 0468 253 881
Monocable 5R -1600 A 0468 253 035
Flair 1600 without monocable 0468 253 036
Carbons Current
range,
Metal removal
Approx,
Groove Cutting Boring
Width, Depth, width, Ø,
Ordering information A g/cm mm mm mm mm
Gouging carbons, DC
4x305 mm 0700 007 002 150-200 10 6-8 3-4 7 8
5x305 mm 0700 007 003 150-200 12 7-9 3-5 8 8
6.5x305 mm 0700 007 004 200-250 18 9-11 4-6 9 10
8x305 mm 0700 007 006 250-350 33 11-13 6-9 11 12
8x510 mm 0700 007 106 250-350 32 11-13 6-9 11 12
9.5x305 mm 0700 007 007 350-450 49 13-15 8-12 13 14
9.5x510 mm 0700 007 107 350-450 49 12-15 8-12 13 15
13x355 mm 0700 007 008 700-900 89
13x510 mm 0700 007 108 700-900 89
16x355 mm 0700 007 009 1000-1200 105
16x510 mm 0700 007 109 1000-1200 105
19x355 mm 0700 007 010 1200-1400 148
19x510 mm 0700 007 110 1200-1400 148
Jointed carbons, DC
8x355 mm 0700 007 301 250-350 33
9.5x355 mm 0700 007 302 350-450 49
9.5x430 mm 0700 007 402 350-450 49
11x355 mm 0700 007 303 450-600 65
13x355 mm 0700 007 304 700-900 89
13x430 mm 0700 007 404 700-900 89
16x355 mm 0700 007 305 1000-1200 105
16x430 mm 0700 007 405 1000-1200 105
19x355 mm 0700 007 306 1200-1400 148
19x430 mm 0700 007 406 1200-1400 148
Rectangular carbons, DC
5x10x305 mm 0700 007 501 250-350 30
5x15x305 mm 0700 007 502 350-450 45
5x20x305 mm 0700 007 503 450-600 67
Gouging carbons, AC
4x305 mm 0700 007 601 100-250 6 6-8 3-4 6 7
5x305 mm 0700 007 602 200-300 10 7-9 3-5 7 8
6.5x305 mm 0700 007 603 250-350 15 9-11 4-6 9 10
8x305 mm 0700 007 604 300-450 24 10-12 5-7 10 11
9.5x305 mm 0700 007 704 350-500 32 12-14 6-8 12 13
192
Service reels
Hose reel, compressed air ser. 858

The Esab hose reel is designed for compressed air hose and for use in welding work-
shops and industrial environments. The hose reel automatically takes care of excess
hose length when it is not in use, thereby avoiding having hoses coiled up on the floor. It
also saves time and makes work easier and more efficient. The risk of an accident
caused by stumbling over hoses is eliminated and floors are kept clean more easily.
There is less wear and tear to the hoses as they do not have to be dragged around the
floor, or driven over by trucks and other vehicles. The reel can be mounted from the ceil-
ing or on the wall. The reliable construction provides maintenance-free operation for
safe and easy use.
Delivery includes
Complete with hose 8 m x 1/2” (12.5 mm) for distribution and connection. Max. work
pressure 1.5 MPa. Weight 15 kg.
Hose reel ser. 858 0084 205 800
Accessories see page 195
Welding hose reel ser. 870/876

The self-retracting welding hose reel automatically takes care of the hose which is not
in use. This saves time, makes the job easier and increases the efficiency of the welder.
Tidy, hose-free floors have other advantages too. The danger of someone tripping over
and sustaining an injury is reduced and it is easier to keep the floor clean. There is less
wear and tear to the hoses as they do not have to be dragged around the floor, or driven
over by trucks and other vehicles. They are available in two sizes for varying hose diam-
eters and lengths.
Delivery includes
Complete with hose for distribution and connection. Max. work pressure 2.0 MPa.
Ser. 870 with 10 m hose 2 x 1/4” (2 x 10 mm). Weight 16 kg.
Ser. 876 with 15 m hose 2 x 3/8” (2 x 15 mm). Weight 28 kg.
Welding hose reel ser. 870 0083 067 000
Welding hose reel ser. 876 0083 067 600
Accessories see page 195
193
Service reels
Hose reel, compressed air ser. 882

The compact Esab hose reel is ideal for most compressed air requirements. It can be
used as the main source of compressed air in small workshops or for spot use in large
industrial areas. Compressed air hoses lying around on the workshop floor are a haz-
ard. The correct use of the right hose reel can solve the problem. A reel that releases
the correct length of hose not only improves safety and hose economy but also
improves workplace efficiency and makes pneumatic power tools more readily
accessible.
Delivery includes
The hose reel comes complete with 8 m hose 5/16” (8 mm) for distribution and connec-
tion and with a pivoting wall/ceiling mounting. Max. work pressure 1.0 MPa. Weight
4 kg.
Hose reel 882 0082 188 295
Cable reel ser. 782

This Esab electric cable reel has been developed to put electricity within easy reach of
all power tool users efficiently and safely. This results in the elimination of cable clutter,
minimizes stumbling and electrical accidents. With the cable reel, power tools are
always at hand. This makes the reel the obvious choice for frequent users of electric
power tools such as drills, grinders, soldering irons and work lamps. The cable reel
offers safe and easy access in large and small industrial workshops.
Delivery includes
The cable reel comes with 12 m of single phase, 3x1.5 mm2 core cable and carries a
load of up to 10 amp. when the cable is unwound. Weight 6 kg.
Cable reel 0072 108 295
194
Service reels
Welding curtains
Welding curtains 1.8 x 1.4 m and welding strip curtains 1.8 x 1.3 m. Both provide effec-
tive protection from welding radiation. They are made of self-extinguishing material and
have press-studs for easy, strong fastening. The strip curtain enables people and mate-
rial to pass through even when it is closed. Approved according to prEN 1598.
Welding curtain, orange, 1.8 x 1.4 m 0700 008 004
Welding curtain, bronze, 1.8 x 1.4 m 0700 008 005
Welding curtain, dark green, 1.8 x 1.4 m 0700 008 006
Sliding hooks/Metal hooks, package of 7 pcs 0700 008 007/008
Welding strip curtain, orange, 1.8 x 1.3 m 0700 008 001
Welding strip curtain, bronze, 1.8 x 1.3 m 0700 008 002
Welding strip curtain, dark green, 1.8 x 1.3 m 0700 008 003
Sliding hooks/Metal hooks, package of 10 pcs 0700 008 009/010
Curtain hanger ser. 912

In four simple stages you remove both welding curtains and hanger. To make the most
of the advantages of a protection curtain, it is necessary to be able to remove curtain
and hanger quickly, thereby providing easy access to fork lifts, trucks and other equip-
ment.
With Esab's curtain hanger you do this in the smoothest possible way.
Delivery includes
The Esab curtain hanger consists of a pivoting arm (180°), a self-retracting wire reel,
locating handle and tensioner/fastener to be placed on the opposite side of the welding
bay. Max. length 8 m.
Curtain hanger 0093 021 200
Wall bracket for 858, 870 and 876

For use with reel positioned high on the wall with the hose outlet pointing downwards.
Wall bracket 0000 321 506
Pivoting bracket for 858, 870 and 876

Swiveling 180°.
Pivoting bracket 0000 343 022
195
Fume extractors
Filter cassette
Carryvac
Dust-free handling. Separation
rate 99.7%. Active filter area
5.3 m2.
Filter cassette 0468 455 001
Prefilter Carryvac
When welding materials coated in
oil where there is a risk of oil mist.
Prefilter 0468 455 002
Mounting set
Carryvac Carryvac
The Carryvac P150/P150 AST are two small, lightweight, porta- For mounting the P-150 directly
ble extraction units designed to be carried to the working area. on the welding machine. Suitable
Connected to a welding torch or to an extraction nozzle, the for Esab's MIG/MAG welding
Carryvac units extract the fume directly at source. The polluted machines.
air is filtered and captured in an hygienically-packed filter. Ordering information
Mounting set 0468 455 003
The Carryvac is equipped with a filter indicator which shows
when the filter must be replaced. It is ideal for maintenance
welding, low and medium-duty cycle. The filter capacity is
approximately 200 kg of solid wire or twelve 15 kg spools.
The Carryvac P150 AST is equipped with an automatic start/
Suction nozzle
stop function which increases the service life of each filter and Carryvac/Carry
of the unit itself. The Carryvac P150 can be mounted on Esab's Fume TM-80
standard welding machines using the supplied mounting kit.
Suction nozzle round Ø 80 mm
with a magnetic foot and flexible
Delivery includes pipe.
Delivered complete with a 3 m extraction hose. Ordering information
TM-80 0700 100 080
Carryvac Suction nozzle

Carryvac/Carry
Maximum airflow, m3/h 165
Maximum vacuum, Pa 2170
Fume TM-200
Filtration efficiency, % 99.7 Suction nozzle, slot type, 200 mm
Filter area, m2 5.3 wide with a magnetic foot and
Mains supply, V/Hz 230, 50 flexible pipe.
Phase, ~ 1 Ordering information
Motor power, kW 1 TM-200 0700 100 200
External dimensions LxWxH, mm 860x226x425
Weight, kg 14
Noise level (ISO 6081), dB (A) 75
Suction nozzle
Carryvac/Carry
Ordering information Fume PM-300
Carryvac P150 0468 269 882 Suction nozzle, slot type, 300 mm
Carryvac P150 AST 0468 269 880 wide with a magnetic foot.
Hose Ø 45 mm, 1.6 m 0154 352 015 Ordering information
Hose Ø 45 mm, 3.5 m 0154 352 008 PM-300 0700 100 300
Hose Ø 45 mm, 5 m 0154 352 006
Hose Ø 45 mm, 15 m 0154 352 002
196
Fume extractors
Carry Fume
Carry Fume is a portable fan without filter for fume extraction
during welding. Carry Fume has large capacity, small dimen-
sions and low weight. It has a separator with a metal grid to
avoid dangerous particles to get into the fan. The motor is
cooled by a separate cooling fan, which eliminates the risk for
overheating the motor.
Carry Fume
Maximum airflow, m3/h 192

Maximum vacuum, Pa 2274
External dimensions LxWxH, mm 310x450x230
Weight, kg 7.3
Noise level (ISO 6081), dB (A) 75
Carry Fume AST, automatic start/stop 0700 003 882
Hose Ø45 mm, 1.6 m 0154 352 015
Hose Ø45 mm, 3.5 m 0154 352 008
Hose Ø45 mm, 5 m 0154 352 006
Hose Ø45 mm, 15 m 0154 352 002
197
Drying equipment
PK 1 dry-storage container
The PK 1 is a light and handy dry-storage container for electrodes. It is easy to carry
around. The storage temperature is around 100°C.
PK 1, 24 V 0000 515 063
PK 1, 230 V 0000 515 064
PK 5 drying equipment
The PK 5 is a combined drying and dry-storage system for most types of electrode. The
drying time at full effect is 1-7 hours depending on the type of electrode. The tempera-
ture is thermostatically controlled and ranges from 50-300°C. The electrodes should be
stored in the PK 5 without packaging.
PK 5 drying equipment 0000 515 075
SK 40 dry-storage cabinet
The SK 40 is a dry-storage cabinet with 4 removable shelves for storing electrodes. The
electrodes should be stored without packing. The cabinet is equipped with a thermome-
ter, thermostat and control lamp.
SK 40 dry-storage cabinet 0000 515 102
PK 410 drying cabinet

The PK 410 is a robust cabinet for the drying and dry storage of electrodes. The drying
temperature can be regulated between 0 and 450°C. The dry-storage temperature is
around 150°C. The PK 410 is equipped with a control lamp, electronic thermometer and
electronic thermostat.
The PK 410 also has a 7-day timer. This timer makes it possible to change automati-
cally from drying to dry storage at selected times and temperature ranges.
PK 410 drying cabinet 0000 515 103
198
Drying equipment
JS 200 storage silo

The JS 200 is a storage silo for welding powder (flux). The JS 200 keeps the flux dry
and clean and also makes it extremely easy to handle the flux. The temperature can be
adjusted.
JS 200 storage silo 0000 515 090
JK 50 powder drier
The JK 50 is a container for drying and storing welding powder (flux).The JK 50 dries
50 litre flux at a maximum temperature of 500°C in around three hours. (The drying
temperature can be regulated between 200-250°C). After drying, the temperature falls
automatically to the pre-set dry storage temperature (150°C) within 12 hours.
JK 50 0000 515 091
Drying takes place without packaging on the electrode and powder.
Designation PK 1 PK 5 SK 40 PK 410 JK 50 JS 200
Capacity pk1), l2) 1.51) 3-51) 201) 421) 502) 2002)

Storage temperature °C 100 50-180 150 <200 50-300
Drying temperature:
1-phase °C 50-300 0-400
3-phase °C 0-450 <500
Mains voltage V 24/42/230 230 230 230-1/400-3 400-3 230
Output W 100 500 700 3500/4500 3700 2000
Dimensions LxWxH mm 530x640x750 860x820x1260 510x570x1750
Inner diameter xH mm 100x590 160x630 1720
Weight kg 6 14 55 230 190 115
199
Drying takes place without packaging on the electrode and powder.
Designation PK 1 PK 5 SK 40 PK 410 JK 50 JS 200
Capacity pk1), l2) 1.51) 3-51) 201) 421) 502) 2002)

Storage temperature °C 100 50-180 150 <200 50-300
Drying temperature:
1-phase °C 50-300 0-400
3-phase °C 0-450 <500
Mains voltage V 24/42/230 230 230 230-1/400-3 400-3 230
Output W 100 500 700 3500/4500 3700 2000
Dimensions LxWxH mm 530x640x750 860x820x1260 510x570x1750
Inner diameter xH mm 100x590 160x630 1720
Weight kg 6 14 55 230 190 115
200
Universal mechanization equipment
Railtrac 1000
Railtrac 1000 is a series of programmable and portable equip-
ment for mechanising welding and cutting. Different solutions
often provide the answer to monotonous, gruelling work and
produce higher productivity and more consistent quality at the
same time. Railtrac is specially designed for MIG/MAG and TIG
welding and thermal cutting.
Railtrac is made up of robust components and is available in the
following four basic models. All the models have five different
programs, including interval welding. The rail can be fixed in
place using suction cups of the ejector type, screw attachments
or permanent magnets.
• Railtrac F1000, Flexi, the least complex equipment for weld-
ing or cutting along a combi-rail, either flexible or stiffened.
• Railtrac FW1000, Flexi Weaver, the Flexi system plus a
remote-control unit and a weaving device which makes it possi-
ble to weave the arc according to different patterns.
• Railtrac FR1000, Flexi Return, has the combi-rail. It also has
movable start and stop indicators for automatic operation.
• Railtrac FWR1000, Flexi Weaver Return, also has the flexible
combi-rail, a remote-control unit, a weaving device and start and
stop indicators for automatic operation.
Using the remote control, it is possible to select:
• Start and stop
• Travel or welding direction/cutting direction
• Travel or welding speed/cutting speed
• Weaving width
• Zero-line displacement
• Rapid speed on/off
• Backfill function
• Potentiometer control of welding parameters
Railtrac
Rail length, m 2.5

Rail bending radius, min, mm 1000/3000
Welding speed, m/min 0.05-0.99
Travel Speed, m/min 1.5
Weaving range, mm 1-30
Weaving speed, mm/s 7-65
Dwell time, s 0.1-9.9
201
Universal mechanization equipment
Railtrac F1000
Railtrac F1000, Flexi, for welding and thermal cutting.
• Welds and cuts in all positions on magnetic and non-magnetic materials
• Quick assembly and easy operation
• Programmable with five programs
• Calibrated setting values in cm, mm and sec
• Programmable ‘‘backfill’’ for crater filling
• Self-instructive programming manual
• Stiff or flexible, robust rail made of standard aluminium profiles without racks
• Track which can be extended or cut to required length
• Angled attachment for quick adjustment of pistol angle (option)
• ‘‘Floating’’ head for mechanical height maintenance (option)
Railtrac FW1000
Railtrac FW1000, Flexi Weaver, for oscillated welding.
• Quick set-up and easy operation
• Calibrated setting values in cm, mm and sec
• Resilient remote control with profiled membrane buttons
• Stiff or flexible rail made of standard aluminium profiles without racks
• Rail which can be extended or cut to required length
• Angle bracket for quick adjustment of torch angle (option)
• Tiltable weaving unit for fillet welds (option)
• Turnable weaving unit for horizontal weaving in sloping joints (option)
• Potentiometers in the remote controlf for parameter adjustments
Railtrac FR1000
Railtrac FR1000, Flexi Return, for welding and cutting with automatic return.
• Calibrated setting values in mm, cm and sec
• Stiff or flexible rail made of standard aluminium profiles without racks
• Rail which can be extended bent or cut
Railtrac FWR1000
Railtrac FWR1000, Flexi Weaver Return, for oscillated welding with automatic return.
• Welds in all positions on magnetic and non-magnetic materials
• Calibrated setting values in mm, cm and sec
• Flexible rail made of standard aluminium profiles without racks
• Rail which can be extended or cut to required length
• Tiltable weaving unit for fillet welds (option)
• Turnable weaving unit for horizontal weaving in sloping joints (option)
• Potentiometers in the remote control for parameter adjustments
202
Mechanized TIG
Welding heads
PRB
The PRB welding head is compact and easy to use as a result
of its unique pincer action which reduces setting-up times to a
minimum. The welding head is positioned and secured around
the tube with great accuracy in seconds. The PRB welding
heads are available in five sizes for tubes with outer diameters
of 9 to 220 mm.
Use these welding heads together with the Mechtig, Prowelder
and Protig power sources.
Note! PRB 9-20 and PRB 140-220 can only be used together
with Mechtig 160/250/315 and and Protig 315.
Delivery includes
The PRB comes with 7 m of connection cable (current, gas,
water), apart from the PRB 9-20, which is supplied with 5 m of
connection cable (current, gas).
PRB PRB PRB PRB PRB

9-20 17-49 33-90 60-170 140-220
Introduction mechanized TIG Orbital speed, 0.85-7.5 0.1-2.4 0.07-1.6 0.04-0.95 0.03-0.57
welding heads rpm
Tube diameters 9-20 17-49 33-90 60-170 140-220
New and improved metal qualities, rising material and labour OD, mm
costs, but also more sensitive materials, and continuously Max welding - 250 250 250 250
current, water, A
increasing demands on quality and productivity are factors Max welding 63 100 100 100 100
which you have to deal with daily. current, air, A
Esab helps you to get ahead and stay ahead. Our metallurgists, Electrode 1.0, 1.6 1.6, 2.4 2.4, 1.6 2.4, 1.6 2.4, 1.6
chemists, engineers, technicians and skilled welders have one diameter, mm
dedication: to find better materials and develop better equip- Weight, kg 0.98 2.8 3.2 5.0 15
ment for your welding.
The Esab welding program for mechanized tube welding is Ordering information
based on the TIG-welding method with a non-consumable tung- PRB 9-20 0156 421 880
sten electrode. PRB 17-49, water-cooled 0443 750 880
To further improve weld quality and decrease costs, Esab have PRB 17-49, air-cooled 0443 750 881
developed micro-processor controlled power sources for mech- PRB 33-90, water-cooled 0443 760 880
anized TIG welding, the Mechtig, Prowelder and Protig Inverter. PRB 33-90, air-cooled 0443 760 881
PRB 60-170, water-cooled 0443 770 880
A21 is Esab's welding head for tube-to-tube welding, A22 is a
PRB 60-170, air-cooled 0443 770 881
welding head for tube-to-tube sheet welding and A25 is a modu-
PRB 140-220, water-cooled 0332 915 880
lar component system for mechanized TIG welding. Connection box necessary when connecting PRB with:
Mechtig 315 0456 926 880
Protig 315 0457 217 880 203
Mechanized TIG
Welding heads
PRC PRD
The PRC welding head is a further development of our PRB The PRD welding head is designed for precision, quality and
welding head. The PRC features a zig-zag weaving movement technology of the highest class. It is a TIG welding head for
and arc voltage control, which produces higher productivity and tubes with an outer diameter of 100 mm and upwards. The PRD
better welding quality, particularly when welding thick-walled is very compact in design and, as a result of its low profile,
tubes. These welding heads are used in combination with the requires only 73 mm of clearance around the tube. The welding
Protig power source. head is water-cooled and designed for amperage of up to 400 A.
The mechanical settings are easy, all the welding parameters
Delivery includes are incorporated in the procedure program which are controlled
The PRC welding head is delivered with 7 m of connection cable by a microprocessor system. Use this welding head together
(current, gas, water). with the Protig 250 or 315 power source.
Delivery includes
The PRD welding head is delivered with 8 m of connection cable
(current, gas, water) and motor cable.
PRC PRC PRC PRC

17-49 33-90 60-170 140-220 PRD
Orbital speed, rpm 0.1-2.4 0.07-1.6 0.04-0.95 0.03-0.57 Orbital speed, rpm 0.02-0.4
Tube diameters OD, mm 17-49 33-90 60-170 140-220 Tube diameters OD, mm 114.3-914.0
Max welding current, A 250 250 250 250 Electrode diameter, mm 1.0-4.0
Weaving range, mm 20 20 20 16 Max welding current, A 315
Weaving reach, mm 7 7 7 5 Weaving range, mm +/-15
Weaving speed, mm/s 1.0-12 1.0-12 1.0-12 1.0-12 Weaving speed, mm/s 1-10
Dwell time, s 0.1-10 0.1-10 0.1-10 0.1-10 Dwell time, s 0.1-2
Arc setting speed, mm/s 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Arc voltage control amplitude, mm 25
Weight, kg 3.4 6.9 14.3 16.8 Arc setting speed, mm/s 2.0
Weight, kg 8

PRC 17-49 with AVC 0443 751 880 PRD welding head 0333 443 880
PRC 17-49 with AVC and weaving 0443 752 880 Racks and accessories see page 209
PRC 33-90 with AVC 0442 761 880
PRC 33-90 with AVC and weaving 0442 762 880
PRC 60-170 with AVC 0442 771 880
PRC 60-170 with AVC and weaving 0442 772 880
PRC 140-220, with AVC and weaving (only for Protig
315) 0443 907 880
Connection box necessary when connecting PRC with
Protig 315 0457 217 880
204
Mechanized TIG
Welding heads
POC PRH
The POC 12-60 is a welding head for tube-to-tube sheet TIG Esab's new PRH tube-welding tool is designed for welding thin-
welding. It is a precision-built, robust and versatile welding head walled, stainless steel tubes in order to provide maximum gas
which can be used for all types of tube-to-tube-sheet welding. shielding around the tube. The tool has been designed accord-
The POC has a working range of 12 to 60 mm outer tube dia- ing to the chamber principle to produce this shield. This means
meter. The centering accuracy of the POC is very high and pat- that the rotating part and the tungsten electrodes are enclosed
ented centering mandrels are available for inner tube diameters in a gas chamber formed by the outer casing, which also consti-
from 9.9 mm. tutes the clamping arrangement for the tube to be welded.
The tube-welding tool is water-cooled and forms a complete unit
Delivery includes which also incorporates the return conductor. It is available in
The POC welding head is delivered with 8 m of connection two sizes, PRH 6-40 and PRH 25-90, making it possible to weld
cable (current, gas, water). tubes of between 6 mm and 90 mm.
Delivery includes
The PRH welding head is delivered with 8 m of connection cable
(current, gas, water and return).
POC PRH 6-40 PRH 25-90
Orbital speed, rpm 0.2-4.5 Orbital speed, rpm 0.10-1.62 0.10-1.58

Working range, electrode parallel to tube axis, mm 12-60 Tube diameters OD, mm 6-40 25-90
Working range, electrode at 30° from tube axis, mm 12-36 Max welding current, water, A 100 100
Filler wire diameter, mm 0.8-0.9 (pulsed 150) (pulsed 150)
Filler wire speed, mm/s 2.5-25 Electrode diameter, mm 1.6/2.4 1.6/2.4
Max spool dimension/weight, Ø mm/kg 100/0.5 Weight, kg 7.5 10
Weight, kg 4.8

POC 12-60 welding head 0443 930 880 Welding head PRH 6-40 0456 940 880
Welding head PRH 25-90 0456 941 881
Accessories
Blank for clamping dies, PRH 6-40 0457 485 001
Blank for clamping dies, PRH 25-90 0457 485 002
Turning attachment for clamping dies, PRH 6-40 0457 486 001
Turning attachment for clamping dies, PRH 25-90 0457 486 002
Adapter box, Mechtig 315 0456 926 880
Adapter box, Protig 315 0457 217 880
205
Mechanized TIG
A25 modular components
A25
A25 is a modular component system - the key to TIG welding The A25 modular system is used together with the Mechtig,
mechanization. The modular components can easily be built Prowelder and Protig power sources.
together to create the system to suit your requirements. The
TIG-narrow gap method can also be used together with the A25
system. Narrow gap with an extremely small joint angle and
subsequent low joint volume.
A25
AVC slide amplitude, mm 76

AVC slide speed, mm/s 2.81
Weaving slide amplitude, mm 76
Weaving slide speed, mm/s 19
Manual slide amplitude, mm 93
Floating slide amplitude, mm 76
Wire diameter, mm 0.6-1.6
Wire feed, m/min 0.1-2.6
Motor VEC with tacho, speed, rpm 1000
Motor VEC with tacho, ratio 672:1
A25 welding automat with AVC and weaving slides,
wire feeder, VEC motor with turntable and BTE 250
torch mounted on a stand, incl. multi-contact plug 0443 910 880
A25 welding heads STA 250 STA 500 STA 250 STA 500 STA 250 STA 500 STB 250 STB 500
Arc voltage control • • • • • •
Weaving • •
Manual cross slide • •
Floating slide • •
Circular slide • • • • • • • •
Wire feeder • • • • • • • •
BTE 250 torch • • • •
BTE 500 torch • • • •
Order numbers 0443 911 880 0443 911 881 0443 911 882 0443 911 883 0443 911 884 0443 911 885 0443 912 880 0443 912 881
Wire capacity as standard STA/STB 250 0.6-1.2 mm, STA/STB 500 0.6-0.8, 1.2-1.6 mm.
206 Accessories see page 210.
Mechanized TIG
Accessories
Ceramic thrust rollers
Ceramic thrust rollers for the 9-20 are Ordering information
available in sets of six various tube diam- PRB 9-20, 9 mm 0156 338 893
eters. PRB 9-20, 10 mm 0156 338 892
PRB 9-20, 10.2 mm 0156 338 891
PRB 9-20, 11 mm 0156 338 890
PRB 9-20, 12 mm 0156 338 889
PRB 9-20, 13 mm 0156 338 888
PRB 9-20, 13.5 mm 0156 338 887
PRB 9-20, 14 mm 0156 338 886
PRB 9-20, 15 mm 0156 338 885
PRB 9-20, 16 mm 0156 338 884
PRB 9-20, 17.1 mm 0156 338 883
PRB 9-20, 18 mm 0156 338 882
PRB 9-20, 19 mm 0156 338 881
PRB 9-20, 20 mm 0156 338 880
PRB 9-20, 3/8" inch 0333 844 891
PRB 9-20, 7/16" inch 0333 844 890
PRB 9-20, 1/2" inch 0333 844 889
PRB 9-20, 9/16" inch 0333 844 887
PRB 9-20, 5/8" inch 0333 844 885
PRB 9-20, 11/16" inch 0333 844 883
PRB 9-20, 3/4" inch 0333 844 881
Cooling block
When welding with high currents the PRB Ordering information
3-10 and PRB 9-20 can be equipped with Cooling block for PRB 0332 670 880
a water-cooling block, which provides effi-
cient cooling of the welding head. The
cooling block is easily fitted to the PRB
head by means of two screws.
Angular bracket
The angular bracket is used to adjust the Ordering information
electrode angle in the joint. The bracket is Angular bracket 0443 875 880
available for PRB/PRC 17-49, 33-90 and
60-170.
Conversion sets
These sets make possible the conversion Ordering information
from an air-cooled into a water-cooled or Conversion set for
from a water-cooled into an air-cooled converting a water-cooled
welding head into an air-
PRB 17-49, 33-90 and 60-70. cooled 0443 857 880
The conversion sets comprise all neces- Conversion set for
sary parts and instruction. converting an air-cooled
welding head into a water-
cooled 0443 858 880
207
Mechanized TIG
Accessories
Narrow Gap head for
PRD
Esab have developed equipment for Nar- Ordering information
row Gap welding together with the PRD Narrow Gap head 50 mm 0441 623 880
welding head. The TIG Narrow Gap Narrow Gap head 80 mm 0441 623 881
Orbital Welding has an extremely narrow Wire straightener Ø 0.8 mm 0441 355 882
groove with a subsequent small joint vol- Wire straightener Ø 1.0 mm 0441 355 881
Wire straightener Ø 1.2 mm 0441 355 880
ume. Welding in all positions is possible.
Stainless and carbon steel can be
welded.
Balancing block
The balancing block is capable of carry- Ordering information
ing welding heads, drilling and grinding Balancing block 0332 330 005
machines weighing 8-14 kg. The wire can
be extended to a maximum length of 2.7
metre. The spring force is constant, i.e.
the wire has the same lifting capacity irre-
spective of the length to which it has been
extended.
208
Mechanized TIG
Accessories
Standard racks for PRD
A specific size of rack is used for each pipe diameter. The stand- 864.00 mm - 34 inch 0333 400 896
ard racks are listed under ordering information. Individual 914.00 mm - 36 inch 0333 400 897
requirements relating to racks for other diameters can be sup- Straight rack with suction feet, 2 m 0334 150 880
plied to order within the working range of the PRD welding Straight rack with suction feet, 4 m 0334 150 881
head. Suction pump for rack 0334 504 001
Locking screw for standard racks together with feet
Ordering information 0333 402 880 0212 204 306
Outer diameter of the pipe:
Locking screw for standard racks together with feet
114.30 mm - 4 inch 0333 400 880 0333 402 882-885 0190 507 451
141.30 mm - 5 inch 0333 400 881 Locking screw for standard racks together with feet
168.27 mm - 6 inch 0333 400 882 0333 402 886-890 0212 204 352
219.07 mm - 8 inch 0333 400 883
273.05 mm - 10 inch 0333 400 884 Feet for standard racks with tube diameters minus ...
323.85 mm - 12 inch 0333 400 885 4 mm 0333 402 881
355.60 mm - 14 inch 0333 400 886 8 mm 0333 402 882
406.40 mm - 16 inch 0333 400 887 12 mm 0333 402 883
457.20 mm - 18 inch 0333 400 888 16 mm 0333 402 884
508.00 mm - 20 inch 0333 400 889 20 mm 0333 402 885
558.80 mm - 22 inch 0333 400 890 24 mm 0333 402 886
609.60 mm - 24 inch 0333 400 891 28 mm 0333 402 887
660.00 mm - 26 inch 0333 400 892 32 mm 0333 402 888
711.00 mm - 28 inch 0333 400 893 36 mm 0333 402 889
762.00 mm - 30 inch 0333 400 894 40 mm 0333 402 890
813.00 mm - 32 inch 0333 400 895
Spare part set for PRB 9-20

For the smallest tube-welding tools in the A21 series, designed * Specify tube diameter in your order to obtain the correct set of
for welding tube diameters ranging from 9 to 20 mm, there is a shoes.
spare part kit containing the following items: Ordering information
8 Gas cups Ø 1.0 mm Spare part set for PRB 9-20 0334 700 880
8 Gas cups Ø 1.6 mm
10 Electrodes Ø 1.0 mm
10 Electrodes Ø 1.6 mm
8 Guide pins
1 set of shoes*
10 Rubber springs
2 Links
5 O-rings for gas/current cables
10 Screws for guide pins
10 Screws for electrodes
1 bottle of oil
1 bottle of grease
1 Allen key
Extension cables MechTIG

160/250
Programming box cable, 15 m 0369 143 887
Motor cable, drive unit PRB, 10 m 0456 906 880
Motor cable, wire feed unit, 10 m 0456 904 880
Welding cable, current-gas-water, 8 m 0456 905 880
For further information, please contact your nearest
ESAB representative
209
Mechanized TIG
Accessories
A25 components and
accessories
Bracket 0441 404 880 Double guide wheel unit, BTE 250M 0441 358 880
Wire feed unit 0.6 - 0.8 mm 0441 300 882 Double guide wheel unit, BTE 500M 0441 358 881
Feed roller 1.0 - 1.2 mm 0369 557 003 Single guide wheel unit, BTE 500M 0441 833 881
Feed roller 1.2 - 1.6 mm 0369 557 007 Bracket 0441 412 880
Outlet pipe 0.8 - 1.2 mm 0441 456 881 Brake hub 0146 967 881
Outlet pipe 1.6 mm 0441 456 882 Bobbin protection 0157 482 880
Connection cable, feed unit 10 m 0456 904 880 Multi-contact plug for connection with Protig 0441 600 880
Wire hose, per metre (std 400 mm) 0192 799 112 Motor VEC with tacho, speed 1000 rpm, ratio 672:1 0457 258 880
Wire nozzle, BTE 250M 0441 407 880 Control unit to VEC 0457 222 880
Wire nozzle, BTE 500M 0441 407 881 Turntable with return cable connection for VEC motor 0442 712 880
TIG torch BTE 250M 0441 362 880 Narrow Gap kit for BTE 500M 0441 667 880
TIG torch BTE 500M 0441 418 880
Holder BTE 250M 0441 414 880
Holder BTE 500M 0441 414 881
Slide AVC 0443 913 880
Circular slide 0145 945 880
Slide manual 0413 518 880
Slide weaving 0443 913 881
Slide floating 0441 674 881
Single guide wheel unit, BTE 250M 0441 833 880
POC spindles and centering

cartridges
Spindle type A 0442 741 880 Cartridge Ø 19.9 - 21.7 mm 0442 635 887
Cartridge Ø 9.9 - 10.5 mm 0442 634 880 Spindle type C 0332 209 880
Cartridge Ø 10.3 - 10.9 mm 0442 634 881 Cartridge Ø 21.4 - 23.2 mm 0442 636 880
Spindle type B 0332 208 880 Cartridge Ø 32.7 - 36.7 mm 0442 636 886
Cartridge Ø 13.7 - 14.5 mm 0442 635 881 Spindle type D 0332 210 880
POC 12-60 accessories

Counterbalancing block 0332 330 005
Three point support 0333 897 880
Front casting, titanium 0441 000 880
Internal bore welding torch 9.5-15 0441 131 880
Internal bore welding torch 15-20 0441 132 880
Internal bore welding torch 20-30 0441 133 880
210
Mechanized TIG
Ancillary equipment
Wire feed unit MEI 21 Cooling unit OCE-2 H

The MEI 21 is a wire feed unit with four wire rollers for mecha- The OCE-2 H water-cooling unit is an efficient, compactly-
nised TIG welding. A separate wire feed unit is a great advan- dimensioned cooling unit designed for use together with water-
tage since it eliminates the need for a wire feed unit and wire cooled equipment for arc welding by hand or in automatic
spool mounted on the welding head. 5 kg wire spools can be plants. The water tank and pump is made of corrosion-resistant
used. The MEI 21 can be used for wire dimensions from 0.6 mm material.
to 0.8 mm.
Delivery includes
The MEI 21 wire feed unit is delivered with a wire hose.
MEI 21 OCE-2 H
Wire diameter, mm 0.6-0.8 Mains supply, V/Hz 230/50-60

Wire feed, m/min 0.1-2.6 Max power consumption, W 250
Max spool dimension/weight, Ø mm/kg 200/5 Max water pressure, bar 50.3/60, 4.1
Hub width, mm 60 Cooling power, °deg, l/min, kW 40, 2.0, 1.1
Hub hole diameter, mm 51.5 Total water consumption, l 8
Wire guide length, m 4.2
Weight, kg 4

MEI 21 0443 830 880 Cooling unit OCE-2 H 0414 191 881
Flowguard 0414 231 880
211
Mechanized TIG
Power sources
Mechtig 160/250 Prowelder 320

The Mechtig 160 and 250 are microprocessor-controlled, pro- The Prowelder 320 is designed for tube-to-tube joining using
grammable power sources with excellent performance in tube- PRB welding heads, tube-to-tube sheet welding with the POB
to-tube welding. The programs can be stored in the internal welding head or the A25 modular component system for the TIG
memory. The power sources are perfect regardless of whether mechanization welding of several products. A programmable
you perform tube-to-tube joining, using PRB welding heads, the welding power source makes it possible to customize the weld-
A 25 modular component system, or tube-to-tube sheet welding ing process. The programs can be stored in the internal mem-
with the POB welding head. When manual welding is used, it is ory. The Prowelder 320 is equipped with an RS 232 output,
possible to use either LIFTARC™ or HF. The Mechtig 160 is a which makes it possible to use Weldoc™ WMS 4000 (Welding
portable, single-phase 230V power source and the Mechtig 250 Monitoring System). Weldoc™ WMS 4000 is a computer pro-
is a three-phase 400V power source. The Mechtig 160 and 250 gram designed for use during welding to monitor the welding
are capable of splitting welding programs into 100 independent parameters. Weld-protected, EMC-safe PC to be supplied by
and free-standing units and the internal memory can store 100 the customer.
different programs. As an option, the OCF 2 M water-cooling
unit can be connected. Delivery includes
The Prowelder 320 is delivered with 5 m of return cable and 5 m
Delivery includes of mains cable.
The Mechtig 160 and 250 are supplied with 5 m of return cable
and 5 m of mains cable. Prowelder Prowelder
Mechtig 160 Mechtig 250 320 320
Mains supply, V/Hz 1x230/50-60 3x400/50-60 Mains supply, V/Hz 3x400/50-60 3x250-400-500/
Setting range, A 3-160 5-250 50, 3x208-230-
Max output at 35% duty cycle, A 160 250 460-475/60
Max output at 100% duty cycle, A 80 140 Setting range, A 4-320 4-320
Open circuit voltage, V 70 70 Max output at 60% duty cycle, A 320 320
No load power, W 55 80 Max output at 100% duty cycle, A 270 270
External dimensions, LxWxH, mm 736x323x534 736x323x534 Open circuit voltage, V 50-60 50-60
Weight, kg 32 33 No load power, W 520 520
External dimensions, LxWxH, mm 734x489x695 734x489x695
Weight, kg 110 156

Mechtig 160 0456 770 880 Prowelder 320, 3x400/50-60 0456 650 882
Mechtig 250 0456 220 880 Prowelder 320, 3x250-400-500/50, 3x208-230-460-
OCF 2 M Cooling unit 0457 216 882 475/60 0456 650 883
Trolley 0456 804 880 Trolley 0457 221 880
For further information, please contact your nearest Weldoc™ WMS 4000 0457 410 880
ESAB representative For further information, please contact your nearest
ESAB representative
212
Mechanized TIG
Power sources
Protig 450
The Protig 450 can be used equally well with the A21 tube-to-
tube welding head, the tube-to-tube sheet A22 head and the
A25 component system. When using welding equipment with
AVC and weaving, this power source is a must. The Protig 450
is capable of splitting welding programs into a large number of
independent and free-standing units. The programs can be
stored in the internal memory to be used again. The Protig 450
is equipped with an RS 232 output, which makes it possible to
use Weldoc™ WMS 4000 (Welding Monitoring System).
Weldoc™ WMS 4000 is a computer program designed for use
during welding to monitor the welding parameters. The SPS
4000 is a setting parameter documentation system, a setting
version without monitoring possibilities. Weld-protected, EMC-
safe PC to be supplied by the customer.
Delivery includes
The Protig 450 is delivered with 5 m of return cable and 5 m of
mains cable.
Protig 450 Protig 450
Mains supply, V/Hz 3x400/50-60 3x230-400-

500/50,
3x208-230-
460-475/60
Setting range, A 4-450 4-450
Max output at 45% duty cycle, A 450 450
Max output at 100% duty cycle, A 360 360
Open circuit voltage, V 50-60 50-60
No load power, W 520 520
Weight, kg 113 159
Protig 450, 3x400/50-60 0456 650 880
Protig 450, 3x208-500/50-60 0456 650 881
Trolley 0457 221 880
Weldoc™ WMS 4000, welding monitoring doc. system 0457 410 880
SPS 4000, software kit 0457 410 881
For further information, please contact your nearest
ESAB representative
213
214
Plasma welding equipment
Plasma welding process

Plasma welding is the ideal welding process for welding plates in thicknesses of up to
10 mm. In the range of 0.1 to 2 mm, plasma welding is very reminiscent of TIG welding,
but it has a more concentrated and defined arc column.
In the range of 3 mm and upwards, the key-hole welding technique offers a number of
advantages such as high welding speed, low heat input, small deformation and high
quality and finish of the weld.
PW 3000
The PW 3000 plasma welding control unit is a compact, portable control unit for
plasma welding of stainless steel, titanium and other high-alloy materials. The unit is
intended for manual or mechanised welding in plate thicknesses from 0.7 to 10 mm. It
is easy to operate and service thanks to its modular design and clear presetting possi-
bilities.
The PW 3000 has a current potentiometer, three gas flow meters for plasma gas,
shielding gas and backing gas, a digital A-meter, pilot, start and stop switches with indi-
cator lamps and all necessary connections or power, water and gas supply.
The PW 3000 can be connected to a range of welding rectifiers with constant current
or sloping characteristics.
CW 3000
CW 3000 is a portable wire feed unit for high precision TIG and plasma welding with
Ø 0.8 -1.6 mm wire. The feeding speed is steplessly adjustable from 0 - 4 m/min. The
CW 3000 offers features such as; accurate speed control, local or remote start and
stop of wire feeding, pulsed wire feed, forward and reverse feeding.
215
Plasma welding torches

The PTW plasma welding torches are lightweight, well balanced and flexible. They are
intended for both manual or mechanised welding of all types of electrically conductive
materials.
The PTW 150 is a manual plasma welding torch with a capacity of 150 A at 100% d.c.
It is supplied complete with nozzle No 4 and 4 m cable and hose package. Weld start
and stop is activated by means of a torch handle switch.
The PTW 150 M is a machine plasma welding torch with a capacity of 150 A at 100%
d.c. It is supplied complete with nozzle No 4 and 4 m cable and hose package. This
torch is also available with 1.5 m cable and hose package.
The PTW 300 M is a machine plasma welding torch with a capacity of 300 A at 100%
d.c. It is supplied complete with nozzle No 5 and 4 m cable and hose package. This
torch is also available with 1.5 m cable and hose package.
Weld start and stop with the machine torches are controlled from the plasma control
unit or a remote control box.
WP 45–Water cooling unit

The WP 45 is a high capacity cooling unit, ideal for arc welding and thermal cutting as
well as for other processes which require high cooling capacity like for example heavy
duty resistance welding.
The unit is very strong and efficient thanks to its large heat exchanger, heavy pump
and large volume of cooling water. The WP 45 has a tank volume of 6 l and a cooling
capacity of 5 kW at 100% d.c. Mains voltage: 380 V/50 Hz, 3-phase.
DTD 400 AC/DC

The DTD 400 AC/DC is an inverter power source for AC/DC plasma welding.
PLWB 400
The PLWB 400 plasma-welding control unit is an add-on unit for plasma welding with
AC and DC for Esab's DTD 400 AC/DC power source. It contains all the necessary
functions for the plasma-welding process with the power source as:
power unit for the pilot arc, HF unit for the pilot arc, gas distribution and control for pilot
gas, gas distribution and control for shielding gas and central connection for different
plasma welding torches.
216
Plasmaweld 202/402
Plasmaweld 202/402 are thyristor-controlled power sources for DC plasma welding.
Infinitely-variable adjustment of the welding current makes the units suitable for micro-
plasma and high-current plasma, as well as for plasma keyhole welding.
The pilot arc, started by HF, remains ignited and permits the safe and touch-free start-
ing of the main arc.
PT-8
The PT-8, 8 m, is a machine plasma-welding torch with a capacity of 400 A at
100% d.c.
LT-3
The LT-3 is an external water cooler with a cooling capacity of 3 kW.
For more information about part numbers, prices and so on, please contact the Market-
ing Department in Laxå.
CWF
The CWF unit is a cold wire feeder for TIG and plasma.
The CWF provides precise feed of the cold wire towards the arc in automatic TIG and
plasma processes.
The system can be used for any welding fixture or positioner.
217
Tractor automats
Miggytrac Miggytrac 1000

The Miggytrac is a small, compact, motor-operated trolley that is The Miggytrac 1000 is a small and compact, motor-powered
designed for the mechanization of GMAW, Gas Metal Arc Weld- tractor to which a standard ESAB welding torch can be quickly
ing, in particular. Just fix the torch in the holder and Miggytrac attached.
will take over the welding procedure. The lightweight trolley has The four driving wheels, together with the magnet which is fitted
four-wheel drive to ensure smooth and steady welding travel. on the tractor, guarantee even, stable movement. The magnet
The Miggytrac has a digital display to permit simple program- holds the tractor in the correct position on the workpiece, even if
ming. It is very easy to move the trolley from one welding task to it is bent or angled. The tractor functions as a straightforward
the next. remote control for the feed unit; you decide on the travel direc-
tion and then start and stop welding from the panel. The panel
features additional functions such as travel speed settings, wire
feed, voltage, magnet on/off and welding on/off. The tractor fol-
lows the joint using guide wheels and has an automatic stop
facility via limit switches mounted at the front and rear of the
unit.
Miggytrac Miggytrac 1000
Travel Speed, m/min 0.2-1.5 Welding speed, m/min 0.15-1.2

Welding speed, m/min 0.15-1.5 Control voltage, V, AC 36-46
Control voltage, V, AC 25-45 Power, W 50
Control voltage, V, DC 36-60 Weight, kg 8
Max power consumption, W 25 External dimensions, LxWxH, mm 250x250x330
Fast speed, m/min 2.5
Intermittent welding range, cm 1-99
Crater fill duration, s 0-9.9
Weight, kg 15
External dimensions, LxWxH, mm 332x341x372
Miggytrac complete with welding torch Miggytrac 1000 0457 357 880
holder and 6 m control cable 0416 870 001 Connection cable MEK 4 0457 360 880
Recommended welding equipment: Cable kit for wire feed unit MEK 4 to be used for extra
Power source LAW 510 W 0457 095 880, see page 147 wire feed unit 0457 462 880
Wire feed unit MEK 4 0466 955 880, see page 150 Welding screen 0457 463 880
Welding torch PSF 502W (straight) 0455 512 885, see page 161 Universal connectors
Cooling unit OCE-2 H 0414 191 881, see page 211 Transformer 230/36 V 0457 467 880
Optional equipment: Universal connection cable for other transformers 0457 360 881
Welding hood with fume extractor 0416 870 002
Extension set, 8 m 0469 836 896
Extension set, 16 m 0469 836 897
Carriage for MEK 4 0469 786 880
218
Tractor automats
A2 Multitrac A6 Mastertrac
The A2 Multitrac is available for both the SAW and for the The A6 Mastertrac is a heavily-dimensioned self-propelled, four-
GMAW method. wheel drive, automatic welding machine. The advanced elec-
If the SAW-version is chosen, the automat is capable of working tronic control equipment provides high precision and the digital
equally well with either single or twin wire. display enables all the welding parameters to be preset accu-
The feed unit secures an even and stable wire feed speed. rately - either beforehand or during welding. The A6 Mastertrac
Accurate travel speed is ensured by means of four-wheel drive. is easy to use and once it is running, it requires only the supervi-
Exact presetting and control of the welding parameters is done sion of the operator. The automat can be supplied for SAW in
on the instrument panel, which is equipped with a digital display. single, twin or tandem version. Also available for GMAW.
The Multitrac is fully mobile and can easily be moved from one
welding station to another. It can also be quickly set-up for differ-
ent workpieces.
Single Twin GMAW Single Single Twin Tandem

SAW SAW SAW GMAW SAW
Max load at 100% duty cycle, A 800 800 600 Max load at 100% duty 1500 600 1500 2x1500
Wire Ø, unall. solid 1.6-4.0 2x1.2-2.5 0.8-1.6 cycle, A
Wire Ø, SS 1.6-4.0 - 0.8-1.6 Wire diameter, mm 3.0-6.0 1.0-3.2 2x2,0-3,0 2x3.0-6.0
Wire Ø, Al - - 1.2-1.6 Wire feed, m/min 0.2-4.0 0.2-16.6 0,2-4,0 0.2-4.0
Wire Ø, CW 1.6-4.0 - 1.2-2.4 Travel Speed, m/min 0.1-2.0 0.1-2.0 0,1-2,0 0.1-2.0
Wire feed, m/min 9 9 19 External dimensions, 1410x750 1410x750 1410x750 1410x990
Travel Speed, m/min 0.1-2.0 0.1-2.0 0.1-2.0 LxWxH, mm x850 x850 x850 x850
External dimensions, 870x400 870x302 870x302 Weight, kg 110 100 110 158
LxWxH, mm x830 x830 x830
Weight, kg 47 45 43
A2 Multitrac SAW/Single 0456 506 880 A6 Mastertrac GMAW, compl. 0456 485 880
A2 Multitrac GMAW 0456 505 880 A6 Mastertrac/SAW Single complete 0456 486 880
A2 Multitrac SAW/Twin arc see optional equipment A6 Mastertrac/SAW Tandem, compl. 0456 755 880
Accessories see page 224 A6 Mastertrac/SAW Twin arc see optional equipment
Optional equipment see page 223 Accessories see page 224
Optional equipment see page 223
219
Welding heads
A2 B Mini Master A6 B Master

The lightweight compact standard welding heads of the A2 sys- The heavily-dimensioned and sturdy welding heads in the A6
tem can easily be mounted on beam-travelling, motor-driven system can be delivered as standard with robust travelling car-
carriages. riages.
The travel beam is supplied for rack and pinion drive to ensure These carriages are available with or without a 2-speed add-on
the smooth and stable running of the carriage. The welding gear to provide wider application potential.
heads can be built on and extended for various applications. The The A6 B Master in the SAW-version is the base from which dif-
basic welding methods are SAW and GMAW. ferent processes such as twin-arc, cladding and so on can be
arranged. A GMAW-version is naturally also available.
Single SAW Twin SAW Single GMAW Single SAW Twin SAW Single GMAW
Max load at 100% duty 800 800 600 1500 1500 600
cycle, A
Wire diameter, mm 1.6-4.0 2x1.2-2.5 0.8-2.4 3.0-6.0 2x2.0-3.0 1.0-3.2
Wire feed, m/min 9 9 19 0.2-4.0 0.2-4.0 0.2-16.6

For ordering information please contact your nearest For ordering information please contact your nearest
Esab representative Esab representative
Optional equipment see page 223 Optional equipment see page 223
Accessories see page 224 Accessories see page 224
220
Welding heads
A2 S Mini Master A6 S Arc Master

The A2 S Mini Master represents an automatic welding system The A6 S Arc Master is the complete system for heavy produc-
designed with the emphasis on low weight, compactness and tion welding offering flexibility, operational reliability and durabil-
flexible use. The system is built around basic units. The degree ity.
of automation and process orientation of the basic unit you It constitutes the base of ESAB's automatic welding program
choose can be expanded or modified as required, depending on with an extensive modular and component system. It is available
the application. Appropriate welding heads can be combined in a number of standard models and can be adapted to suit the
with suitable manipulators, which results in a total solution to a customer's specific demands.
specific welding problem. From an existing model, the A6 S can be rebuilt and extended to
the required automation level, by means of positioning, joint
tracking, flux handling and so on as the requirements change.
Single Twin Single Twin Single

HD HD LD LD GMAW
Single SAW Twin SAW Single GMAW SAW SAW SAW SAW
Max load at 100% duty 800 800 600 Max load at 100% 1500 1500 1500 1500 600
cycle, A duty cycle, A
Wire feed, m/min 9 9 19 Wire diameter, mm 3.0-6.0 2x2.0-3.0 1.6-4.0 2x1.2-2.5 1.0-3.2
Wire feed, m/min 0.2-4.0 0.2-4.,0 0.5-9.0 0.5-9.0 0.2-16.6

221
Welding heads
A6 S Tandem Master A6 S Compact

The A6 S Tandem Master is a highly versatile welding automat The A6 S Compact 300/500 are two reliable members of the A6
equipped with two A6 heads - for either DC/DC or DC/AC weld- family for the efficient, high-productivity SAW method. These
ing. welding heads make it possible to build highly-efficient stations
Direct current provides good penetration, whereas alternating for the internal welding of butt joints inside tubes down to Ø 300
current secures a high deposition rate. The A6 S Tandem Mas- mm and Ø 500 mm. TV monitoring equipment can be integrated
ter is available in a number of models to match the customer's into the system, thereby enabling the operator to supervise and
safety, quality and productivity requirements. adjust the head position from the outside via the TV screen.
A6 S Tandem Master A6 S Compact
Max load at 100% duty cycle, A 2x1500 800

Wire diameter, mm 2x3.0-6.0 2.5, 3.0, 4.0
Wire feed, m/min 0.2-4.2 0.5-9.0

222
Optional equipment
A2 A6 A6B A2 A6 A6 A6
Multitrac Mastertrac Master Mini Arc Tandem Compact
Auxiliary guiding equipment Master Master Master
Guide wheel bogie 0413 542 880 •
Idling roller 0333 164 880 • •
V-guide wheel, fillet 06711 257 80 •
V-guide wheel 0333 098 880 •
Guide bar 3 m 0154 203 880 • •
Pilot lamp D20 0153 143 886 • • •
Pilot lamp D35 0153 143 885 • • • • •
Flux handling equipment
Flux recovery unit OPC basic 0148 140 880 • • • • • •
Bracket suction nozzle 0332 947 880 • •
Flux hopper of silumin alloy, 6 l 0413 315 881 •
Concentric flux funnel D20 0145 221 881 • • •
Centric flux funnel D35 02549 008 80 • • •
Insert extended 02549 003 01 • • •
Gas handling equipment
Cooling unit OCE-2 220 V/50-60 Hz 0414 191 881 • • • • •
Hose (gas) 0190 270 102 • • • • •
Hose (cooling water) 0190 315 104 • • • • •
Number of meters to be specified
Conversion set MIG/MAG, A2 0413 526 881 • •
Conversion set MIG/MAG, A6 0334 299 889 • • •
Arc shield 0334 689 880 • • • • •
Other accessories
Limit switch 0413 578 880 •
Loop for connection of two tractor
automats 0334 680 881 • •
SAW Process components
A6 feed unit, Light duty 0334 300 880 • • •
• single wire 1.6-4.0 mm
• light twin 2 x 1.2-2.0 mm
• tubular 1.6-4.0 mm
Supplementary kit Twin arc, A2 0413 541 882 • •
Supplementary kit Light twin arc,
complete, A6 0334 291 881 • • •
Supplementary kit Heavy twin arc,
complete 0334 291 883 • • •
Strip cladding 0.5 x 30 - 100 mm 0155 972 880 • • •
Strip cladding: Suction nozzle, flux 0156 025 001 • • •
Carbon arc gouging for carbon
electrodes 8.0-12.7 mm 0153 592 880 • • •
Contact tube, bent 0413 511 001 • •
Wire equipment
Wire straightener 0413 983 880 • • •
Wire straightener 0413 983 881 • • •
Twin wire straightener* 0145 787 880 • • • • •
Fine wire straightener, single wire 0332 565 880 • • • • •
Wire reel, steel, 30 kg 0416 492 880 • • •
Wire reel, steel Ø 220 mm 06711 640 80 • •
Wire reel plastic, 30 kg 0153 872 880 • • • • •
*) included in the supplementary kits for
twin arc
223
Accessories
*Tandem head - see single head SAW A2 A6* A6B A2 A6* A6
tw = twin wire, s = single wire, G = GMAW Multitrac Mastertrac Master Mini Master Arc Master Compact
SAW G SAW G SAW G SAW G SAW G SAW
Contact nozzles wire size s tw s tw s tw s tw s tw single
M6 0.8 mm 0153 501 002 • • • • •
M6 1.0 mm 0153 501 004 • • • • •
M6 1.2 mm 0153 501 005 • • • • • • • • • •
M6 1.6 mm 0153 501 007 • • • • • • • • • •
M6 2.0 mm 0153 501 009 • • • • •
M6 2.4-2.5 mm 0153 501 010 • •
M10 1.6 mm 0258 000 909 • • • • •
M10 2.0 mm 0258 000 910 • • • • •
M10 2.4 mm 0258 000 911 • • • • •
M10 3.2 mm 0258 000 915 • • • • •
M12 1.6 mm 0154 623 008 • • • • •
M12 2.0 mm 0154 623 007 • • • • •
M12 2.5 mm 0154 623 006 • • • • •
M12 3.0 mm 0154 623 005 • • • • •
M12 4.0 mm 0154 623 003 • • • • •
Adapter M6/M10
Adapter M6/M10 0147 333 001 • • • • •
Contact jaws D35
2.0 0332 581 880 •
2.5 0332 581 881 •
3.0 0265 900 880 • • • •
4.0 0265 900 882 • • • •
5.0 0265 900 883 • • •
6.0 0265 900 884 • • •
Contact jaws heavy twin
2 x 1.6 mm 0265 902 882 • • • • •
2 x 2.0 mm 0265 902 881 • • • • •
2 x 2.5-3.0 mm 0265 902 880 • • • • •
Feed roller single wire size
0.8 mm 0145 538 881 • • •
1.0 mm 0145 538 882 • • • •
1.2 mm 0145 538 883 • • • •
1.6 mm 0218 510 281 • • • • • • • •
2.0 mm 0218 510 282 • • • • • • •
2.4-2.5 mm 0218 510 283 • • • • • • •
3.0-3.2 mm 0218 510 298 • • • • • • • •
4.0 mm 0218 510 286 • • • • • •
5.0 mm 0218 510 287 • • •
6.0 mm 0218 510 288 • • •
Feed roller twin wire size
2 x 1.2 mm 0218 522 486 • • • • •
2 x 1.6 mm 2018 522 488 • • • • •
2 x 2.0 mm 0218 522 484 • • • • •
2 x 2.4-2.5 mm 0218 522 480 • • • • •
2 x 3.0 mm 0218 522 481 • • •
Feed roller grooved
Tubular wire 1.2-1.6 mm 0146 024 880 • • • • • • • • •
Tubular wire 2.0-4.0 mm 0146 024 881 • • • • • • • • •
Pressure roller wire size
0.8-1.6 mm 0146 025 880 • • • • • • • • •
2.0-4.0 mm 0146 025 881 • • • • • • • • •
Shaft stud for knurled pressure roller
Shaft stud for knurled pressure
roller 0212 901 101 • • • • • • • • •
224
Accessories
Slides
For the accurate and comfortable positioning of the welding head in the joint, the robust
A2 and A6 slides are available in a series of standard lengths for any mounting posi-
tion.
The A2 linear slides have a compact box profile and adjustable guides, which form a
light and plain slide. The A6 linear slide is a flexible component and, with its high load-
ing capacity, it can be freely mounted for positioning the A6 welding head. The A6 lin-
ear slide can also be supplied with an extended runner which increases loading
capacity by 25%.
The A6 servo slide is primarily intended for use in connection with positioning and joint
tracking. It can be operated jointly with other A6 components, such as rotary slides for
the rotation of the welding head in the joint. These servo slides are normal supplemen-
tary units for our standard joint tracking systems, like the A6 GMD.
The ORB 40 is a rotary slide for the A2 welding head. It has a lockable rotary slide and
compact design with a divided clamp. The A6 rotary slide with worm gear is used when
the electrode angle requires frequent adjustment in relation to the joint. These adjust-
ments can be made continuously from 0-360° using the hand-wheel. The A6 rotary ball
bearing slide is another type designed for heavier loads. The rotary ball bearing disc
can be rotated 360° and locked by a lever.
Positioning and joint tracking system

The high-precision, heavy-duty A6 servo slide forms an important part of Esab's auto-
matic welding program. The slide is primarily intended for use in connection with posi-
tioning and joint tracking. Depending on the desired function and the work to be
performed, the slide can be combined with two different control systems: PAK or GMD.
The PAK is a manual, servo-assisted, joystick-controlled positioning and joint-tracking
system for one or two slides. The GMD automatic joint-tracking system covers a wide
range of applications and provides convenient handling. The basic function of the GMD
is to correct irregularities in weld joints and to track simple workpiece geometries. You
can also use sensor fingers with the GMD system to eliminate parallax faults.
Flux equipment and systems

Esab have a number of different flux equipment/systems to combine with our automatic
welding equipment. The OPC flux recoveries are of a robust and compact design. They
can be fitted equally well to A2 and A6 equipment, regardless of whether it is stationary
or tractor travelling. The OPC-Basic unit works on the ejector principle using com-
pressed air. The OPC-Super is like the OPC-Basic. It has been developed for use in
difficult environments and for heavy-duty work. With its stronger ejector and cyclone, it
is especially suitable for high-capacity, continuous welding. The FFRC is a complete
recirculated system for continuous submerged arc welding. Both the OPC-Basic and
the OPC-Super are integrated in the FFRC systems. The FFRB is a complete system
for heavy production stations or submerged arc welding in confined spaces.
225
Accessories
Wire feed units
The Esab A2/A6 system comprises five different wire feed units; A6 Light Duty (LD), A6
Heavy Duty (HD), A6 G, A2 SAW and A2 GMAW. The A6 LD is designed for sub-
merged arc welding with small wire or in very narrow spaces. The A6 HD is designed
for heavy-duty welding, also with submerged arc welding. The HD wire feed unit is the
standard base in most SAW automatics in the heavy production industry. You can use
single or twin wire, strip cladding or arc-air gouging. The A6G wire feed unit is specially
designed for the mechanization of MIG/MAG welding in steel and aluminium. The G
version is robust equipment for heavy-production welding. It has a water-cooled torch
mounted directly on the feed unit.
Control unit
The A2/A6 PEH process controller is a control box which can be used for SAW or MIG/
MAG welding together with A2/A6 automatic welding machines.
The control box is adapted to ESAB's LAF and TAF welding power sources. Extensive
integration of the control system with the power source guarantees very high reliability
in the welding process. The set parameters are monitored and error messages are
transmitted when the tolerances are exceeded.
All the controls required to control the welding motions and the entire welding process
are located on the control panel.
Iron powder feed unit

Welding with a controlled addition of iron powder is a profitable method of increasing
the productivity of submerged arc welding. It can for example be incorporated in a sin-
gle wire, multi wire and twin arc systems. The addition of metal powder offers substan-
tial rationalization potential. A two- or threefold increase of the deposition rate (kg/hour)
compared with conventional single wire welding is realistically achievable. This method
gives competitive advantages and has now been successfully implemented by many
users of submerged arc welding.
226
Column & Booms SAW/GMAW
MKR 300 Arc Center CaB 460/600 Arc Center

The MKR 300 column and boom can reach over distances of 3 Esab's CaB-range of column and booms consists of two types:
to 5 m both vertically and horizontally. The welding head is the CaB 460 and CaB 600, with different profiles and working
always in the centre line of the carriage. The 360° column rota- ranges from 4x3 up to 10x8 metres. These types can be
tion facility provides a total action radius. The 5x5 size is capa- "dressed-up" with different types of equipment and accessories
ble of 130 kg load at the end of the boom. The A2 and A6 to suit the most varied production needs.
welding systems are easily combined with the MKR 300. We can offer four basic stations with numerous alternatives.
Basic station 1 is a conventional Column & Boom with a mova-
ble boom and the welding head mounted at the end of the
boom.
Basic station 2 is a conventional
Effective work range, m 3 4 5 Column & Boom, with a movable
Total height column: movable, mm 5170 6170 7170 boom and one welding head
Total height column: stationary, mm 5050 6050 7050 mounted at the end, combined
Min height under Boom: movable, mm 930 930 930 with a boom-carriage-mounted
Max height under Boom: movable, mm 4070 5070 6070 welding head.
Min height under Boom: stationary, mm 810 810 810
Basic station 3 side-boom Basic station 1
Max height under Boom: stationary, mm 3950 4950 5950
Min Boom reach, mm 540 540 540
manipulator with one or two
Max Boom reach, mm 3580 4580 5580 welding heads. This welding sta-
Transport speed, m/min 2.0 2.0 2.0 tion with 5-axes movement is
Lifting speed: Boom, m/min 0.7 0.7 0.7 the basic unit for welding girders
Column rotation, °deg ±180 ±180 ±180 and profiles and for joining
Movable carriage track width, mm 1730 1730 1730 plates and sections.
Basic station 4 is a side-boom
manipulator with a double track Basic station 2
Ordering information boom. The welding heads are
placed on each side of the
Working range 3x3 meter
Rail carriage 0443 222 880 boom. The boom carriages can
Foot plate 0443 227 880 be individually controlled by the
Working range 4x4 meter joint tracking systems, on sepa-
Rail carriage 0443 222 881 rate tracks. Positioning from the
Foot plate 0443 227 881 rail carriage helps to create a
Working range 5x5 meter highly-efficient welding station Basic station 3
Rail carriage 0443 222 882 for the transversal, double fillet
Foot plate 0443 227 882 welding of stiffeners, for
For other combinations please contact your nearest
example.
Esab representative
Basic station 4
227
Handling equipment SAW/GMAW
Positioners Roller beds

Esab has a comprehensive range of positioners for automatic Esab offers a wide range of roller beds - conventional roller beds
welding. These very versatile handling machines enable welding with mechanical adjustment for circular workpieces and self-
to be carried out in the optimum positions to benefit the quality aligning roller beds which automatically adapt to the workpiece
of the work. The positioners are all designed to work with A2/A6 diameter. These roller beds are designed to operate in combina-
automatic welding equipment. Esab's positioner range com- tion with A2/A6 automatic welding equipment and Esab's Col-
prises of four versions with capacities ranging from 250 to umn & Booms.
50,000 kg (50 tonnes). The T-series of roller beds automatically align themselves to the
The 250-1500H positioners provide a basic economic solution diameter of the workpiece. All four axles of the power section
to the problem of handling small workpieces. The working height are motorized to ensure smooth rotation and even weight distri-
is adjustable and motorized rotation and tilting facilitate down- bution, which is a significant advantage, especially with thin-
hand welding. walled workpieces and heavy objects.
The 500-15000 HM positioners are designed for demanding In the TN-series of roller beds the position of the rollers is
workpieces for vertical adjustments, for example. Three basic quickly adjusted to the diameters of the workpiece by means of
adjustments ensure that the workpiece is presented to the a screw. These roller beds are especially suitable for handling
welder in the optimum position for the best working efficiency. workpieces with small diameters. Rotation is even and accurate
They feature the remote control of all functions. since both axles of the power section are motorized. The low
The Esab 3500-5000 F have good loading characteristics in profile, space-saving design of the TN-series makes it ideal for
both rotation and tilting. Their massive frame ensures safety at use where space is limited.
all times.
The 500-15000 AHM positioners are the best solution to the
problem of lifting, rotating and tilting demanding workpieces.
Height, angle and speed are all adjustable. They have infinitely
variable height control as a result of an hydraulic cylinder and
remote control of all functions.

228
Power sources SAW/GMAW
LAF DC arc power TAF AC arc power

LAF welding power sources have excellent welding characteris- TAF welding power sources use a thyristor rectifier bridge to
tics throughout the entire current and voltage range. The start- convert sinusoidal secondary voltage into a square wave output
ing and re-ignition characteristics are particularly good. These that has excellent arc ignition characteristics and good welding
power sources demonstrate good arc stability at both high and properties.
low arc voltages. The continuously variable voltage control per- The excellent welding characteristics of the TAF series make
mits very precise adjustments of welding parameters. these power sources ideal for submerged arc welding.
LAF LAF LAF LAF LAF

630 800 1000 1250 1600 TAF 800 TAF 1250
Mains supply, V/Hz 400/ 400/ 400/ 400/ 400/ Mains supply, V/Hz 400/50-60 400/50-60
50-60 50-60 50-60 50-60 50-60 Max output at 100% duty cycle, A 800 1250
Max output at 60% 630 - 1000 - - Setting range, A/V 300/28-800/44 400/28-1250/44
duty cycle, A Open circuit voltage, V 71 72
Max output at 500 800 800 1250 1600 Efficiency at max current 0.86 0.86
100% duty cycle, A Power factor at max current 0.75 0.76
Setting range, A/V 75/18- 40/22- 40/22- 40/22- 40/22- Enclosure class, protection IP 23 IP 23
630/44 800/44 800/44 1250/44 1600/44
(48)
Weight, kg 495 608
Open circuit 52 52 52 51 54
voltage, V
Efficiency at max 0.81 0.84 0.84 0.87 0.86
current
Power factor at max 0.92 0.95 0.95 0.92 0.87
current
Enclosure class, IP 23 IP 23 IP 23 IP 23 IP 23
protection
External 540x460 646x552 646x552 774x598 774x598
dimensions, x930 x1090 x1090 x1228 x1228
LxWxH, mm
Weight, kg 230 330 330 490 585

LAF 630 0456 320 880 TAF 800 0456 325 880
LAF 800 0456 321 880 TAF 1250 0456 326 880
LAF 1000 0456 321 881 Control cable 15 m 0456 500 880
Control cable 15 m 0456 500 880 Control cable 50 m 0456 500 883
Control cable 50 m 0456 500 883
Wheelkit incl. space for gas cylinder for LAF 630 0456 532 880
229
Engineering
Beam welder
Esab has more than 25 years of experience in the field of beam
and profile welding. Esab's beam and profile machines were
previously marketed under the name of Gränges, but they
always included the well-proven Esab welding equipment.
Esab offers you a complete and efficient way of welding beams
and profiles. Whether you weld I-, T- or L-beams, wide flange
beams, columns, tapered beams or non-symmetrical beams,
Esab has the know-how and the welding equipment to suit your
efficiency, quality, precision, versatility, productivity and overall
welding economy requirements.
The machines are of two types: IT-machines where the beams
are welded with the web unit in the vertical position and BW-
machines where the beams are produced in the horizontal posi-
tion.
The main advantage of both machine types, apart from their
high production capacity, is that the welding operation takes
place when the flange and the web is pressed together under
pressure completely to eliminate the gap between the sur-
faces. This ensures perfect weld quality.
The IT-machines have a built-in straightening device which com-
pensates for the pull-back of the flanges (see picture).
Esab's beam-welding machine program gives you the opportu-
nity to choose the right type of equipment for your particular
type of production.
Total range of beam sizes that can be welded:
Height 200-3,200 mm
Width 100-1,600 mm
230
Engineering
LPG bottles
The production of LPG cylinders is an interesting segment for Esab Engineering. During the 1980s, the company developed and sup-
plied welding equipment and production lines to 13 different plants which produce LPG cylinders.
As a result of a joint venture with one of Europe's leading producers of small and medium-sized hydraulic presses, Esab is able to
offer the market a complete turn-key solution. Responsibility for all the production procedures, from sheet-metal working and welding
to heat treatment, quality control and surface treatment, therefore rests with a single supplier.
Esab can supply all the welding equipment needed for a pressure vessel production line. There is a special longitudinal welding fixture
for the welding of shells. Esab has a lathe type welder for welding the dish end, and there is a multipurpose boss welder for nipples,
base rings and handles. All this equipment is dimensioned for continuous, heavy-duty operation and is made up of reliable compo-
nents selected from Esab's well-known and well-tested A6 module system.
As a result of its design and flexibilty, this welding equipment can easily be arranged to form a complete production line for pressure
vessels. Nor is it restricted to only one welding method. It can easily be converted to other modes, from submerged arc welding to
MIG/MAG or TIG welding.
Programming offers the benefits of an automatic welding process with single or multi-pass welding and the adjustment of overlapping,
intermittent welding and so on. This automatic work cycle makes it possible for one operator to supervise a number of machines.
Seamer ED 10 Seamer ED 15 Lathe type welder Multipurpose boss welder
Workpiece
Workpiece, max diameter, mm 950 950 1000 1000
Workpiece, max height, mm 600
Workpiece, max weight, kg 1000 500
Workpiece, max welding length, mm 1000 1500 1000/1500/2000
Workpiece, max plate thickness, mm 6 6
231
Engineering
Submerged Arc Welding of Type HNG-T

The technical concept for the HNG-T, is the same as for HNG.
thick-walled material The only difference is that the HNG-T is designed for tandem
welding. The system will provide fabricators with an optimum
During the past decade different welding systems for fully auto- combination of running characteristics and metallurgical proper-
matic welding have been developed and delivered by Esab. The ties.
main characteristic of this equipment is its high degree of mech- A deposition rate of 15-16 kg/hour - run after run in continuous
anization, which permits the multi-run fill to be performed with welding - will cut welding times by about 50%.
little or no interference by the operator as far as the operational
aspects of the weld are concerned. Type FANG
Especially when heavy wall structures requiring an extended The FANG welding system is capable of accomplishing fully-
quality standard are welded, it is extremely important to obtain a automated longitudinal and circumferential seam operations. As
defect-free result since repairs are very costly. a result of this high degree of automation, one operator can
As a result, manufacturers should apply the new philosophy supervise several machines working simultaneously for either
which says that the welding result should not be dependent on circumferential or longitudinal welding. However, since the auto-
the operator 's skill in handling the position and formation of the matic bead placement function requires consistency of joint vol-
run sequences. Instead the quality should be secured by the ume, thereby enabling a uniform fill, a special procedure for joint
welding system itself, which is capable of handling these opera- preparation is necessary for the optimum use of the system. For
tions with high accuracy and repeatability, whilst always main- this reason, FANG is recommended first and foremost for the
taining a constant wire tip/workpiece distance in spite of any continuous mass production of products such as e.g. pipe mill
workpiece ovality. production.
Esab have developed four different ‘‘state of the art’’ systems for
various applications in heavy wall welding.
Type ABW
ABW stands for Adaptive Butt Welding. Further advancements
Type HNG in development have resulted in the innovation of the fully-auto-
HNG is our basic Narrow Gap welding system intended primarly matic and adaptive ABW system, which is as far as we know,
for the single-wire welding of heavy pressure vessels. The sys- the only of its kind in the world capable of emulating the human
tem can handle joint depth of up to 350 mm. The HNG system intelligence associated with the complete weld fill during multi-
has a programmable PLC welding control with the following run welding.
main features: The system can cope with any kind of normal butt joint configu-
• Recipe handling - permitting the programming of different ration. As a result of its excellent adaptive function, the ABW is
parameter set combinations and dimensional data (e.g. vessel able to handle joint gap or mismatch deviations along the joint
diameter and overlap length) line.
• Programming of alarm limits and delay times Programming the ABW is simple - only your welding parameter
• Display of actual process data data has to be programmed and stored in the MMC library. This
• Control of automatic electrode shift function enabling fully fully-automatic and adaptive system will produce tremendous
automatic multi-run welding of main fill at Narrow Gap welding. savings primarly as a result of much shorter production times,
• Automatic 2-axes joint tracking - vertical with reference from and virtually no repairs. ABW will also supply a weld report justi-
joint bottom and horizontal with reference from both joint sides fying how the work that has been accomplished. The system is
during Narrow Gap welding. available for both single wire and tandem technology.
232
Engineering
Resistance welding
Esab manufacture a complete series of flash butt welding Resistance heaters, type ZSM
machines for different welding objects with a welding area of ZSM 055-360 Ø 14-26 mm
500 mm2 up to 30,000 mm2. ZSM 155-800 Ø 18-36 mm
The flash butt welding technique is especially convenient and ZSM 155-640 Ø 16-34 mm
profitable for precision and mass production work as it permits a ZSM 255-640 Ø 17-47 mm
high level of mechanization and automation of the manufactur- ZSM 355-1200 Ø 30-81 mm
ing process. ZSM 555-1500 Ø 60-107 mm
Our engineers have designed and constructed plants and turn- ZSM 654-2400 Ø 80-140 mm
key projects all over the world. ZSM 754-3200 Ø 90-173 mm
Esab's resistance welding program: Chain-bending machines, type ZKBH

Chain-making installations, type Carousel ZKBH 25 Ø 17-56 mm
Size 5 Ø 18-47 mm ZKBH 45 Ø 30-96 mm
Size 6 Ø 25-63 mm ZKBH 55 Ø 60-128 mm
Size 7 Ø 30-81 mm ZKBH 65 Ø 80-152 mm
Size 8 Ø 60-107 mm ZKBH 75 Ø 90-173 mm
Size 9 Ø 80-127 mm
Size 10 Ø 90-173 mm Rail-welding machine, type ZFR
ZFSC 10 Welding areas 12,000 mm2
Fully automated chain-making plant type ZAC ZFR 10 B Welding areas 10,000 mm2
ZAC 554 Ø 18-34 mm ZFR 11 GC Welding areas 12,000 mm2
ZAC 42M Ø 18-42 mm
Flash butt welding machine for tubes, type SVU
Chain-welding installation, type Rocat SVU 7884-H Welding areas 2,300 mm2
WT 18-26 Ø 18-26 mm SVU 8884-H Welding areas 3,600 mm2
WT 22-36 Ø 22-36 mm
Welding machine for extended surfaces, type FMA
Fully automatic link-bending plant, type YLNB FMA-01 Welding areas 200 mm2 x 2 Round studs
YLNB 451 Ø 14-26 mm FMA-11 Welding areas 320 mm2 x 2 Plate fins
YLNB 552 Ø 22-36 mm FMA 12 Welding areas 320 mm2 x 2 Flat studs
Flash butt welding machines, type SVU-K Steel grating machine

5883-K Welding areas 1,400 mm2 ZRGB 135 bearing bars 3x25 - 5x60
6883-K Welding areas 2,000 mm2
7883-K Welding areas 5,000mm2 Flash butt welding machines for repair anode studs
8883-K Welding areas 8,000 mm2 in the aluminium industry
9883-K Welding areas 10,000 mm2 SVU 9883-S Ø 140 mm
The figures are based on an up setting force of 5 kp/mm2 ZF 12 AA Ø 160 mm
233
Engineering
ESAB SuperStir® – Friction 1 set of operation control equipment, including emergency stops
Stir Welding System The friction stir welding of aluminium has been shown to produce
joints with high-strength values and without inclusions and impu-
ESAB has extended its product programme to include machines rities.
for a new welding method, Friction Stir Welding (FSW). This Bending tests and tensile tests have been conducted with superb
method has been developed and patented by TWI in the UK. results. The fatigue properties are outstanding compared with
The FSW method is based on the principle of obtaining suffi- other welding methods.
ciently high temperatures to forge two aluminium components, Furthermore, the joint is almost free from stress and has a per-
using a rotating tool which moves along the joint (see Fig. 1). fect root surface when welded from one side. This results in a
Using the FSW method, aluminium components are joined minimum of supplementary work.
together without increasing the temperature above melting point. Friction stir welding is ideal for joining straight profiles and flat
plates with a thickness of 1.6-30 mm. When welding materials
Joint configurations suited to Friction Stir Welding with a thickness of more than 15 mm, the welding is done from
ESAB's SuperStir® programme includes a variety of machines both sides. The maximum thickness is around 30 mm at 100%
developed from a standardized SuperStir® base unit and with penetration.
working ranges of 0.5 x 1.5 m up to 10x20 m within the same Suitable applications:
concept. The programme also includes models of the gantry type • Shipbuilding
of different kinds. • Offshore platforms
A typical installation is designed as follows: • Air craft industry
1 buffer store for workpieces • Space industry
1 feed unit for workpieces • Railway wagons, trams, underground train carriages
1 Friction Stir Welder, welding head joined to machine frame • Automotive industry
(machine table) • Brewing industry
1 positioning and clamping device • Bridge building
1 end clamp (when needed) • Production of electric motors
1 feed-out unit for the welded workpiece • Defence industry
1 hydraulic unit • Cooling elements
Fig 1 – The principle of Friction a-Square butt, b-Combined butt and lap, c-Single lap, d-Multiple lap, e-3-piece T butt, f-2-piece T butt, g-Edge
234 Stir Welding butt, h-Possible extrusion design to enable corner fillet weld to be made.
Submerged arc tandem narrow gap welding. Joining of thick walled pipes for
offshore gas pipelines.
ESAB Engineering - your partner for

quality, productivity and economy in
welding automation.
235
Longitudinal welding machines
Seamtech Platetech and Foiltech

Seamtech longitudinal seam-welding machines are available in Platetech makes it possible to produce plates with a width of up
four models. to 12 metres with ground and planished welds. It is a complete
The Seamtech FD is designed for the longitudinal welding of flat line with all the necessary processes (welding, grinding, plan-
plates. A special version can also be used for welding corru- ishing and polishing) for the production of large, flat and high-
gated material such as container plate and so on. quality plates. Several welding processes like MIG/MAG, SAW,
The Seamtech ED is designed for the external welding of longi- TIG or plasma welding can be used.
tudinal seams of cylindrical, conical and rectangular work- The Foiltech 300 is an easy-to-operate foil-welding machine. It
pieces. In addition, flat plates can also be welded. uses a transistor-controlled inverter power source with high effi-
The Seamtech ID is designed for the internal welding of longitu- ciency and perfect control of the TIG welding process. It also
dinal seams of large cylindrical, conical and rectangular work- includes shears for the accurate and clean preparation of the foil
pieces. In addition, flat plates can also be welded. strip ends.
The Seamtech ED/ID is a combination of external and internal Maximum foil width is 275 mm and minimum foil thickness is
welding. Small parts are welded from the outside and large 0.4 mm.
ones from the inside.
236
Tank welding machines
Vertomatic & Vertotech A6 Circomaster &

The Minivertomatic NC installation basically consists of an A2/A6 Circotech
automatic vertical-up welding machine, a power source and a
cooling system. The welding machine hangs from a chain lifting The A6 Circomaster is a self-propelled, fully mechanised weld-
device, is self-aligning in the joint and is operated by a single ing machine, working on the shell plate of storage tanks, on ship
operator. In addition, the Minivertomatic NC/W has a weaving hulls and so on.
unit to enable welding of thicker plates. The welding process is The A6 Circomaster installation basically consists of a single-
Electrogas using flux-cored wire, gas-shielded and melted in a sided automatic welding machine, hanging safely on the top
crucible formed by two water-cooled copper shoes. edge of the shell plate, fed by a welding power source and con-
An exclusive contact-free level sensor automatically adjusts the trolled by an operator travelling with the machine.
raising speed. Plate thicknesses of up to 35 mm can be welded The standard welding process is submerged arc welding (SAW),
with a deposition rate of up to 12 kg/h. using the single- or as alternative the twin-wire technique with
The Vertotech installation basically consists of an automatic wire diameters of 2.0, 2.5 or 3.0 mm. The flux is supported dur-
vertical-up welding machine, a power source and a cooling sys- ing the welding process by a flexible, high temperature resistant
tem. The welding machine hangs from the top of the shell plates belt, which moves along the joint during welding. MAG welding
to be welded and the operator has access to both sides of the can also be performed by changing some components in the
plate. welding head.
The welding process is Electrogas using flux-cored wire, gas- A2/A6 Circotech is a motorized, fully-automatic welding
shielded and melted in a crucible formed by two water-cooled machine designed for horizontal welds on tank walls, silos, blast
copper shoes and the both sides of the joint. furnaces, chimneys, cowpers, large pennstocks and so on. The
An exclusive contact-free level sensor automatically adjusts the A2/A6 Circotech is available in either a single- or a double-sided
raising speed. Plate thicknesses of up to 35 mm can be welded version. The machine can be equipped for submerged arc weld-
with a deposition rate of up to 12 kg/h. ing or MIG/MAG welding based on the A2 or A6 welding heads.
The Vertomatic SG installation basically consists of an auto- The working principle is identical to the one in the A6 Circomas-
matic vartical-up welding machine. The welding head is installed ter, but in this case it is possible to weld both sides of the plate
on a carriage rising on a column mounted on a movable plat- at the same time.
form. The welding process is either Electrogas, for plate thick- The A2/A6 Ciroctech is also designed for double wall tanks
nesses from 12 to 50 mm, or Electroslag, for plate thicknesses where one side is slimmed to pass between the walls.
between 30 and 100 mm. The machine is very easy to set up and prepare for welding and
is also easy to transport as a result of its compact frame and
overall design.
237
Circumferential welding machines
Rototech 80
The Rototech 80 is an automatic machine of the lathe type for
the all-round welding of lightweight cylindrical workpieces with a
weight of up to 80 kg. The modular design makes it easy to
adapt the Rototech 80 for a wide range of applications. The
machine frame is available in different lengths for workpieces
with lengths of between 500 and 3,000 mm. It can be fitted with
one or two equipment for MIG/MAG, TIG and Plasma welding.
The turning head with its face plate is powered by an asynchro-
nous motor via a vectorised frequency converter, which guaran-
tees a uniform rotation speed even when the load is
asymmetrical.
The support head with an air cylinder for clamping a workpiece
can be moved to any point along the frame. The air cylinder is
controlled with a manual valve.
In the same way, the MIG/MAG, TIG or Plasma torch can also
be moved to any point along the frame. Movements to and from
the welding position are controlled by an air cylinder.
The Rototech 80 is PLC-controlled. The operating sequence is
automatic from the start of welding until the work is finished.
Continuous welding is standard. Run-off can take place with
crater-filling if the welding equipment has this function. The dif-
ferent options enable among other things the operating cycle to
be extended to permit intermittent welding to be programmed.
The machine can weld with one or two torches simultaneously.
Rototech
Workpiece, max weight, kg 80

Torque, max, Nm 60
Orbital speed, rpm 0.12-7.0
Workpiece, max diameter, mm 400
Workpiece length, max, m 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3
Clamping force, max, N 150 (3 bar)
Stroke of clamping cylinder, max, mm 80
Connection voltage, 1 phase, V/Hz 230-240/50-60
238
239
240
Cutting technologies
Area of application for

different cutting technologies
Oxy/fuel cutting
• Traditional thermal cutting process for low-alloyed steel
• For vertical cuts and bevelling (welding preparation)
• Cost-effective especially with multiple burner operation
• Most effective technology even in the future for mechanized
oxy/fuel cutting with the best cutting quality in material thick-
nesses of up to 300 mm
Plasma cutting
• Modern technology for all electrically-conductive materials,
used particularly for structural steel, stainless and non-ferrous
metals
• Low heat distortion of the material due to densely concen-
trated plasma arc
• High cutting speeds (5 to 7 times higher than with oxy/fuel cut-
ting) and low dead times (no preheating required)
• Material thickness 0.5 to 160 mm cuttable with plasma current
up to 1,000 amperes
• Efficient cuts in structural steel of up to 20 mm vertically or
bevelling
• Highest cutting quality obtainable with fine-beam plasma or
water-injection plasma method
Laser cutting
• Contact-free thermal cutting process for highest precision
• Due to highly focused laser beam, very small kerfs (0.1 to
0.6 mm) and minimum heat distortion
• Best cutting accuracy with various materials; in structural steel
with a thickness of up to 20 mm
• Compared with oxy/fuel and plasma cutting almost no finishing
required after laser cutting
Water-jet cutting
• Universal mechanical (cold) cutting technology for all materials
with high-speed water-jet
• Metals and other harder materials cuttable with abrasive addi-
tive
• To be used outside the application limits of the thermal cutting
processes with high cutting accuracy and quality at low cutting
speeds
241
When cutting is an important part of the business,
ESAB is an important part of production.
242
Portable gas cutting machines
IMP Cadet
A portable hand gas cutting machine with steplessly variable Cadet YRK is a portable, single torch gas cutting machine for
adjustment of the cutting machine speed for manually guided manually guided profile cutting and for I and V weld bevels cuts.
profile cutting and for I,V, X and K weld bevel cuts by means of a To produce disks or flanges, an adjustable circle cutting device
track guide. To produce disks or flanges, a circle cutting device is available. The minimum radius is 35 mm.
can be included to the machine. IMP can be delivered with a A special version with two torches is available on request. X and
support arm of 342 mm or 525 mm length. K weld bevel cuts can also be performed with this version.
arm 342 mm arm 525 mm YRK
Max number of torches 2 2 Max number of torches 1

Cutting thickness (1 torch), mm 3-100 3-100 Cutting thickness, steel, mm 75
Cutting thickness (2 torches), mm 3-75 3-75 Cutting speed, mm/min 720
Cutting speed, mm/min 75-700 75-700 Max/Min circle cut, Ø mm 1200/70
Max. torch lateral adjustment, mm 150 330 Max. torch lateral adjustment, mm 120
Max. parallel cut, mm 300 480 Mains supply, V/Hz 220/50
Min. parallel cut, mm 45 45 Weight, kg 8
Max/Min circle cut, Ø mm 1380/75 1740/75
Mains supply, V/Hz 230/50-60 230/50-60
Input power, VA 60 60
Weight, kg 9 9
243
Portable gas cutting machines
Pipe cutting Star

Star is a portable articulated-arm gas cutting machine, which is
Tubocadet
available as a table model (T) or a standing model (S) with mag-
The Tubocadet is a portable pipe gas cutting machine for pro-
netic roller drive for profile cutting from mild steel templates
ducing I or V cuts up to 45° angle setting. The cutting plane for
(models TM or SM) - with a manually-guided serrated wheel
size G1 up to G4 can be adjusted from 0° up to 22.5° inclined
drive for profile cutting from markings on the workpiece (models
cuts. The Tubocadet is available in four sizes for pipe diameters
TL or SL) - with magnetic roller drive and with a manually-
from 50 mm up to 1,500 mm for cuts perpendicular to the axis of
guided serrated wheel drive (models TML or SML). The TL/TML
the pipe and four sizes for pipe diameters from 65 mm up to
and SL/SML models can be equipped with a circle-cutting
1,400 mm for cuts inclined to the axis of the pipe. Maximum cut-
device.
ting thickness is 75 mm (see picture).
PPC-S
The PPC-S is a portable pipe gas cutting machine designed for
demanding cuts on pipes perpendicular to the pipe centre line. It
is used for the preparation of vertical (I) cuts or bevels in V
shape up to an angle of 45°. A link chain around the pipe is used Star
to guide the machine. Movement is carried out via a double
crank with spindle and a worm drive. Max number of torches 1
PPC-S cuts pipes up to 600 mm diameter with the standard Cutting thickness, steel, mm 3-125
chain set (32 links) and extension sets of 20 links are available. Cutting speed, mm/min 100-700
Maximum cutting thickness is 25 mm. Max/Min circle cut, Ø mm 865/50
Max. profile cut from template, mm 750x900
Max straight cut from template, mm 1950
Input power, VA 50
244
Stationary cutting machines
Ultrarex UXB Ultrarex UXC

A stationary co-ordinate gas cutting machine with photo-electric A stationary co-ordinate gas cutting machine with ASE photo-
tracer control (scale 1:1) designed for profile cutting (edge trac- electronic tracer control (scale 1:1) designed for profile cutting
ing from drawing lines, min. line thickness 0.8 mm). The (edge or line tracing). Tracer speed up to 3,000 mm/min. The
machine can be equipped with manual or motorized torch height machine can be equipped with manual, motorized or automatic
controls. The gas distribution is performed by central, manually- capacitive torch height control. The electrical ignition device
operated cut-off valves. The cutting oxygen can be switched on results in ease of operation when more than one torch is used.
automatically via an electro-magnetic valve. An optional circle- For plasma cutting the machine can be equipped with a plasma
cutting device can be supplied. torch and automatic height control. The height control depends
on the plasma torch system.
12.5 15 15/20 12.5 15 15/20
Max number of torches 4 4 4 4 4 4

Cutting width (1 torch), mm 1250 1500 1500 1250 1500 1500
Cutting width (4 torches), mm 4x310 4x375 4x500 4x310 4x375 4x500
Cutting thickness (1 torch), mm 3-200 3-200 3-200 3-200 3-200 3-200
Cutting thickness (4 torches), mm 3-75 3-75 3-75 3-75 3-75 3-75
Cutting speed, mm/min 100-1000 100-1000 100-1000 100-3000 100-3000 100-3000
Max/min parallel cut, mm 1250/95 1500/95 2000/95 1250/140 1500/140 2000/140
Max/Min circle cut, Ø mm 1000/150 1000/150 1000/150 1000/150 1000/150 1000/150
Cutting length 4000 mm track, mm 3250 3250 3250 3250 3250 3250
Tracing length, mm 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Tracing width, mm 1250 1500 1500 1250 1500 1500
Mains supply, V/Hz 230/50 230/50 230/50 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60
Input power, VA ≈ 200 ≈ 200 ≈ 200 ≈200 ≈200 ≈ 200
External dimensions, LxWxH, mm 750x3200 750x3700 750x4200 750x3200 750x3700 750x4200
x2100 x2100 x2100 x2100 x2100 x2100
Cutting table height, mm 700 700 700 700 700 700
245
Picorex PXC Combirex CXB

Picorex PXC represents real progress in the range of photo- Stationary co-ordinate gas cutting machine for a wide range of
electronically-controlled co-ordinate gas cutting machines. Pre- applications and extensive expansion potential. NC operation
cise guiding accuracy, optimum cutting speed, easy mounting with the NCE control, manual data input, fixed programs, paper
and serviceability, low costs - these are the essential features. tape punch. Teach-Trace, external data storage device, torches
Profile cuts of any kind are carried out by transfering the photo- with motorized or automatic capacitive height adjustment, air-
electronic tracing from 1:1 tracer drawings to the torches. Tracer water-spray, plasma torches, etc.
speed of up to 3,000 mm/min.
15 20 25 15/20 20/25 25/30
Max number of torches 4 4 4 Max number of torches 4 6 6

Cutting width (1 torch), mm 1500 2000 2500 Cutting width (1 torch), mm 1500 2000 2500
Cutting width (4 torches), mm 4x375 4x500 4x625 Cutting width (4 torches), mm 4x500 4x625 4x750
Cutting thickness (1 torch), mm 3-200 3-200 3-200 Cutting thickness (1 torch), mm 3-300 3-300 3-300
Cutting thickness (4 torches), mm 3-100 3-100 3-100 Cutting thickness (4 torches), mm 3-150 3-150 3-150
Cutting speed, mm/min 100-3000 100-3000 100-3000 Cutting speed, mm/min 100-6000 100-6000 100-6000
Max/min parallel cut, mm 2000/150 2500/150 3000/150 Max/Min circle cut, Ø mm 1500/150 2000/150 2500/150
Max/Min circle cut, Ø mm 1500/150 2000/150 2500/150 Cutting length 4000 mm track, mm 2350 2350 2050
Cutting length 4000 mm track, mm 3000 2500 2500 Tracing length, mm 1600 1600 1600
Tracing length, mm 1100 1800 1800 Tracing width, mm 1500 2000 2500
Tracing width, mm 1500 2000 2500 Mains supply, V/Hz 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60
Mains supply, V/Hz 230/50 230/50 230/50 Input power, VA ≈ 1000 ≈ 1000 ≈ 1000
Input power, VA ≈ 1000 ≈ 1000 ≈ 1000 External dimensions, LxWxH, mm 1500x4650 1500x5650 1500x6650
External dimensions, LxWxH, mm 1000x4300 1500x5300 1500x6300 x2280 x2280 x2280
x2400 x2400 x2400 Cutting table height, mm 700 700 700
Cutting table height, mm 700 700 700
246
Ultrarex UXC-P Ultrarex UXD-P

The portal cutting machine is designed for the lower machine For cutting speeds of up to 12,000 mm/min.
cutting range. The cutting widths of 1,500 and 2,000 mm are With the NCE numerical control, the strong co-ordinate drives
intended for standard sheet formats. Using the latest drive units, and a cutting speed of up to 12,000 mm/min, this machine is
the guidance system has been designed in such a way that a suitable for cutting using plasma methods. However, oxy/fuel or
high level of machine accuracy is provided for maximum cutting a combination of oxy/fuel and plasma cutting are also cost effec-
quality and economical cutting production. tive alternatives.
The UXC-P is equipped with one work station as standard. This Two versions are available:
station can be equipped with a plasma torch and there is a • with plastic drag chain for hose and cable support for one
choice of plasma cutting systems from 40 to 100 A. The second plasma torch
equipment variant is a tool station with one oxy-fuel torch. If • with profile rail for hose and cable suspension of one plasma
required, the UXC-P can be equipped with two tool stations, so torch and one oxy/fuel torch or two oxy/fuel torches.
that either plasma or oxy-fuel cutting is possible. In addition, two Several plasma cutting power sources can be supplied. See
oxy-fuel torches can be linked for congruent cutting. specification on page 255.
The UXC-P is equipped as standard with the NCE 280 B numer-
ical control which is part of the latest generation of numerical
controls and is equipped with a graphical monitor and fixed-pro-
gram technology.
Sizes in mm 1500 2000 1100 1500 2000
Cutting width (1 plasma torch) 1500 2000 Max number of torches 1 2 2

Cutting width (1 oxy-fuel torch) 1500 2000 Cutting width (1 torch), mm 1100 1500 2000
Cutting width (2 oxy-fuel torches, 2x750 2x1000 Cutting thickness, steel, mm acc to acc to acc to
congruent) plasma plasma plasma
Track with cross bar same level, length 5000/7000 5000/7000 specs specs specs
Cutting length 3600/5600 3600/5600 Cutting speed, mm/min 50-12000 50-12000 50-12000
Cutting speed, mm/min 50-6000 Cutting length 4000 mm track, mm 2650 2650 2650
Cutting thickness, plasma see plasma specification Mains supply, V/Hz 230/50-60 230/50-60 230/50-60
Cutting thickness, oxy-fuel 50 50 Input power, VA ≈500 ≈500 ≈500
Workpiece support height 700 700 External dimensions, LxWxH, mm 1300x2260 1300x2660 1300x3160
x1630 x1650 x1650
Cutting table height, mm 700 700 700
Oxy/Fuel Mode
Cutting width (2 torches), mm 2x550 2x750 2x1000
Cutting thickness (2 torches), mm 3-125 3-125 3-125
External dimensions, LxWxH, mm 1300x2260 1300x2660 1300x3160
x2450 x2450 x2450
247
Combirex CXC-P Combirex CXD-P

Gas cutting machine equipped with the modern CNC-continu- Gas cutting machine in a gantry design equipped with the mod-
ous path control NCE for positioning and cutting speeds ern CNC-continuous path control NCE. The machine track of
between of 50 and 6,000 mm/min. The Combirex CXC-P can be precision-machined railway track is installed on single columns.
equipped with a maximum of 4 single torches. The machine has The Combirex CXD-P can be equipped with a maximum of 6
a wide range of options including torches with motorized height single torches. The machine has a wide range of options includ-
adjustment or torch carriages with automatic, capacitive height ing torches with motorized height adjustment, air-water-spray,
adjustment, air-water-spray, pressure reduction device, auto- pressure reduction device, automatic hole-piercing device or
matic hole-piercing device or plasma cutting torch. plasma cutting torch.
2500 3000 3500 3000 3500 4000
Max number of torches 4 4 4 4 4 4

Cutting width (1 torch), mm 1700 2200 2700 2200 2700 3200
Cutting width (4 torches), mm 4x350 4x475 4x600 4x475 4x600 4x725
Cutting thickness (1 torch), mm 3-300 3-300 3-300 3-300 3-300 3-300
Cutting thickness (4 torches), mm 3-150 3-150 3-150 3-150 3-150 3-150
Cutting speed, mm/min 50-6000 50-6000 50-6000 50-6000 50-6000 50-6000
Positioning speed, mm/min 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000
Track length, mm 5000/ 5000/ 5000/ 5000/ 5000/ 5000/
4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
Cutting length 4000 mm track, mm 2500 2200 2200 2000 2000 2000
Mains supply, V/Hz 230/50 230/50 230/50 230/50 230/50 230/50
Input power, VA ≈ 1000 ≈ 1000 ≈ 1000 ≈ 1000 ≈ 1000 ≈ 1000
External dimensions, LxWxH, mm 2500x3000 2500x3500 2500x4000 2500x3500 2500x4000 2500x4500
x2400 x2400 x2400 x2400 x2400 x2400
Cutting table height, mm 700/600 700/600 700/600 700/600 700/600 700/600
248
Combirex CXE-P Suprarex SXE-P

Portal cutting machine of the new machine design for a track Portal gas cutting machine with the integrated CNC-control,
width of up to 4,500 mm. The CNC continuous path control NCE type NCE, for small and medium sized production to utilize all
is standard. The precision guidance system permits a position- the benefits of large-scale systems:
ing and cutting speed of up to 20 m/min. The Combirex CXE-P • Single-torch units with motorized or automatic height adjust-
can be equipped with a maximum of 6 single torches or a wide ment in oxy/fuel or plasma operation
range of oxy-fuel and plasma torch carriages. • Three torch units, for swivelling through ± 90°, with motor-
driven height adjustment
• Automatic flame ignition device
• Automatic hole-piercing device for up to 100 m sheet gauge
• Plasma torch for conventional and plasma water-injection cut-
ting
• Oxy/fuel to plasma switching with automatic cutting cycle
• Marking tools, pneumatic or for powder marking
• Water showers
• Router unit
• Water-jet cutting unit
New: Plasma marking tool Arc marker
Cutting torch with automatic internal ignition Multijet
2500 4500 2500 5000
Max number of torches 6 6 Max number of torches 6 6

Max number of 3-torch head 1 1 Max number of 3-torch head 2 2
Cutting width (1 torch), mm 1700 3700 Cutting width (1 torch), mm 1700 4200
Cutting width (4 torches), mm 4x425 4x925 Cutting width (4 torches), mm 4x350 4x975
Cutting thickness (1 torch), mm 3-300 3-300 Cutting thickness (1 torch), mm 3-300 3-300
Cutting thickness (2 torches), mm 3-150 3-150 Cutting thickness (4 torches), mm 3-150 3-150
Cutting thickness (4 torches), mm 3-75 3-75 Cutting thickness, 3-torch head, mm 8-75 8-75
Cutting speed, mm/min 50-20000 50-20000 Cutting speed, mm/min 50-6000 50-6000
Positioning speed, mm/min 20000 20000 Positioning speed, mm/min 6000 6000
Track length, mm 5000 5000 Track length, mm 4000 4000
Cutting length 5000 mm track, mm 2500 2500 Cutting length 4000 mm track, mm 2000 2000
Mains supply, V/Hz 230/50 230/50 Mains supply, V/Hz 230/50 230/50
Input power, VA ≈ 2000 ≈ 2000
External dimensions, LxWxH, mm 2000x3100 2000x5600
x2600 x2600
Cutting table height, mm 700/600 700/600
249
Ergorex EXA Megarex MXA

This CNC gas cutting machine is designed for automatic cutting Designed for use in extremely precise applications and based
and marking operations. The microprocessor-controlled on a precise guiding system with a wide speed range, the Meg-
machine permits the manufacture of small, medium-sized and arex MXA is suitable for various applications, such as plasma
large parts, in both the congruent and the mirror image mode. cutting, water-jet cutting, routing and so on.
The Ergorex EXA is available in sizes from 3,000 up to 6,500 The Megarex MXA is controlled using the well-known NCE con-
mm; extensions of the gantry of 500 mm each. The machine is trols, which can be used for all technologies. The NCE is based
normally produced with a double-side rack and pinion drive, for on modern microprocessor technology. The controls are availa-
the longitudinal direction. ble in different set-ups and software packages.This guarantees
New: Plasma marking tool Arc marker. simple operation by leading the operator via dialogue on screen.
Cutting torch with automatic internal ignition Multijet. Control and machine have been separated intentionally. Control
and operating elements are located on a separate control panel.
For the different applications the MXA can be equipped with
suitable tables, such as cutting table with exhaust system, table
for water-jet cutting, vacuum table for routing.
Plasma cutting
The use of plasma cutting unit, together with the Megarex MXA,
guarantees the economical cutting of thin sheet metal, such as
mild steel or aluminium, with high accuracy requirements.
3000 4500 6500
Max number of torches 6 8 8

Max number of 3-torch head 2 2 2
Cutting width (1 torch), mm 2200 3700 5700
Cutting width (4 torches), mm 4x550 4x925 4x1425
Cutting thickness (1 torch), mm 3-300 3-300 3-300
Cutting thickness (4 torches), mm 3-150 3-150 3-150
Cutting thickness, 3-torch head, 8-75 8-75 8-75
mm
Max/min parallel cut, mm 2200/150 3700/150 5700/150
Cutting speed, mm/min 50-12000 50-12000 50-12000
Positioning speed, mm/min 12000 12000 12000
Track length, mm 4000 4000 4000
Cutting length 4000 mm track, mm 2000 2000 2000
Mains supply, V/Hz 230/50 230/50 230/50
Input power, VA ≈ 2000 ≈ 2000 ≈ 2000
External dimensions, LxWxH, mm 2000x3500 2000x5000 2000x7000
x2700 x2700 x2700
Cutting table height, mm 650(550) 650(550) 650(550)
250
Alpharex AXB Plasma and Alpharex AXB large plate

Laser laser cutting
The guiding machine for high-precision plasma and laser cut- Large panel laser cutting. Laser cutting imposes rigorous
ting. demands on guiding machines – the Alpharex AXB offers preci-
Due to the continuous development of new plasma cutting tools sion technology which sets new standards. A strong and rigid
and the laser requirements for the guiding machine in terms of machine portal structure with an integrated drive system for
guiding and positioning accuracy, acceleration behaviour and both longitudinal and transverse axes using well-proven technol-
maximum cutting speed have been greatly increased . The com- ogy. Double-sided longitudinal drives with maintenance-free,
bination of the Alpharex AXB and NCE 520 CNC control guiding brushless motors, in conjunction with anti-backlash high
machine with an integrated data bus system constitutes the opti- dynamic planetary gears operating via pinions and precision-
mum cutting system. It meets present and future requirements tooled rack quality, the highest guidance and positioning accu-
relating to environmental conditions, simple maintenance, the racy, high acceleration performance and high feed rates.
highest possible accuracy and the fastest possible error diag- The most important features of the laser version:
nostics. • Microprocessor laser control (Pentium processor) - NCE 520 -
The most important highlights of the plasma version: 2 MB RAM, multi-tasking, modern connection. Bevelling with
• 2-axis processing with controlled Z-axis five-axis laser-cutting technique for welding preparation.
• Cutting speed depending on material of up to 20 m/min • CO2 laser power (1,500-4,000 W) with an enclosed, air-condi-
• 2 plasma carriages standard tioned beam delivery system, including water-cooled beam
• Integrated fume extraction optics.
• High positioning and contouring accuracy • Flexible material handling. Laser cutting table, stationary or
• Proven anti-collision device for the plasma torch table-pallet table change system with extraction and conveyor
• Extensive diagnostics system (optional) process for slag and small components. Pallet change in 3 minutes.
• Extensive monitoring of possible malfunctions with clear text • Programmable gas selection, pressure setting and process
display on the monitor of the NCE 520. parameters.
Important highlights of the laser version: Laser oxygen cutting, cutting gas oxygen O2 – mild steel
• 2-axis operation with controlled Z-axis Laser fusion cutting (high-pressure cutting), nitrogen N2 – alu-
• Cutting speed of up to 20 m/min (depending on material) minium and stainless steel.
• Plate thickness of up to 25 mm in mild steel and up to 10 mm
in stainless steel Technical data
• High contour precision with high-quality cutting edges 4500 5000 7000
• Low-cost production of any contour with microprocessor-based Working area (Y-axis), mm 2500 3000 5000
CNC control interfaced to Esab's Columbus II system. Working area (X-axis),
• Cutting width standard of up to 5.5 metres (wider construction no theoretical restriction
upon request) and cutting lengths of up to 20 metres (longer High movement of the laser head for 300 300 300
track width on request) vertical cutting, mm
• High positioning and contouring accuracy Maximum positioning speed, mm/min 25000 25000 25000
Positioning accuracy (measurement area 0.3 0.3 0.3
• Laser source mounted on the machine gantry 2 x 2 m) VDI 3441, mm
251
Numorex NXB/Telerex TXB Water-injection plasma

The Numorex NXB and Telerex TXB machines permit all cutting High-power plasma cutting system, see picture, can be used for
and marking operations to be carried out fully automatically. The all electrically conductive materials up to 50 mm cutting thick-
CNC and/or optically-controlled machines are designed for use ness. In comparison to the conventional flame cutting of thin
in the fabrication of small, medium and large components, both material, the cutting speed with water-injection plasma is more
congruent and mirror image, and are used for one-off and batch than 6 times faster. Minimized pollution utilizing the water muf-
manufacture in the ship building, steel and mechanical engi- fler in connection with an exhaust system around the torch and
neering industries. the water table. Cutting on, in and under water can be per-
New: Plasma marking tool Arc marker formed.
Cutting torch with automatic internal ignition Multijet The system can be extended up to 1,000 A cutting current for
the cutting range from 50 up to 150 mm using argon and hydro-
Numorex NXB gen as carrier gases. Water-injection will not be used in this cut-
Track width Working area Working area ting range.
2 single torch 2 three torch Comprehensive options for water-injection plasma:
carriages carriages • different system of torch height control
(mm) (mm) (mm) • digital cutting meter
4000 3200 2800 • water muffler or air/water muffler
4500 3700 3300 • exhaust system at the torch
5000 4200 3800 The Esab ESP-600C power source is recommended for the
5500 4700 4300 high-power plasma cutting process. Output current capacity is
6000 5200 4800
600 A at a 100% duty cycle and the open circuit voltage is 427 V
6500 5700 5300
7000 6200 5800
DC. For high-current cutting, two ESP-600Cs can be connected
7500 6700 6300 in parallel.
8000 7200 6800
Telerex TXB
Track width Working area Working area
2 single torch 2 three torch
carriages carriages
(mm) (mm) (mm)
7000 6200 5800
7500 6700 6300
8000 7200 6800
8500 7700 7300
9200 8400 8000
9700 8900 8500
10200 9400 9000
10700 9900 9500
11200 10400 10000
12200 11400 11000
13200 12400 12000
14200 13400 13000
Telerex TXB machines up to 30000 track width on request.
252
Continuous path control systems
ASE 2010
The photoelectronic tracing system ASE 2010 is based on a CCD camera chip. It has
more than 100,000 light sensors and is a fully microprocessor controlled system. The
tracing speed is only limited by the dynamics of the machine. ASE 2010 has automatic
lead calculation, digital set up kerf and cutting speed, automatic stop by loss of drawing
contour. Tracing accury ± 0.1 mm.
NCE 280 B
The CNC continuous path control NCE 280 B completes the lower end of the controls of
the new generation. It is developed for the medium sized and small cutting machines.
The NCE 280 B will meet all requirements of a true CNC control.
• Friendly operator interface
• Integrated data input options
• Accurate motion control
A NCE 280 B guarantees high cutting accuracy, far better preparation of the work,
together with higher productivity.
NCE 290
The NCE 290 CNC control designed exclusively for the ESAB-HANCOCK medium-size
machine range sets a new standard for the future. All the requirements for a true CNC
control are met by the NCE 290: Operator friendly, integrated data input options, accu-
rate motion control joystick, speed potentiometer and multi-function-wheel.
The operating elements are clearly arranged on the panel.
Data input is available by means of manual data input (MDI), pre-programmed shape
library (65 shapes), floppy disk drive or host PC.
NCE 390
The NCE 390 is a CNC control based on the newly-developed NCE 290. It has been
given additional features which lead to a more convenient operation. In addition to the
features of the NCE 290, the NCE 390 has got the following characteristics:
A 9” monochrome monitor, parallel data output, graphic display of torch position and
work progress, inscription generator ”Buge” and several other optional features.
NCE 520
The CNC path control NCE 520 is a subsequent development based on the reliable and
proven NCE 510. For the first time a concept with CPU components based on time-
tested standard modules has been realized.
The newest technology is integrated with special attention to EMC (Electro-Magnetic
Compatibility). This ensures the best possible operation reliability of the system, particu-
larly in connection with plasma tools.
The entire software for the NCE 520 is newly structured and permits optimum adapta-
tion to the specific requirements of each user.
NCE 620
Applications: High end controller for high-tech cutting machines, up to eight-axis con-
troller (approved for five-axis control), AXA laser bevel cutting, integrated network con-
nection available (LAN), one operation console can control two cutting machines and
one cutting machine can have multiple operating consoles.
Features: New HW design, stand-alone version with new fashion flat housing, colour
14.5" LCD display, user-friendly, Windows-based operator’s interface, same control ele-
ments as on all other NCEs in this family, easy operation, similar to NCE 520, extended
operation panel, four mode keys, 22 input keys, six cursor keys, eight soft keys, 26 sta-
tion keys, 14 macro-keys, one rapid-speed, start and stop key and 26 LED signal lamps.
253
Software
Columbus II - Windows system

This most recent product in the field of programming systems gives the user a powerful,
adaptable and flexible tool for the creation of CNC cutting programs.
Features:
• graphical user interface MS-Windows
• complete integration on all ESAB cutting machines, tools and cutting technologies
• object-oriented design ensures high reliability in operation
• investment reliability by individual possibilities of extensions
• several printout possibilities from nesting plans and part lists
• full network integration (Novell 3.11)
• optimum material and machine utilisation
• easy to learn.
Available modules:
• basic module (contains creation of layouts by interactive nesting and definition of the
technology)
• data management module (geometry technology)
• data information module (cutting data evaluation)
• automatic nesting
• ESSI and G-code Import/Export interface
• PPS-Import interface
• DSTV-Import interface
• developing module outline Geo
• AutoCAD LT (geometry creation).
Hardware requirement:
• IBM compatible personal computer
• operating system: MS-Windows 3.11©, MS-Windows ’95/NT©
254
Plasma power sources
Plasma cutting power sources

PCM-875 Plasmarc™ - cutting package from Esab cient use of power for low cost of operation. A continuously vari-
This air-cooled package, which is immediately ready for use, is able output current from 10 to 100 A enables a tailormade
the ideal solution for fast, powerful cutting on a practical, com- adaption to all cutting requirements.
pact machine.
ESP-200
Hypertherm HD-3070 The ESP-200 uses Esab’s Smart Plasmarc™ concept, produc-
The HD-3070 HyDefinition plasma is able to cut mild and stain- ing a plasma torch-cutting console which is ideally suited to dif-
less steel as well as aluminium up to 12.5 mm material thick- ferent mechanised plasma-cutting applications. Since operation
ness. Plasma gases are oxygen or nitrogen. Secondary gases with or without a plumbing box is possible, the console can be
are mixtures of nitrogen and oxygen or methan and air. The arc configured to match the application situation. The expanded
current can be set between 15 and 100 amps. Plasma- and sec- connection potential offered by the Esab ESP-200 enables it to
ondary gases are mixed in an external gas control according to be easily installed for most automation applications.
material quality and thickness.
ESP-600C
Hypertherm HT 2000 This high-power plasma cutting system can be used for all elec-
The HT 2000 combines the benefit of using oxygen to cut mild trically conductive materials up to 50 mm (75 mm) cutting thick-
steel with long consumable parts life. The power level is lower ness by means of the water-injection system. In comparison to
and the weldability is better when oxygen is used as plasma the conventional flame cutting for thin material, the cutting
gas. speed with water-injection plasma is more than 6 times faster.
Cutting on, in and under water can be performed. The system
ESP-100i can be extended up to 1000 A cutting current for the cutting
The ESP-100i is specially developed for mechanized cutting. range from 75 up to a max. of 150 mm when using argon and
The ESP technology is the perfect solution for all mechanized hydrogen as carrier gases. Water-injection will not be used in
cutting applications with material thicknesses up to 15 mm this cutting range.
(serves up to 30 mm). The inverter technology enables an effi-
PCM-875 HD-3070 HT 2000 ESP-100i ESP-200 ESP-600 C
Cutting thickness, steel, mm 12.5 1-12.5 6-25 (50) 1-15 (25) 1.5-50 2-25 (50) (35)
Plasma gas Air O2-Air Air, O2, N2, (Ar-H2) Air Air, O2, N2, Ar-H2 O2, N2
Operating current, A 10-60 15-100 40-200 10-100 50-200 100-600
Output power, kW 7.2 15.5 30 20 40 120
Open circuit voltage, V 275 280 280 325 325 427
Mains supply, V/Hz 400/50 220-400-415/50 220-400-415/50 400/50-60 400/50-60 400/50-60
Fuse, slow, A 13 (400 V) 35 (400 V) 63 (400 V) 45 100 250 A
Input power, VA 5200 13500 30000 20000 25000 145000
External dimensions, LxWxH, mm 520x275x410 970x610x920 900x710x1040 890x530x700 1050x550x1100 1150x950x1090
Weight, kg 40 250 351 173 330 928
255
Water cutting
Water-jet cutting
Cutting with high-pressure water-jet is a useful alternative to the
conventional thermal cutting processes. With the addition of
abrasive materials into the water-jet a wide range of metal and
non-metal materials can be cut with excellent precision of the
contour, such as mild and stainless steels, titanium, aluminium,
stones, glass, ceramics, filled and unfilled plastics and com-
pounds.
Attached to an Esab cutting machine best cutting results can be
achieved.
To meet the requirements of this cutting process, Esab has
developed continuous path controlled guide machines which
enable full use of the potential offered by water-jets.
Servo drive units run the abrasive cutting machines in a speed
of 25-25,000 mm/min. For pure water-jet cutting up to 50,000
mm/min.
256
Cutting tables
Ultrarex cutting table

Suitable for oxy-fuel and plasma cutting, the single piece table comprises a combined
slag box and central fume extraction air duct with an outlet point at one end of the box.
Lifting eyes are welded on the inside of the table and fork lift truck lifting points are
located underneath to permit easy emptying.
Two basic models available:
M for machine cutting
H for manual cutting
Table sizes: between 1,250x1,250 mm and 3,000x2,000 mm.
Cutting table height: M-model 700 mm, H-model 860 mm.
Section cutting table S

A table designed for cutting sheet metal with a maximum thickness of 200 mm* and a
maximum weight of 1,600 kg/m2*. It can be used for both oxygen and plasma cutting.
The extraction duct is fixed to the ground in a precise position and proportional to the
cutting machine rail. Swivel dampers are located at intervals of 750 or 500 mm on the
side nearest the slag boxes. The ducts have single, double or single-double positions,
depending on the cutting width.
The table is composed of a number of emptyable slag boxes. There is no maximum
length of the table. The minimum working width is 1,250 mm and the maximum working
width is 4,500 mm.
* When using grid with flat bars. If grid for studs is used, the maximum thickness is 300
mm and the maximum weight is 2,400 kg/m2.
Maximum length of the table frame section is the working width + 100 mm and the max-
imum width is 2.5 metres.
Water cutting table

A superior cutting table solution for plasma cutting as well as for gas cutting.
The water container is made of thick sheet steel with a rim around the table. Inside the
container there are a number of brackets for the cutting grid.
The water level control can be suppiled in four alternative versions, from a simple man-
ual level control to an automatic remote control mounted on the cutting machine panel.
Table dimensions:
Water tables are manufactured to meet the customer’s plate size specifications. The
table has an external reinforced rim with a width of 100 mm and a normal work height of
700 mm.
Capacity:
The table is designed for plasma cutting in sheet metal in a maximum thickness of
100 mm and a maximum weight of 800 kg/m2.
Extraction cutting table with conveyor

This cutting table is designed for the oxy-cutting of sheet metal with a maximum thick-
ness of 100 mm and a weight of 800 kg/m2.
Extraction
On both sides of the conveyor there are air ducts. Depending on the working width, one
or both ducts are active and equipped with duct swivel dampers at 750 mm intervals.
The fan connection is Ø 315 mm.
The standard table height is 750 mm with standard cutting widths of 1,500, 2,000,
2,500, 3,000, 3,500 and 4,000 mm. Standard conveyor table length is from 3,000 to
6,000 mm. Longer lengths can be created by tandem table operation.
Standard and special cutting grids are available for all types of cutting tables.
257
Optional equipment
Flame and cutting monitoring

Photoelectric sensors in the torches monitor the ignition of the heating flame and
measure the temperature of the liquid iron oxide during cutting. If any faults occur, either
during the ignition or the cutting process, error signals are sent to the NC system. The
flame monitoring system for oxy-acetylen cutting is offered for the Suprarex, Ergorex,
Numorex and Telerex series.
Three torch head

Three torch heads allow to produce all usual welding edges. Depending on contour to
be cut Esab has different torch heads available: ± 90° swivelable, endless rotating with
automatic torch height control, endless rotating with automatic lateral and angle setting
of outside torches and with additional tools.
Powder marking
For the installation at the cutting machine Esab offers powder marking devices, which
enables all types of marking signs like crosses, lines, circles or letters to be performed
NC-controlled on metal plates. The use of special marking powder and the burning in
operation generates clear and very durable markings.
Arc marker
The Arc marker is available in two versions, Arc marker plasma marking tool and Arc
marker variable.
Plasma marking is a new technique to sign and mark mild and stainless steel. In this
process a plasma torch is used as the marking tool. Any kind of marks like dots, lines,
letters and numbers are produced with a low current plasma arc transferred to the sur-
face of the material.
The Arc marker consists of power supply, arc starter with solenoids and a plasma torch
with shielded torch leads.
Plasma cutting
This process uses a concentrated electrical arc which melts the material through a high
temperature plasma beam. All conductive material can be cut. Esab offers plasma cut-
ting units with currents from 20 to 1000 A to cut plates with 0.6 to 150 mm thicknesses.
Plasma gases used are compressed air, nitrogen, oxygen or argon/ hydrogen to cut
mild and alloy steels, aluminium, copper and other metals.
Grid cutting
To do grid cutting it is necessary to cut with “flying start” which means that after a mate-
rial-less area, cold material must be cut without stop. The preheating torch is designed
in such a manner that the material will be warmed up to ignition temperature. Cut-offs,
section cuts, diagonal cuts and segment cuts of grids can be executed with high per-
formance.
258
Optional equipment
Internal torch ignition

The Multijet torch works on the principle of an injector torch. All the components for igni-
tion are inside the torch. The construction is compact and the ignition is protected from
any dust. The cutting range covers all material thicknesses from 3 to 300 mm. The
standard nozzles of the IAC, IAD, IPA, IPB and IPD types can be used. All new
machines can be equipped with up to 12 Multijet torches.
Plasma variable bevel head

This plasma torch head makes it possible to produce all welding edges (V-cuts). Angle
of rotation ± 400°, angle of bevel adjustment ± 45°. The cutting angle and lateral adjust-
ment of the burner are controlled by the NC control. Automatic kerf correction and
height control. The centre point of the burner can be defined at either the top or the bot-
tom surface of a plate. Correspondingly, the angle is positive or negative. The plasma
torch head is equipped with special collision protection.
Collision protection for plasma burner

In the event of collision with an upright part, a limit switch mounted on the torch holder
will stop the machine immediately. This protects the plasma torch reliably from damage.
Afterwards, the plasma torch can be easily fixed to the bracket again. This collision pro-
tection device is suitable of plasma torches of all types, but not if a plate rider system is
in use.
Cutting profiles
ESAB-HANCOCK have adopted a new way of cutting profiles: only a single torch is
used for cutting webs and flanges. The torch assembly has three additional axes, one
± 90° swivelable swing axis (A/B), one Z axis and one ± 90° rotating torch (C). The posi-
tion of the profile is checked automatically prior to cutting. As a result of profile cutting
assembly, positive and negative bevel cuts of up to 45° can be executed.
Vacublast shot blasting

For further welding preparation of metal plates, Vacublast shot blasting is the ideal work-
ing tool. This process removes corrosion and primer in an area with a width of 4 to 5 cm
from the surface of the steel plates. The advantages for the containing welding process
are higher speed and better quality. Depending on the machine, equipment marking
lines can be executed with the powder marking unit at the same time.
Ink-jet marking unit

The ink-jet marking unit permit the contact-free writing of data such as markings, dates
and personal marks on sheets. The solvent ink is formed into drops and sprayed on to
type on the sheets as required. A choice of six different typefaces is available. The sym-
bols are 6 and 10 mm high. Bar codes can also be sprayed on to the sheets. The usable
speed for ink-jet marking is 3 to 6 m per minute.
259
ESAB International AB
Box 8004
S-402 77 Göteborg
Sweden
Phone +46 31 50 90 00
Fax +46 31 50 93 60
Telex 20625 esabsal s
Internet: www.esab.se
Member of The Esab Group

English 98

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

English 98

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Product catalogue, 1998 edition

Mild steels 10 Nickel-based alloys 95 Hardfacing 107

MMA equipment 129 Ancillary equipment 166

Equipment Plasma welding equipment

Cutting technologies 241 Software 254 Optional equipment 258

A Columbus II - Windows system ..............................254

CW 3000 ................................................................ 215

Close to a hundred years of experience

We comply with new We are committed to

Your partner in welding

Esab reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

Product Classification Approvals Typical Typical properties Ø Length Welding Arc

OK 43.32 SMAW AWS A5.1

OK 46.00 SMAW AWS A5.1

OK 46.16 SMAW AWS A5.1

OK 48.00 SMAW AWS A5.1

OK 48.04 SMAW AWS A5.1

OK 48.15 SMAW AWS A5.1

Product Classification Approvals Typical Typical properties Ø Length Welding Arc

OK 53.05 SMAW AWS A5.1

1234 6 -20°C 100 J

OK 53.16 SPEZIAL SMAW AWS A5.1

OK 53.35 SMAW AWS A5.1

Product Classification Approvals Typical Typical properties Ø Length Welding Arc

OK 53.68 SMAW AWS A5.1

OK 55.00 SMAW AWS A5.1

OK Femax 33.60 SMAW AWS A5.1

OK Femax 33.80 SMAW AWS A5.1

OK Femax 38.48 SMAW AWS A5.1

Product Classification Approvals Typical Typical properties Ø Length Welding Arc

OK Femax 38.65 SMAW AWS A5.1

OK Femax 38.85 SMAW AWS A5.1

OK Femax 38.95 SMAW AWS A5.1

OK Femax 39.50 SMAW AWS A5.1

OK Rapid 23.50 SMAW AWS A5.1

Pipeweld 6010 SMAW AWS A5.1

Product Classification Approvals Typical Typical properties Ø Length Welding Arc

OK 21.03 SMAW 2.5 350 100-120 43

OK Tubrod 14.00 FCAW AWS A5.18-93

123456 0°C 120 J

OK Tubrod 14.12 FCAW AWS A5.18-93

123456 -20°C 100 J

OK Tubrod 14.13 FCAW AWS A5.18-93

OK Tubrod 15.00 FCAW AWS A5.20-95

OK Tubrod 15.02 FCAW AWS A5.20-95

123456 -30°C 130 J

Product Classification Approvals Typical Typical properties Ø Length Welding Arc

OK Tubrod 15.10 FCAW AWS A5.20-95

OK Tubrod 15.14 FCAW AWS A5.20-95

OK Tubrod 15.18 FCAW AWS A5.20-95

Arcosarc 52 FCAW AWS A5.20-79

Product Classification Approvals Typical Typical properties Ø Length Welding Arc

Arcosarc 53 FCAW AWS A5.20-79

Vertomax 2MG FCAW AWS A5.26-91

OK Autrod 12.51 GMAW AWS A5.18-93

OK Autrod 12.56 GMAW EN 440

OK Autrod 12.64 GMAW AWS A5.18-93

Product Classification Approvals Typical Typical properties Ø Length Welding Arc

OK Autrod 12.67 GMAW EN 440

OK Tigrod 12.60 GTAW AWS A5.18-93

OK Tigrod 12.64 GTAW AWS A5.18-79

OK Gasrod 98.70 OFW AWS A5.2-92

OK Autrod 12.10 SAW AWS A5.17